DIN Handbook 456-1

MATERIALS

DIN Handboo Handbook k 456/1

Copper 1 Basic standards Testing standards s tandards

. d e v r e s e r s t h g i r l l A . g a l r e V h t u e B . 5 1 0 2 © t h g o i r i l y b p i o B C 5

7 8 6 0 8 7 8 7 0 1 / 4 1 0 1 Copper 1 : Basic standards Testing standards, edited by e.V. DIN, Beuth Verlag, 2015. ProQuest Ebook Central, http://ebookcentral.proquest.com/lib/vimaru-vn/detail.action?docID=2051211. 4 5 Created from vimaru-vn on 2018-05-18 02:12:59. 7

<>

Edited by: DIN Deutsches Institut für Normung e. V. © 2015 Beuth Verlag GmbH Berlin · Wien · Zürich Am DIND IN-Plat Platz z Burggrafenstr. 6 10787 Berlin Germany

Phone: Fax:: Fax Website: E-mail:

+49 30 2601-0 +49 +4 9 30 26012601-1260 1260 www.beuth.de [email protected]

1st edition in English Complete to February 2015 All rig rights hts rese reserve rved. d. With Without out writ written ten per permiss mission ion fro from m the publ publishe isher, r, no par t of this book may be used for purposes not permitted by German copyright law, including duplication, translation, microform reproduction and electronic storage and processing. The contents of this work have been checked carefully by the authors and publisher, but no responsibility can be taken for their accuracy. The publisher accepts liability solely for damage caused by its own intent or gross negligence. © Copyright for DIN Standards held by DIN Deutsches Institut für Normung e. V. V.,, Berlin.

ISBN 978-3-410-25354-9 ISBN (E-Book ) 978-3-4 978-3-41010-25355-6 25355-6



Foreword For at least 10,000 years, copper and its alloys have been contributing to societal and industrial development. Copper is one of the first metals used by humans, who quickly discovered its versatility and wide range of applications. Malleable, ductile, corrosionresistant, antimicrobial, and an excellent conductor of heat and electricity, copper is pre sent wherever industrial machinery and equipment is found. With this in mind, we have compiled the most important current standards relating to copper and copper alloys into the first edition of the three-part English language DIN Handbook “Copper” series. The present volume, DIN Handbook 456/1, contains 17 essential basic and testing standards (DIN EN) for copper and copper alloys, as well as product standards covering refined copper, master alloys and scrap. One prestan prestandard, dard, DIN CEN CEN/TS /TS 13388 (DIN SPEC 9700), is also included in this volume. This technical specification provides a summary of material designations, compositions and the product forms in which they are available, for coppers and copper alloys standardized in European Standards. Many users may also find the National Annex useful, as it includes the comparison of current materials symbols as in European Standards to those found in the withdrawn DIN Standards. For ease of reference and to provide the user with an overview of the contents of Volumes 2 and 3 of the Handbo Handbook ok series, serie s, lists of the th e standards standa rds included include d in DIN Handbooks 456/2 and 456/3 are also included. The standards included in DIN Handbook 456 /1 represent the current state of standardization as of February 2015.

Berlin, Februar y 201 2015 5


DIN Translation Serv Services ices


About Abo ut this t his hand h andbook book How do I use this handbook?

With this compilation you not only have all the essential standards on a particular subject in one volume, you have also saved considerably conside rably on the cost of purchasing ea ch standard individually, for the full text of each standard is reproduced in A5 format. Many DIN Handbooks are also available as eBooks – see inside cover for more information. Alth ough Althoug h DIN Handb H andbook ooks s repr represe esent nt the sta state te of tec technol hnology ogy at the time of thei theirr publ publica ication, tion, the current edition of each standard is authoritative. To find out if a new edition of a standard has been published go to the Beuth webshop at www.beuth.de www.beuth.de.. The use of any standard is voluntary, unless it has been referred to in a private contract or agreement, or in a law or regulation. Reference to standards in legislation can prevent legal disputes because they set out unambiguous specifications. Which DIN Standards are available in English?

Alth ough Althoug h mos mostt DIN Stan S tandard dards s are publ publishe ished d in Ger German man (s (some ome are issu issued ed as bilin bilingual gual editions, a few in English only) only),, over 18,000 DIN Standa Standards rds are available in English Englis h translation, including DIN EN Standards, DIN ISO Standards, and DIN EN ISO Standards. In addition to printed translations translat ions of DIN Standar Standards, ds, Beuth also sells unrevised manuscript translations in English, French, Spanish and other languages. DIN Handbooks in English are available on a variety of subjects, such as mechanical engineering, fasteners and steel. These standards compilations are particularly attractive for small and medium-size enterprises. To find out which standards are available in English or any other language go to Beuth’s webshop at www.beuth.de www.beuth.de.. DIN Translation Services (DIN-Sprachendienst) answers questions about current translation projects and activities at Phone: + 49 30 2601-2331 2601-2331 [email protected] All DIN Standar Sta ndards ds are protected protec ted by copyright copyri ght within withi n the meaning of the German Germ an Copyright Copyr ight Law. DIN reserves the right to translate DIN Standards into other languages. Permission for the reproduction or translation of DIN Standards must be requested from DIN’s Legal Department. For more information on copyright issues and regarding translations, visit our webshop at www.beuth.de www.beuth.de o orr contact [email protected] [email protected]..


What are DIN Standards?

DIN, the German Institute for Standardization, develops standards and specifications as a service to industry, the state and society as a whole. By agreement with the German Federal Government DIN is the acknowledged national standards body that represents German interests in European and international standards organizations. DIN Standards are technical standards representing the state of technology as determined in a consensus-based process organized by DIN, and lay down general and/or detailed requirements for products, procedures and ser vices. DIN Standards can be either national standards, or adoptions of European and/or International standards. Their origin – and thus their area of application – is indicated using one of the abbreviations shown below:


DIN (plus number, e.g. DIN 4701)

This is a national standard that has been developed at national level only and is primarily of interest nationally. It may also be a precursor to a document intended to be published internationally. The number for a draft national standard is preceded by an “E” (for “Entwurf” ) while that for a prestandard is preceded by a “V” (for “Vornorm”). National standards with electrotechnical relevance are indicated as “DIN VDE” standards (e.g. DIN VDE 0100). DIN EN (plus number, e.g. DIN EN 71)

This is a European Standard that has been adopted, unchanged, at national level and which has been developed by one of the European standards organizations: CEN, CENELEC or ETSI. As a member of CEN/ CENELEC, DIN is obliged to adopt all European Standards and to withdraw any national standards that might conflict with them. DIN EN ISO (plu s number, e.g. e.g. DIN EN ISO 306 )

This is a European Standard that is identical to an International Standard (i.e. it was developed by ISO and then adopted by CEN) and has been adopted, unchanged, at national level. As a member of CEN/CENELEC, DIN is obliged to adopt all European Standards and to withdraw any national standards that might conflict with them. DIN ISO, DIN IEC or DIN ISO/IEC ( plus number, e.g. e.g. DIN ISO 720)

This is an International Standard which has been adopted, unchanged, at national level. DIN SPEC (DIN Specification)

DIN has introduced a new standards deliverable that is developed in a less formal and more flexible process – the “DIN SPEC”, or “DIN Specification”. Because they do not require the full consensus of all stakeholders, DIN SPECs can be published within a few months. Reaching the market faster, DIN SPECs provide a head startt that can push the knowledg e and technology transfer of innovations. DIN SPECs are star developed according accord ing to one of four different proce dures: the PAS, Prestanda rd, Technical Technical Report or CWA procedure. In addition, other types of document correct or supplement existing DIN Standards: . d e v r e s e r s t h g i r l l A . g a l r e V h t u e B . 5 1 0 2 © t h g o i r i l y b p i o B C 5

DIN Supplements give additional information on a DIN Standard (explanatory notes, examples, advice on the application of the standard, etc.) but no further specifications. Ame ndmen Amendm ents ts (indicated as A1, A2 etc. after the main standard number) add information to the standard, including specifications, that may be incorporated in a later edition. Corrigenda correct printing or content errors and are incorporated into the next edition of the respective document.


Overview of standards (by number) Document number

Document number

DIN EN 723

DIN EN 12384

DIN EN 1173

DIN EN 12861

DIN EN 1412

DIN EN 13147

DIN EN 1655

DIN EN 13603

DIN EN 1971-1

DIN EN 13604

DIN EN 1971-2

DIN EN 14977

DIN EN 1976

DIN EN 16090

DIN EN 1977

DIN CEN/TS 13388 (DIN SPEC 9700)

DIN EN 1978 DIN EN 1981



Standards in this handbook The standards numbers highlighted in blue link to the actual documents.

. d e v r e s e r s t h g i r l l A . g a l r e V h t u e B . 5 1 0 2 © t h g i o i r l y b p i o B C 5

Document number

Date of issue

Title

DIN EN 723

2009-07

Copper and copper alloys – Combustion method for determination of the carbon content on the inner surface of copper tubes or fit tings

DIN EN 1173

2008-08

Copper and copper alloys – Material condition designation

DIN EN 1412

1995-12

Copper and copper alloys – European numbering system

DIN EN 1655

1997-06

Copper and copper alloys – Declarations of conformity

DIN EN 1971-1

2012-02

Copper and copper alloys – Eddy current test for measuring defects on seamless round copper and copper alloy tubes – Part 1: Test with an encircling test coil on the outer surface

DIN EN 1971-2

2012-02

Copper and copper alloys – Eddy current test for measuring defects on seamless round copper and copper alloy tubes – Part 2: Test with an internal probe on the inner surface

DIN EN 1976

2013-01

Copper and copper alloys – Cast unwrought copper products

DIN EN 1977

2013-04

Copper and copper alloys – Copper drawing stock (wire rod)

DIN EN 1978

1998-05

Copper and copper alloys – Copper cathodes

DIN EN 1981

2003-05

Copper and copper alloys – Master alloys

DIN EN 12384

1999-03

Copper and copper alloys – Determination of spring bending limit on strip

DIN EN 12861

1999-10

Copper and copper alloys – Scrap

DIN EN 13147

2001-07

Copper and copper alloys – Determination of residual stresses in the border areas of slit strip

DIN EN 13603

2013-08

Copper and copper alloys – Test methods for assessing protective tin coatings on drawn round copper wire for electrical purposes

DIN EN 13604

2013-09

Copper and copper alloys – Semiconductor devices, electronic and vacuum products made from high conductivity copper

DIN EN 14977

2006-09

Copper and copper alloys – Detection of tensile stress – 5 % ammonia test



Document number

Date of issue

Title

DIN EN 16090

2012-02

Copper and copper alloys – Estimation of average grain size by ultrasound

DIN CEN/TS 13388 (DIN SPEC 9700)

2013-05

Copper and copper alloys – Compendium of compositions and products


Standards in DIN Handbook 456/2 (by subject) Document number

Date of issue

Title

1

DIN EN 1172

2012-02 Copper and copper alloys – Sheet and strip for building purposes

DIN EN 1652

1998-03 Copper and copper alloys – Plate, sheet, strip and circles for general purposes

DIN EN 1653

2000-11 Copper and copper alloys – Plate, sheet and circles for boilers, pressure vessels and hot water storage units (includes Amendment A1:2000)

DIN EN 1654

1998-03 Copper and copper alloys – Strip for springs and connectors

DIN EN 1758

1998-03 Copper and copper alloys – Strip for lead frames

DIN EN 13148

2010-12 Copper and copper alloys – Hot-dip tinned strip

DIN EN 13599

2014-12 Copper and copper alloys – Copper plate, sheet and strip for electrical purposes

DIN EN 14436

2004-11 Copper and copper alloys – Electrolytically tinned strip 2


Rolled products

Tubes

DIN EN 1057

2010-06 Copper and copper alloys – Seamless, round copper tubes for water and gas in sanitary and heating applications (includes Amendment A1:2010)

DIN EN 12449

2012-07 Copper and copper alloys – Seamless, round tubes for general purposes

DIN EN 12450

2013-01 Copper and copper alloys – Seamless, round copper capillary tubes

DIN EN 12451

2012-08 Copper and copper alloys – Seamless, round tubes for heat exchangers

DIN EN 12452

2012-08 Copper and copper alloys – Rolled, finned, seamless tubes for heat exchangers

DIN EN 12735-1

2010-12 Copper and copper alloys – Seamless, round copper tubes for air conditioning and refrigeration – Part 1: Tubes for piping systems

DIN EN 12735-2

2010-12 Copper and copper alloys – Seamless, round copper tubes for air conditioning and refrigeration – Part 2: Tubes for equipment

DIN EN 13348

2008-11 Copper and copper alloys – Seamless, round copper tubes for medical gases or vacuum



Document number

Date of issue

Title

DIN EN 13349

2002-11 Copper and copper alloys – Pre-insulated copper tubes with solid covering

DIN EN 13600

2013-09 Copper and copper alloys – Seamless copper tubes for electrical purposes


Standards in DIN Handbook 456/3 (by subject) Document number

Date of issue

Title

Bars and wire

DIN EN 1977

2013-04 Copper and copper alloys – Copper drawing stock (wire rod)

DIN EN 12163

2011-08 Copper and copper alloys – Rod for general purposes

DIN EN 12164

2011-08 Copper and copper alloys – Rod for free machining purposes

DIN EN 12166

2011-08 Copper and copper alloys – Wire for general purposes

DIN EN 12167

2011-08 Copper and copper alloys – Profiles and bars for general purposes

DIN EN 12168

2011-08 Copper and copper alloys – Hollow rod for free machining purposes

DIN EN 13601

2013-09 Copper and copper alloys – Copper rod, bar and wire for general electrical purposes

DIN EN 13602

2013-09 Copper and copper alloys – Drawn, round copper wire for the manufacture of electrical conductors

DIN EN 13605

2013-09 Copper and copper alloys – Copper profiles and profiled wire for electrical purposes Ingots and castings

DIN EN 1982

2008-08 Copper and copper alloys – Ingots and castings Forging


DIN EN 12165

2011-08 Copper and copper alloys – Wrought and unwrought forging stock

DIN EN 12420

2014-09 Copper and copper alloys – Forgings


Beuth Verlag and its services DIN and Beuth Verlag Founded in 1924 in Berlin, Beuth Verlag is a subsidiary of DIN, the German Institute for Standardization. In addition to the founding partners DIN and VDI (Association of German Engineers), many other renowned industrial and scientific organizations delegate their publishing work to Beuth. The Austrian Standards Institute (ASI) and the Swiss Association for Standardization (SNV ) have been shareholders of Beuth since 1993. Beuth is one of the largest technical publishing houses, not only among German-speaking countries but throughout Europe. With more than 150,000 customers worldwide, Beuth’s sales help finance DIN’s standardization activities. Beuth Verlag takes its name from the Prussian industrial pioneer and founder of Berlin’s Technical University, Christian Peter Wilhelm Beuth.

Standards ... and more Although Beuth Verlag has traditionally been known for selling standards and technical rules, its programme has recently been considerably expanded to include numerous book series and general technical titles. Today Beuth is a cross-media publishing house with products and services offered in a number of formats. For example, all new DIN Handbooks are available both in print form and as eBooks. Beuth’s online portfolio is rapidly growing: Over 350,000 documents can be downloaded as PDF files from our webshop at www.beuth.de. We also offer numerous online services and Internet portals providing standards, technical rules and additional information at attractive prices. From customized standards management services to extensive searchable databases, Beuth Verlag offers a wide range of products and ser vices.

Contact us at:


Beuth Verlag GmbH Am DIN-Platz Burggrafenstraße 6 10787 Berlin, Germany Phone: +49 30 2601-0 [email protected] www.beuth.de See our website for contact information for Beuth’s individual departments.


Subject index The standards numbers highlighted in blue link to the actual documents.

Carbon * Copper tubes * Determination of content DIN EN 723

Copper alloys * Castings * Copper DIN EN 1976

Castings * Copper * Copper alloys DIN EN 1976

Copper alloys * Certificates of conformity * Copper DIN EN 1655

Certificates of conformity * Copper * Copper alloys DIN EN 1655

Copper alloys * Chemical composition * Copper DIN CEN/TS 13388

Chemical composition * Copper * Copper alloys DIN CEN/TS 13388

Copper alloys * Copper

Copper * Copper alloys

DIN EN 1978

Copper alloys * Copper straps * Copper DIN EN 12384

Copper * Copper alloys * Castings DIN EN 1976

Copper alloys * Copper wire * Copper DIN EN 1977

Copper * Copper alloys * Cer tificates of conformity DIN EN 1655

Copper alloys * Designations * Copper DIN EN 1173

Copper * Copper alloys * Chemical composition DIN CEN/TS 13388

Copper alloys * Eddy-current tests * Testing * Copper DIN EN 1971-1

Copper * Copper alloys * Copper straps DIN EN 12384

Copper alloys * Material numbers * Copper DIN EN 1412

Copper * Copper alloys * Copper wire DIN EN 1977

Copper alloys * Materials * Copper DIN EN 13604

Copper * Copper alloys * Designations DIN EN 1173

Copper alloys * Metal scrap * Specification (approval) * Copper DIN EN 12861

Copper * Copper alloys * Eddy-current tests * Testing DIN EN 1971-1

Copper alloys * Residual stresses * Testing * Copper DIN EN 14977

Copper * Copper alloys * Material numbers DIN EN 1412

Copper alloys * Round wire * Testing * Tin coatings * Copper DIN EN 13603

Copper * Copper alloys * Materials DIN EN 13604

Copper pipes * Gilled pipes * He at exchangers * Testing * Copper DIN EN 1971-2

Copper * Copper alloys * Metal scrap * Specification (approval) DIN EN 12861 Copper * Copper alloys * Residual stresses * Testing DIN EN 14977 . d e v r e s e r s t h g i r l l A . g a l r e V h t u e B . 5 1 0 2 © t h g i o i r l y b p i o B C 5

DIN EN 1978

Copper * Copper alloys * Round wire * Testing * Tin coatings DIN EN 13603 Copper * Copper pipes * Gilled pipes * Heat exchangers * Testing DIN EN 1971-2 Copper * Determination * Residual stresses DIN EN 13147 Copper * Grain size * Testing * Ultrasonics DIN EN 16090

Copper straps * Copper * Copper alloys DIN EN 12384 Copper tubes * Determination of content * Carbon DIN EN 723 Copper wire * Copper * Copper alloys DIN EN 1977 Designations * Copper * Copper alloys DIN EN 1173

Determination * Residual stresses * Copper DIN EN 13147 Determination of content * Carbon * Copper tubes DIN EN 723


Copper * Master alloys

DIN EN 1981

Eddy-current tests * Testing * Copper * Copper alloys DIN EN 1971-1 Gilled pipes * Heat exchangers * Testing * Copper * Copper pipes DIN EN 1971-2

Round wire * Testing * Tin coatings * Copper * Copper alloys DIN EN 13603

Grain size * Testing * Ultrasonics * Copper DIN EN 16090

S pecification (approval) * Copper * Copper alloys * Metal scrap DIN EN 12861

Heat exchangers * Testing * Copper * Copper pipes * Gilled pipes DIN EN 1971-2

Testing * Copper * Copper alloys * Eddy-current tests DIN EN 1971-1

Master alloys * Copper

Testing * Copper * Copper alloys * Residual stresses DIN EN 14977

DIN EN 1981

Material numbers * Copper * Copper alloys DIN EN 1412 Materials * Copper * Copper alloys DIN EN 13604 Metal scrap * Specification (approval) * Copper * Copper alloys DIN EN 12861 Residual stresses * Copper * Determination DIN EN 13147


Residual stresses * Testing * Copper * Copper alloys DIN EN 14977

Testing * Copper * Copper pipes * Gilled pipes * Heat exchangers DIN EN 1971-2 Testing * Tin coatings * Copper * Copper alloys * Round wire DIN EN 13603 Testing * Ultrasonics * Copper * Grain size DIN EN 16090 Tin coatings * Copper * C opper alloys * Round wire * Testing DIN EN 13603


DEUTSCHE NORM

DIN EN 723

ICS 77.150.30

July 2009

D Supersedes DIN EN 723:1996-10

Copper and copper alloys – Combustion method for determination of the carbon content on the inner surface of copper tubes or fittings English version of DIN EN 723:2009-07 Kupfer und Kupferlegierungen – Verfahren zur Bestimmung des Kohlenstoffgehaltes auf der Innenoberfläche von Kupferrohren oder Fittings durch Verbrennen Englische Fassung DIN EN 723:2009-07


Document comprises

14

7 8 6 0 8 7 8 7 0 1 / 4 © No part of this standard may be reproduced without prior permission of 1 English price group 10 0 DIN Deutsches Institut für Normung e. V., Berlin. Beuth Verlag GmbH, 10772 Berlin, Germany, 1 www.din.de Copper 1 : Basic standards Testing standards, edited by e.V. DIN, Beuth Verlag, 2015. ProQuest Ebook Central, http://ebookcentral.proquest.com/lib/vimaru-vn/detail.action?docID=2051211. 4 has the exclusive right of sale for German Standards (DIN-Normen). 5 www.beuth.de Created from vimaru-vn on 2018-05-18 02:10:20. 7

pages

!$Xj?" 1537128

DIN EN 723:2009-07

National foreword This standard has been prepared by Technical Committee CEN/TC 133 “Copper and copper alloys” (Secretariat: DIN, Germany). The responsible German body involved in its preparation was the Normenausschuss Nichteisenmetalle (Nonferrous Metals Standards Committee), Technical Committee NA 066-02-03 AA Kupferrohre (Installation und Industrie).

Amendments

This standard differs from DIN EN 723:1996-10 as follows: a)

The accuracy of the method has been improved.

b)

The scope of the standard has been extended to include fittings of copper alloys.

c)

The standard has been simplified by specifying only one method for carbon content determination, namely that of infrared absorption spectrometry; (The method using tetrabutylammonium hydroxide (HTBA) and the method of determination by measurement of differential electrical conductivity (coulometric) have been deleted).

d)

The standard has been simplified by specifying only one cutting method for tubes with diameters exceeding the furnace diameter by deletion of the “longitudinal cutting method”.

e)

Clause 2 “Normative References” has been changed to “Bibliography”, and the document renumbered.

Previous editions

DIN EN 723: 1996-10


7 8 6 0 8 7 8 2 7 0 1 / 4 1 0 1 Copper 1 : Basic standards Testing standards, edited by e.V. DIN, Beuth Verlag, 2015. ProQuest Ebook Central, http://ebookcentral.proquest.com/lib/vimaru-vn/detail.action?docID=2051211. 4 5 Created from vimaru-vn on 2018-05-18 02:10:20. 7

EUROPEAN STANDARD NORME EUROPÉENNE EUROPÄISCHE NORM

EN 723 April 2009

ICS 77.150.30

Supersedes EN 723:1996

English Version

Copper and copper alloys - Combustion method for determination of the carbon content on the inner surface of copper tubes or fittings Cuivre et alliages de cuivre - Méthode de détermination par combustion de la teneur en carbone à la surface interne des tubes ou des raccords en cuivre

Kupfer und Kupferlegierungen - Verfahren zur Bestimmung des Kohlenstoffgehaltes auf der Innenoberfläche von Kupferrohren oder Fittings durch Verbrennen

This European Standard was approved by CEN on 19 March 2009. CEN members are bound to comply with the CEN/CENELEC Internal Regulations which stipulate the conditions for giving this European Standard the status of a national standard without any alteration. Up-to-date lists and bibliographical references concerning such national standards may be obtained on application to the CEN Management Centre or to any CEN member. This European Standard exists in three official versions (English, French, German). A version in any other language made by translation under the responsibility of a CEN member into its own language and notified to the CEN Management Centre has the same status as the official versions. CEN members are the national standards bodies of Austria, Belgium, Bulgaria, Cyprus, Czech Republic, Denmark, Estonia, Finland, France, Germany, Greece, Hungary, Iceland, Ireland, Italy, Latvia, Lithuania, Luxembourg, Malta, Netherlands, Norway, Poland, Portugal, Romania, Slovakia, Slovenia, Spain, Sweden, Switzerland and United Kingdom.


EUROPEAN COMMITTEE FOR STANDARDIZATION COMITÉ EUROPÉEN DE NORMALISATION EUROPÄISCHES KOMITEE FÜR NORMUNG

Management Centre: Avenue Marnix 17, B-1000 Brussels


© 2009 CEN

All rights of exploitation in any form and by any means reserved worldwide for CEN national Members.

Ref. No. EN 723:2009: E

DIN EN 723:2009-07

EN 723:2009 (E)

Contents

Page

Foreword ..............................................................................................................................................................3 1

Scope ......................................................................................................................................................4

2

Terms and definitions ...........................................................................................................................4

3

Principle ..................................................................................................................................................4

4 4.1 4.1.1 4.1.2 4.1.3 4.1.4 4.2 4.2.1 4.2.2 4.3 4.3.1 4.3.2 4.4 4.4.1 4.4.2

Preparation of samples and test pieces ..............................................................................................4 Preparatory procedures ........................................................................................................................4 General ....................................................................................................................................................4 Residual carbon content .......................................................................................................................5 Total carbon content .............................................................................................................................5 Potential carbon content .......................................................................................................................5 Preparation of samples .........................................................................................................................5 Tubes ......................................................................................................................................................5 Fittings ....................................................................................................................................................5 Cleaning of sample surfaces ................................................................................................................5 Cleaning of inner surface of sample ....................................................................................................5 Cleaning of outer surface of sample....................................................................................................6 Preparation of test pieces .....................................................................................................................7 Tubes ......................................................................................................................................................7 Fittings ....................................................................................................................................................8

5 5.1 5.2 5.3

Method for carbon content determination ..........................................................................................9 General ....................................................................................................................................................9 Determination of the carbon content ................................................................................................ 10 Determination of the blank value ...................................................................................................... 10

6

Expression of results ......................................................................................................................... 10

7

Calibration ........................................................................................................................................... 11

8

Test report ........................................................................................................................................... 11

Bibliography ..................................................................................................................................................... 12



2

DIN EN 723:2009-07

EN 723:2009 (E)

Foreword This document (EN 723:2009) has been prepared by Technical Committee CEN/TC 133 “Copper and copper alloys”, the secretariat of which is held by DIN. This European Standard shall be given the status of a national standard, either by publication of an identical text or by endorsement, at the latest by October 2009, and conflicting national standards shall be withdrawn at the latest by October 2009. Attention is drawn to the possibility that some of the elements of this document may be the subject of patent rights. CEN [and/or CENELEC] shall not be held responsible for identifying any or all such patent rights. This document supersedes EN 723:1996. In comparison with the first edition of EN 723:1996, the following significant technical changes and one significant editorial change were made: 

improvement of the accuracy of the method;



extension of the scope of the standard to fittings of copper alloys;



simplification by limitation to only one method for carbon content determination, namely that of infrared absorption spectrometry: [Method using tetrabutylammonium hydroxide (HTBA) and Method of determination by measurement of differential electrical conductivity (coulometric) deleted];



simplification by limitation to only one cutting method for tubes with diameters exceeding the furnace diameter by deletion of the "longitudinal cutting method";



change of Clause 2 "Normative References" into "Bibliography" with renumbering.

According to the CEN/CENELEC Internal Regulations, the national standards organizations of the following countries are bound to implement this European Standard: Austria, Belgium, Bulgaria, Cyprus, Czech Republic, Denmark, Estonia, Finland, France, Germany, Greece, Hungary, Iceland, Ireland, Italy, Latvia, Lithuania, Luxembourg, Malta, Netherlands, Norway, Poland, Portugal, Romania, Slovakia, Slovenia, Spain, Sweden, Switzerland and the United Kingdom.



3

DIN EN 723:2009-07

EN 723:2009 (E)

1

Scope

This European Standard specifies a combustion method for determining the carbon content, if any, on the inner surface of tubes of copper or fittings of copper or copper alloys. This standard applies only to seamless, round copper tubes as specified for example in EN 1057 and EN 13348 or fittings of copper or copper alloys as specified in EN 1254 (all parts).

2

Terms and definitions

For the purposes of this document, the following terms and definitions apply: 2.1 residual carbon C R

carbon present in the chemical form of elemental carbon 2.2 potential carbon C P

carbon present in the chemical form of organic compounds EXAMPLE

Organic compounds: oils, greases, etc.

2.3 total carbon C T

sum of residual carbon and potential carbon

3

Principle

Combustion of the carbon present on the inner surface of a tube or fitting sample, carried out at a given temperature in an oxygen flow. Determination, by infrared absorption spectrometry, of the residual or total carbon content, or both, by measurement of the carbon dioxide generated. Calculation of potential carbon content is by subtraction of the residual carbon content from the total carbon content.

4 . d e v r e s e r s t h g i r l l A . g a l r e V h t u e B . 5 1 0 2 © t h g i o i r l y b p i o B C 5

Preparation of samples and test pieces

4.1

Preparatory procedures

4.1.1

General

Carry out the procedures in 4.1.2, 4.1.3 or 4.1.4 depending on the carbon to be determined and taking account of the following precautions: a)

metal cutting tool shall be free from protective paint;

b)

clamps shall be flat and consist of copper, aluminium, steel or an alternative material. Alternative materials shall not be detrimental to their cleanliness;


4

DIN EN 723:2009-07

EN 723:2009 (E)

c)

all tools and implements used for cutting or clamping samples shall be degreased before sample preparation;

d)

degreasing shall be done by wiping with a lint-free cloth containing absorbed tetrachloroethylene, trichloroethylene or trichloroethane or, because of potential for environmental harm, other solvents of equivalent performance, e.g. acetone. These solvents shall also be used for cleaning/immersion of samples where appropriate;

e)

suitable protective gloves should be used to ensure skin contact with the surface under test is avoided;

f)

between the cleaning operation and the combustion operation, the test pieces shall be kept in a noncontaminating environment, such as a clean laboratory or in a desiccator containing sodium hydroxide pellets. The tests shall be completed within approximately 5 h of cleaning the sample, or if not, the sample shall be re-cleaned.

4.1.2

Residual carbon content

a) prepare samples (see 4.2); b) clean inner and outer surface of sample (see 4.3.1 and 4.3.2); c) prepare test pieces (see 4.4). 4.1.3 a) b) c)

Total carbon content

prepare samples (see 4.2); clean outer surface of sample (see 4.3.2); prepare test pieces (see 4.4).

4.1.4

Potential carbon content

Prepare separate samples and test pieces following the procedures in 4.1.2 and 4.1.3.

4.2 4.2.1

Preparation of samples Tubes

Cut a sample approximately 30 cm long from a tube, using a metal-cutting saw or a pipe cutter. Deburr the outer and inner edges of the sample ends, using a smooth file or a trimming blade, take care that any burrs removed do not fall into the bore of the tube. 4.2.2

Fittings

Select sufficient fittings from the batch in order to be able to cut test pieces from them having a minimum total 2 internal surface area of 10 cm . . d e v r e s e r s t h g i r l l A . g a l r e V h t u e B . 5 1 0 2 © t h g i o i r l y b p i o B C 5

4.3 4.3.1

Cleaning of sample surfaces Cleaning of inner surface of sample

The following steps shall be performed in a fume cupboard. Immerse the sample, for a minimum of 2 min in an agitated bath of boiling chlorinated solvent, for example, analytical grade trichloroethylene or trichloroethane, that shall be used as reference in case of dispute ensuring that the solvent baths are kept topped up, such that the sample remains totally immersed in the solvent. Immerse the sample in a second, boiling solvent bath for at least 30 s.


5

DIN EN 723:2009-07

EN 723:2009 (E)

Remove the sample from the bath and place it vertically under a fume hood or on a grease-free plate in an oven operating at a temperature of at least 80 °C for a minimum of 60 s, until the solvent has totally evaporated. Refresh both baths periodically, as appropriate, in accordance with written internal procedures. 4.3.2

Cleaning of outer surface of sample

4.3.2.1

General

Degrease the outside surface of the sample by wiping with a clean, lint-free, solvent-containing cotton cloth, taking care to ensure that no fibres remain on the sample after wiping. Clean the sample by chemical cleaning method, see 4.3.2.2, or for tubes in R250 and R290 material conditions 1) only, the alternative mechanical cleaning method, see 4.3.2.3, except in cases of dispute or preparation for blank value determination, may be used. 4.3.2.2 4.3.2.2.1 a)

Chemical cleaning Sealing

For annealed tubes only:

Squashing/flattening a 20 mm (approx.) portion of the tube extending from one end, between clamps (see 4.1) placed between the jaws of a vice. The squashed end is then folded over and also squashed/flattened against the adjacent, 20 mm (approx.) length of tube, again using clamps (see 4.1) fixed between the jaws of a vice. This method shall be used for reference testing. b)

For tubes or fittings:

Seal one tube end or all fitting ends by inserting appropriately-sized, silicone or neoprene plugs. NOTE If necessary, the ends of tubes in annealed material condition should firstly be re-rounded using an appropriate, degreased re-rounding tool, in order to obtain a leak-tight seal with the plug.

4.3.2.2.2

Cleaning

Place the degreased sample in a clean beaker containing fresh diluted nitric acid for half starting from 50 % concentrated nitric acid. The temperature of the acid shall be at least 20 °C and for handling reasons, care has to be taken to control the exothermic reaction, if necessary by cooling the beaker. a) . d e v r e s e r s t h g i r l l A . g a l r e V h t u e B . 5 1 0 2 © t h g i o i r l y b p i o B C 5

For tubes:

The beaker shall contain sufficient solution to cover between 75 mm and 125 mm of the length of the sample (the smaller the diameter of the tube being tested, the greater the depth of immersion required to ensure a sufficiently covered surface area). b)

For fittings:

The beaker shall contain a sufficient quantity of solution to cover the sample. Refresh the acid bath weekly or after preparation of about forty samples (whichever is the sooner).

7 8 1) see EN 1173 for the explanation of R250 and R290. 6 0 8 7 8 7 0 1 / 4 1 0 1 Copper 1 : Basic standards Testing standards, edited by e.V. DIN, Beuth Verlag, 2015. ProQuest Ebook Central, http://ebookcentral.proquest.com/lib/vimaru-vn/detail.action?docID=2051211. 4 5 Created from vimaru-vn on 2018-05-18 02:10:20. 7

6

DIN EN 723:2009-07

EN 723:2009 (E)

Ensure that the sample remains in the acid solution for at least 30 s so that copious quantities of brown fumes (NO2) are expelled. This step of operation shall be performed in a fume cupboard. Withdraw the sample from the acid solution and rinse thoroughly with deionised water. Transfer the sample to a bath containing boiling deionised water for a duration between 30 s and 60 s, which, before use shall have been boiled for approx. 5 min to ensure a complete degassing of the water, or rinse the sample with hot (min. 50 °C) running water for at least 30 s. Take care to ensure that the useful part of the sample is fully immersed in the water bath. Due to an uptake of CO 2 from the air, refresh the deionised water every day or after the preparation of about forty samples (whichever is sooner). Remove the sample from the bath and place it vertically under a fume hood or on a grease-free plate in an oven operating at a temperature of at least 80 °C for a minimum of 60 s, until the water has totally evaporated or let it dry on air. 4.3.2.3

Mechanical cleaning

Hold the tube in a vice and remove all traces of the outer surface in the area to be tested, using a degreased file. Alternatively, a thin layer from the outer surface may be removed by turning on a lathe using a tool with a degreased tip. All tools used for m echanical cleaning shall be free of organic contamination. The tools shall not be used for other mechanical operation.

4.4

Preparation of test pieces

4.4.1 4.4.1.1

Tubes General

Carry out the procedure given in 4.4.1.2 or 4.4.1.3, depending on the tube diameter, and taking account of the precautions described in 4.1. 4.4.1.2

Tubes with diameters not exceeding the furnace diameter

From the cleaned sample, cut and discard a 2,5 cm length, from one end which, in the case of a chemically cleaned outer surface, shall be from the plugged or flattened end of the tube (having firstly removed the plug from the tube end if appropriate). Measure the required length of tube using a clean measuring device to yield an internal surface area between 2 2 20 cm and 25 cm . . d e v r e s e r s t h g i r l l A . g a l r e V h t u e B . 5 1 0 2 © t h g i o i r l y b p i o B C 5

Cut off the required length using either a clean, square-cut auto-saw used only for such purposes or a degreased, fine-toothed hacksaw, avoiding overheating the sample. If the test piece is longer than the zone of incandescence of the combustion device described in 5.1 c), cross-cut the test piece into two, in order that both pieces may be fed simultaneously into the zone of incandescence. Take care to ensure that the cut is square. If using an auto-saw, take also care to ensure that all surfaces with which the tube is in contact are thoroughly degreased. When filing and cutting tubes, take care to ensure that the section of tube being held in position (e.g. between the jaws of a vice) is not excessively distorted. Determine the internal surface area of the test piece from its mean internal diameter and mean length, measured to an accuracy of ± 0,1 mm. NOTE

If the cross-cut leads to a loss of length, it should be taken into account for the surface area determination.


7

DIN EN 723:2009-07

EN 723:2009 (E)

4.4.1.3

Tubes with diameters exceeding the furnace diameter

Prepare the sample as described in 4.4.1.1. 2

If a test piece of internal surface area of at least 20 cm can be obtained by flattening, carry out the flattening operation between the jaws of a vice equipped with aluminium or alternative material clamps previously degreased using trichlorethylene or trichloroethane. The alternative material for the clamps shall not be detrimental to their cleanliness. 4.4.2 4.4.2.1

Fittings General

Depending on size, a test piece might be: a)

one complete fitting;

b)

part of one fitting;

c)

several fittings. 2

The internal surface area of the test piece shall be at least 10 cm . Prepare test piece(s) by one of the following procedures and afterwards keep the test piece(s) taking account of the precautions described in 4.1. 4.4.2.2

Determination of the internal surface area of the test piece

Determine the internal surface area of the test piece by the most appropriate of the methods given in a), b) or c) as follows: a)

by calculation:

Ai = d i ×

×

l

(1)

where Ai

is the internal surface area;

d i

is the internal diameter;

l

is the length.

This method is considered to be satisfactory when a simple shape is involved i.e. straight coupling. . d e v r e s e r s t h g i r l l A . g a l r e V h t u e B . 5 1 0 2 © t h g i o i r l y b p i o B C 5

b)

by comparison: use a transparent graticule having ruled squares of a known surface area. Section the fitting selected as a test piece along its longitudinal axis. For copper fittings only, flatten the sample between the jaws of a vice equipped with clamps. Place the transparent graticule in close contact with the inner surface of the test piece. Count the number of squares relating to the surface to obtain a close approximation of the internal surface area of the section. A number of sections may be required to make up an adequate test area.

c)

For copper fittings only, by press cutting: use a press tool to produce a shaped test piece. This method will produce test pieces of a consistent surface area.


8

DIN EN 723:2009-07

EN 723:2009 (E)

2

NOTE Circular test pieces of 15,96 mm diameter have a surface area of 2 cm . Alternative shapes are acceptable if an accurate surface area can be determined.

4.4.2.3

Fittings able to fit into the furnace

Prepare the test piece using the cleaned samples as described in 4.4.2 and 4.3.2.2.2. 4.4.2.4

Fittings unable to fit into the furnace

If the furnace diameter is not large enough to accommodate the whole fitting, proceed in accordance with a) or b) for fittings of copper alloys and for fittings of copper proceed in accordance with a), b) or c) as follows: a)

flattening method If a test piece can be obtained by flattening, carry out the flattening operation between the jaws of a vice equipped with clamps.

d) sectioning method Select a section of a fitting, a whole fitting or several fittings to obtain the requested internal surface area (see 4.4.2.1). Cut the piece(s) longitudinally into two parts, using a degreased saw blade, and fold the two parts, one onto the other. This folding may be done between the jaws of a vice equipped with clamps. e) press cut pieces (not applicable to fittings of copper alloys) Section the fitting selected as a test piece, along its longitudinal axis and flatten it between the jaws of a vice equipped with clamps. Place the flattened test piece in a suitable equipment having a cutting tool fitted. Press cut discs out of the flattened section/sections to make up the surface area required.

5

Method for carbon content determination

5.1

General

Carry out the combustion in a reaction pipe of quartz with flowing oxygen having minimum purity of 99,99 %. Lower purity oxygen may be used if the equipment has an internal purification system able to yield 99,99 % purity oxygen for the purposes of the analysis. The combustion device generally includes, successively from oxygen inlet:


a)

a system for oxygen supply and purification which can guarantee a purity of at least 99,99 %;

b)

a purification furnace (pre-combustion) comprising a reaction pipe of quartz filled with copper oxide which shall permit a temperature of 450 °C to 500 °C to be maintained; 1)

a trap for H2O;

2)

a trap for CO2;

c)

a waiting chamber for the test piece;

d)

a combustion chamber with a reaction pipe of quartz and tubular furnace (about 600 mm length) which shall permit a temperature of at least 800 °C to be maintained.

NOTE

The hot zone is only a part of the reaction pipe of quartz.


9

DIN EN 723:2009-07

EN 723:2009 (E)

5.2

Determination of the carbon content

Before carrying out the test, ensure that the time elapsed after cleaning has not exceeded 5 h, see 4.1. Direct determination of the carbon content by automatic analysis of infrared absorbance of generated carbon dioxide, using a furnace temperature of 800 °C for 3 min for tubes and fittings of copper and of 550 °C for fittings of copper alloys. For routine testing of tubes and fittings of copper, shorter analysis time scales and/or higher combustion temperatures can be used if it can be demonstrated that all carbon present is detected within the test cycle. However, for reference testing a furnace temperature of 800 °C and analysis time of 3 min shall be used. Correct the measured carbon value for the blank value when appropriate. The time of analysis shall be established in such a way that the complete signal from the detector is recorded. 2

Accuracy of the method is expected to be ± 0,01 mg/dm .

5.3

Determination of the blank value

5.3.1

General

The blank value shall be determined at commencement of a test or sequence of tests. When determined as indicated below, the blank value will include all uncertainties related to the preparation of the test pieces and to the apparatus blank. For the calculation of the blank value use the total surface area of the blank sample (inner and outer surface area). The blank value is the mean of the values obtained for two test pieces. 2

Satisfactory preparation gives a blank value of not greater than 0,02 mg/dm . If greater values are obtained, the test piece preparation and apparatus blank shall be reviewed. 5.3.2 5.3.2.1

Procedure Selection of the test piece for tubes

Take a previously analysed sample, of the most commonly analysed dimension. Ensure that the sample is cooled to room temperature. 5.3.2.2

Selection of the test piece for fittings

Take fittings or part fittings prepared as described in 4.4.2. The cleaning operation shall be performed as described in 4.3.2.2.2. . d e v r e s e r s t h g i r l l A . g a l r e V h t u e B . 5 1 0 2 © t h g i o i r l y b p i o B C 5

6

Expression of results 2

The value of carbon content shall be expressed, in mg/dm , as the arithmetical mean of the values obtained for two equivalent test pieces; residual ( C R ), potential ( C P) or total carbon ( C T), as appropriate. If one test result exceeds the limit specified in the relevant standard then a further test shall be carried out using samples from the same tube or batch of fittings. If this further test gives an acceptable result then the earlier result shall be disregarded.


10

DIN EN 723:2009-07

EN 723:2009 (E)

7

Calibration

The applicable method is described in 5.2. a)

The test apparatus shall be calibrated at commencement of testing, or at a minimum of once a day if in continual use, with carbon dioxide having minimum purity of 99,99 %, according to the machine manufacturer’s instructions. Alternatively, calibration may be performed using samples of known carbon content by assay (D-mannitol or powder containing carbon of known concentration, using a furnace analysis temperature of 800 °C for a duration of 3 min. All other machine parameters shall be as per the machine manufacturer’s recommendations for this type of analysis.

b)

The accuracy of the daily calibration and the stability of the device shall be checked at regular intervals using samples of D-mannitol or powder containing carbon of known concentration according to 5.2. The check shall be performed: 1)

at least twice a year;

2)

after ca. 1 000 measurements when in continual use;

3)

or whenever it seems appropriate.

The nominal value of the carbon of the D-mannitol or powder containing carbon samples shall be within the accuracy of the test method according to 5.2. All other machine parameters shall be in accordance with the manufacturer’s recommendations for this t ype of analysis.

8

Test report

A test report shall contain at least the following information:


a)

identification of the test pieces;

b)

reference to this European Standard (EN 723);

c)

product designation of the product tested;

d)

results;

e)

any unusual characteristics noted during the determination;

f)

any operation not included in this European Standard or in the document to which reference is made or regarded as optional;

g)

date of the test and/or date of preparation or of affixing the signature of the test report;

h)

Signature of the responsible person.


11

DIN EN 723:2009-07

EN 723:2009 (E)

Bibliography

[1]

EN 1057, Copper and copper alloys — Seamless, round copper tubes for water and gas in sanitary and heating applications

[2]

EN 1173, Copper and copper alloys — Material condition designation

[3]

EN 1254 (all parts), Copper and copper alloys — Plumbing fittings

[4]

EN 13348, Copper and copper alloys — Seamless, round copper tubes for medical gases or vacuum



12

DEUTSCHE NORM

DIN EN 1173

ICS 77.120.30

August 2008

D Supersedes DIN EN 1173:1995-12

Copper and copper alloys – Material condition designation English version of DIN EN 1173:2008-08 Kupfer und Kupferlegierungen – Zustandsbezeichnungen Englische Fassung DIN EN 1173:2008-08


Document comprises 9 pages

7 8 6 0 8 7 8 7 0 1 / 4 © No part of this standard may be reproduced without prior permission of 1 English price group 6 0 DIN Deutsches Institut für Normung e. V., Berlin. Beuth Verlag GmbH, 10772 Berlin, Germany, 1 www.din.de Copper 1 : Basic standards Testing standards, edited by e.V. DIN, Beuth Verlag, 2015. ProQuest Ebook Central, http://ebookcentral.proquest.com/lib/vimaru-vn/detail.action?docID=2051211. 4 has the exclusive right of sale for German Standards (DIN-Normen). 5 www.beuth.de Created from vimaru-vn on 2018-05-18 02:10:40. 7

!$Q3Ñ" 1461696

DIN EN 1173:2008-08

National foreword This standard has been prepared by Technical Committee CEN/TC 133 “Copper and copper alloys” (Secretariat: DIN, Germany). The responsible German body involved in its preparation was the Normenausschuss Nichteisenmetalle (Nonferrous Metals Standards Committee), Technical Committee NA 066-02 FBR Fachbereichsbeirat Kupfer . Amendments

This standard differs from DIN EN 1173:1995-12 as follows: a) The English title has been changed, the term “temper” has been withdrawn. b) The examples in clause 4 have been completed. c)

The alloy designation in subclause 4.10 has been corrected.

Previous editions

DIN EN 1173: 1995-12


7 8 6 0 8 7 8 7 0 1 / 2 4 1 0 1 Copper 1 : Basic standards Testing standards, edited by e.V. DIN, Beuth Verlag, 2015. ProQuest Ebook Central, http://ebookcentral.proquest.com/lib/vimaru-vn/detail.action?docID=2051211. 4 5 Created from vimaru-vn on 2018-05-18 02:10:40. 7

EUROPEAN STANDARD NORME EUROPÉENNE EUROPÄISCHE NORM

EN 1173 April 2008

ICS 77.120.30


English Version

Copper and copper alloys - Material condition designation Cuivre et alliages de cuivre - Désignation des états métallurgiques

Kupfer und Kupferlegierungen - Zustandsbezeichnungen

This European Standard was approved by CEN on 21 March 2008. CEN members are bound to comply with the CEN/CENELEC Internal Regulations which stipulate the conditions for giving this European Standard the status of a national standard without any alteration. Up-to-date lists and bibliographical references concerning such national standards may be obtained on application to the CEN Management Centre or to any CEN member. This European Standard exists in three official versions (English, French, German). A version in any other language made by translation under the responsibility of a CEN member into its own language and notified to the CEN Management Centre has the same status as the official versions. CEN members are the national standards bodies of Austria, Belgium, Bulgaria, Cyprus, Czech Republic, Denmark, Estonia, Finland, France, Germany, Greece, Hungary, Iceland, Ireland, Italy, Latvia, Lithuania, Luxembourg, Malta, Netherlands, Norway, Poland, Portugal, Romania, Slovakia, Slovenia, Spain, Sweden, Switzerland and United Kingdom.



Management Centre: rue de Stassart, 36

B-1050 Brussels


© 2008 CEN


Ref. No. EN 1173:2008: E

DIN EN 1173:2008-08

EN 1173:2008 (E)

Contents

Page

Foreword..............................................................................................................................................................3 1

Scope ......................................................................................................................................................4

2

Basis of designation system ................................................................................................................4

3 3.1 3.2 3.3 3.4

Structure of designation .......................................................................................................................4 General....................................................................................................................................................4 Position 1................................................................................................................................................4 Positions 2 to 4 ......................................................................................................................................5 Positions 5 and 6 ...................................................................................................................................5

4 4.1 4.2 4.3 4.4 4.5 4.6 4.7 4.8 4.9 4.10

Examples ................................................................................................................................................5 General....................................................................................................................................................5 Elongation ..............................................................................................................................................5 Spring bending limit ..............................................................................................................................5 As drawn .................................................................................................................................................5 Grain size ................................................................................................................................................5 Hardness.................................................................................................................................................6 As manufactured....................................................................................................................................6 Tensile strength .....................................................................................................................................6 0,2% proof strength ...............................................................................................................................6 Additional treatment "Stress relieving" ..............................................................................................6

Bibliography ........................................................................................................................................................7



2

DIN EN 1173:2008-08

EN 1173:2008 (E)

Foreword This document (EN 1173:2008) has been prepared by Technical Committee CEN/TC 133 “Copper and copper alloys”, the secretariat of which is held by DIN. This European Standard shall be given the status of a national standard, either by publication of an identical text or by endorsement, at the latest by October 2008, and conflicting national standards shall be withdrawn at the latest by October 2008. Attention is drawn to the possibility that some of the elements of this document may be the subject of patent rights. CEN [and/or CENELEC] shall not be held responsible for identifying any or all such patent rights. This document supersedes EN 1173:1995. Within its programme of work, Technical Committee CEN/TC 133 decided to prepare the revision of the following standard: EN 1173:1995, Copper and copper alloys — Material condition or temper designation In comparison with the first edition of EN 1173:1995, the following significant technical changes were made:

 title has been changed, the term “temper” has been withdrawn;  examples in Clause 4 have been completed;  alloy designation in 4.10 has been corrected. According to the CEN/CENELEC Internal Regulations, the national standards organizations of the following countries are bound to implement this European Standard: Austria, Belgium, Bulgaria, Cyprus, Czech Republic, Denmark, Estonia, Finland, France, Germany, Greece, Hungary, Iceland, Ireland, Italy, Latvia, Lithuania, Luxembourg, Malta, Netherlands, Norway, Poland, Portugal, Romania, Slovakia, Slovenia, Spain, Sweden, Switzerland and the United Kingdom.



3

DIN EN 1173:2008-08

EN 1173:2008 (E)

1

Scope

This European Standard establishes a system for designation of material conditions to be used for the identification of mandatory property requirements. These designations are applicable to wrought products of copper and copper alloys.

2

Basis of designation system

The material condition designation is based on the mandatory property requirement(s), the level of property required and if necessary, any special additional treatment.

3 3.1

Structure of designation General

The material condition designation usually consists of four characters. In position 1 there shall be a letter and in positions 2 to 4 there shall be figures. A further figure shall be added in position 5 or, in the case of additional treatment, a suffix letter shall be added in position 5 or 6. Only one designation is allowed for a certain material condition and the whole size range, for which the minimum requirement applies.

3.2

Position 1

Position 1 indicates the designating mandatory property, specified in the appropriate European product standard, by one capital letter of the alphabet. The use of a letter indicating the designating mandatory property does not preclude the combination of two or more mandatory properties if specified in the appropriate product standard. Letters shall be used in accordance with Table 1. Table 1 — Letters for Position 1 Letter


Designating mandatory property

A

Elongation

B

Spring bending limit

D

As drawn, without specified mechanical properties

G

Grain size

H

Hardness (Brinell or Vickers)

M

As manufactured, without specified mechanical properties

R

Tensile strength

Y

0,2%-proof strength

NOTE The manufacturing process including heat treatment is not indicated by these letters.


4

DIN EN 1173:2008-08

EN 1173:2008 (E)

3.3

Positions 2 to 4

Except for designations D, G and M, positions 2 to 4 consist of a three digit figure to designate the minimum value of the mandatory property specified in the European product standard. Designations D and M are not followed by any further characters. For designation G, positions 2 to 4 consist of a three digit figure to designate the mid-range value of the mandatory property specified in the European product standard. In the case of a value of two significant digits a zero "0" is to be indicated at position 2 in front of the value specified, e.g. for hardness. In the case of a value of one significant digit, zeros are to be indicated at positions two and three in front of the value specified, e.g. for elongation.

3.4

Positions 5 and 6

If necessary a four digit figure may be indicated by use of the additional position 5, e.g. for very high tensile strength of precipitation hardened alloys. If an additional treatment is applicable for the purpose of stress relieving a product, the suffix "S" is added in position 5 or 6.

4 4.1

Examples General

The material condition designation is intended to be used in product designation and ordering information. In the product designation the material condition designation shall follow the material designation and be separated from it by a hyphen ("—"). Some examples of material condition designations in accordance with this standard are given in 4.2 to 4.10.

4.2

Elongation

Wire EN 13602 — Cu-OF — A007 — ..... 1)

4.3

Spring bending limit

Strip EN 1654 — CuSn8 — B410 — ..... 1)

4.4

4.5

[2]

As drawn

Tube EN 13600 — Cu-ETP — D — ..... 1) . d e v r e s e r s t h g i r l l A . g a l r e V h t u e B . 5 1 0 2 © t h g o i r i l y b p i o B C 5

[7]

[6]

Grain size

Strip EN 1652 — CuZn37 — G020 — ..... 1)

7 8 1) Continued according according to to the appropriate product product standard, standard, see Bibliography. 6 0 8 7 8 7 0 1 / 4 1 0 1 Copper 1 : Basic standards Testing standards, edited by e.V. DIN, Beuth Verlag, 2015. ProQuest Ebook Central, http://ebookcentral.proquest.com/lib/vimaru-vn/detail.action?docID=2051211. 4 5 Created from vimaru-vn on 2018-05-18 02:10:40. 7

[1]

5

DIN EN 1173:2008-08

EN 1173:2008 (E)

4.6

Hardness

Sheet EN 1652 — CuZn37 — H150 — ..... 1)

4.7

As manufactured

Hollow rod EN 12168 — CuZn36Pb3 — M — ..... 1)

4.8

[1]

[4]

Tensile strength

Rod EN 12164 — CuZn39Pb3 — R500 — ..... 1)

[3]

or Strip EN 1652 — CuBe2 — R1200 — ..... 1)

4.9

0,2% proof strength

Strip EN 1654 — CuZn30 — Y460 — ..... 1)

4.10

[2]

Additional treatment "Stress relieving"

Tube EN 12452 — CuZn20Al2As — R340S — ..... 1)


[1]

[5]


6

DIN EN 1173:2008-08

EN 1173:2008 (E)

Bibliography

[1]

EN 1652, Copper and copper alloys — Plate, sheet, strip and circles for general purposes

[2]

EN 1654, Copper and copper alloys — Strip for springs and connectors

[3]

EN 12164, Copper and copper alloys — Rod for free machining purposes

[4]

EN 12168, Copper and copper alloys — Hollow rod for free machining purposes

[5]

EN 12452, Copper and copper alloys — Rolled, finned, seamless tubes for heat exchangers

[6]

EN 13600, Copper and copper alloys — Seamless copper tubes for electrical purposes

[7]

EN 13602, Copper and copper alloys — Drawn round copper wire for the manufacture of electrical conductors



7

DEUTSCHENORM

Copper and copper alloys European numbering system English Version of DIN EN 1412

December 1995

DIN EN 1412

ICS 77.120.30 Descriptors: Copper, copper alloys, numbering system. Kupfer und Kupferlegierungen; Europäisches Werl
1412: 1995 1995 has the status of a DIN Standard. European Standard EN 1412:

National foreword This Standard has been prepared by CEN/TC 133. The responsible German body involved in its preparation was the Normenausschuß Nichteisenmetalle (Nonferrous Metals Standards Committee).


EN comprises 6 pages.

7 8 6 0 8 7 8 7 0 1 / 4 1 0 Beuth Verlag GmbH, Berlin, has the exciusive right of sale for German Standards (ü/A/-A/ormenJ. 1 5 DIN EN 1412 Engl. Price Copper 1 : Basic standards Testing standards, edited by e.V. DIN, Beuth Verlag, 2015. ProQuest Ebook Central, http://ebookcentral.proquest.com/lib/vimaru-vn/detail.action?docID=2051211. 4 5 05.96 Sales No. 1105 Created from vimaru-vn on 2018-05-18 02:10:59. 7

group

EUROPEAN STANDARD NORME EUROPEENNE EUROPÄISCHE NORM

EN 1412 November 1995

ICS 77.120.30 Descriptors: Copper, copper alloys, nutnbering system.

English Version

Copper and copper alloys European numbering system Cuivre et alliages de cuivre; systeme europeen de designation numerique

Kupfer und Kupferlegierungen; Euro¬ päisches Werkstoffnummernsystem

This European Standard was approved by GEN on 1995-11-11. CEN members are bound to comply with the CEN/CENELEC Internal Regulations which stipulate the conditions for giving this European Standard the status of a national Standard without any alteration. Up-to-date lists and bibllographlcal references conoerning such national Standards may be obtained on applicatlon to the Central Secretariat or to any CEN member. This European Standard exists in three offlclal verslons (English, French, German). A version in any other language made by translation under the responsibility of a CEN member into its own language and notified to the Central Secretariat has the same status as the official versions. CEN members are the national Standards bodies of Austria, of Austria, Belgiu Belgium, m, Denmarl<, Finland, France, Germany, Greece, Iceland, Ireland, Italy, Luxembourg, Netherlands, Norway, Portugal, Spain, Sweden, Switzerland and United Kingdom.


CEN European Committee for Standardization Comite Europeen de Normalisation Europäisches Komitee für Normung Central Secretariat: rue de Stassart 36, B-1050 Brüssels

© 1995. Copyright reserved to all CEN members.

Ref. No. EN 1412:1995 E


Page 2 EN 1412:1995

Contents Page

Page

2

4

Introduction

3

4.1General

1Scope

3

Foreword

2Normative

references

3 Definitions

material copper material . . . 3.3 Non-standardized copper material 3.1Copper

3.2Standardized

Details of the system

4.2Structure

4 4 4

of numbers

3

5 Allocation ,

3 3 3 3

Table 1: Significance of positions 3 to 6

registration and administration of material numbers

Annex A (informative) Bibiiography

. . .

5 5 6

Foreword This European Standard has been prepared by Technical Committee CEN/TC 133 'Copper and copper ailoys', the Secretariat of which is heid by DIN. This European Standard shall be given the status of a national Standard, either by pubiication of an identical text or by endorsement, and conflicting national Standards withdrawn, by iVlay 1996 at the latest.

In accordance with the CEN/CENELEC Internal Reguiations, the foilowing countries are bound to implement this European Standard: Austria, Austria, Beigium, Denmarl<, Finiand, France, Germany, Greece, Iceland, Ireland, Itaiy, Luxembourg, Netherlands, Norway, Portugal, Spain, Sweden, Switzerland and United Kingdom.



Page 3 EN 1412:1995

Introduction The numbering system described in this European Standard is based on annex A to ISO/TR 7003 in whtch a unique number Is allocated to a copper material (copper or copper alloy) in order to categorize it. This numbering system is an alternative to the material symbol designation system given in ISO 1 1 90-1 .

1

Scope

This European Standard establishes a numbering system for designating copper and copper alloys manufactured and/or used in Europe and the responsibility for the allocation, registration and administration of numbers for individual copper materials. The system is applicable to:

a)copper materials standardized in European Standards (see 3.2), and

b) copper materials not standardized in European Standards Isee 3.3).

2

Normative references

This European Standard incorporates, by dated or undated reference, provisions from other publications. These normative references are cited at the appropriate places in the text and the publications are listed hereafter. For dated references, subsequent amendments to or revisions of any of these publications apply to this European Standard only when incorporated in it by amendment or revision. For undated references, the tatest edition of the publication referred to applies. ISO/TR 7003 Unified format for the designation of metals NOTE: Informative references to documents used in the preparation of this Standard, and cited at the appropriate places in the text, are listed in a bibliography, see annex A.

3

Definitions

For the purposes of this Standard, the following definitions apply:

3.1

copper material

General term for copper and copper alloys.


3.2 standardized copper material Copper material specified in a European Standard.

3.3

non-standardized copper material

Copper material not specified in a European Standard but manufactured and/or used in Europe.


Page 4 EN 1412:1995

4

Details of the system

4.1 General

The number shall be composed of alphabetic (upper case Latin letters) and numeric (Arabic) characters. The system shall provide only one number for each material. A number assigned to an individual material shall not be assigned to another material even if the first mentioned material has been withdrawn.

4.2 Structure 4.2.1Compittte

of numbers number

The number shall consist of six characters.

4.2.2Positions

of characters

The positions of characters are as follows:

4.2.2.1 Position

1

In accordance with ISO/TR 7003, the character for the first Position shall be the letter "C" to designate copper material.

4.2.2.2 Position 2 The character for the second position shall be one of the following letters, whose significance is given as follows; B

materials in ingot form for remeiting to produce cast products;

C

materials in the form of cast products;

F

filier materials for brazing and welding;

M master alloys;


R

refined unwrought copper;

S

materials in the form of scrap;

W materials in the form of wrought products; X

non-standardized materials.

4.2.2.3 Position 3 to 5 The characters for the third, fourth and fifth positions shall form a number in the ränge 000 to 999, see table There is no particular significance attributed to any of these characters.

1


Page 5 EN 1412:1995

4.2.2.4Position 6 The character for the 6th position shall be a letter designating one of the material groups given in table 1 .

4.2.2.5Examples CW024A: CB752S; CC383H.

5 Allocation,

registration and administration of material numbers

NOTE: CEN/TC 1 33 is responsible for the allocation. registration and administration of material numbers.

Table 1: Significance of positions 3 to 6 Position 3, 4 and 5') (a number in the ränge)

Position 6 lletter designating material group)

Copper

000 to 999

A or B

Copper ailoys, low alloyed (less than 5 % alloying eiements)

000 to 999

C or 0

Miscellaneous copper ailoys (5 % or more alloying elements)

000 to 999

Eor F

Copper-aluminium aiioys

000 to 999

G

Copper-nickel ailoys

000 to 999

H

Copper-nicket-zinc ailoys

000 to 999

J

Copper-tin ailoys

000 to 999

K

Copper-zinc ailoys, binary

000 to 999

L or M

Copper-zinc-iead ailoys

000 to 999

N or P

Copper-zinc ailoys, complex

000 to 999

R or S

Material group


') Standardized copper material in the ränge 000 to 799. Non-standardized copper material in the ränge 800 to 999.


Page 6 EN 1412:1995

Annex

A

(informative)

Bibliography In the preparation of this European Standard, use was made of a document for reference purposes. This informative reference is cited at the appropriate place in the text and the publication is listed hereafter.

ISO 1 190-1 Copper and copper alloys


-

Code of designation - Part

1

: Designation of materials


DEUTSCHE NORM

Copper and copper alloys Declarations of conformity English version of DIN EN 1655

June 1997

{ EN 1655

ICS 77.120.30 Descriptors: Copper, declaration of conformity. Kupfer und Kupferlegierungen – Konformitätserklärungen

European Standard EN 1655 : 1997 has the status of a DIN Standard.

National foreword This standard has been prepared by CEN/TC 133. The responsible German body involved in its preparation was the Normenausschuß Nichteisenmetalle (Nonferrous Metals Standards Committee).



7 8 6 0 8 7 8 7 0 1 / © No part of this standard may be reproduced without the prior permission of Ref. No. DIN EN 1655: 1997-06 4 1 DIN Deutsches Institut für Normung e.V ., Berlin. E ng li sh p ri ce g ro up 0 6 S al es N o. 1 10 6 0 1 BeuthTesting Verlag standards, GmbH, Berlin, has right of sale forProQuest German Standards (DIN-Normen). 01.98 Copper 1 : Basic standards edited by the e.V.exclusive DIN, Beuth Verlag, 2015. Ebook Central, http://ebookcentral.proquest.com/lib/vimaru-vn/detail.action?docID=2051211. 4 5 Created from vimaru-vn on 2018-05-18 02:11:18. 7

EN 1655 March 1997

ICS 77.120.30 Descriptors: Copper, declaration of conformity.

English version

Copper and copper alloys Declarations of conformity Cuivre et alliages de cuivre – Déclarations de conformité

Kupfer und Kupferlegierungen – Konformitätserklärungen

This European Standard was approved by CEN on 1997-02-09. CEN members are bound to comply with the CEN/CENELEC Internal Regulations which stipulate the conditions for giving this European Standard the status of a national standard without any alteration. Up-to-date lists and bibliographical references concerning such national standards may be obtained on application to the Central Secretariat or to any CEN member. The European Standards exist in three official versions (English, French, German). A version in any other language made by translation under the responsibility of a CEN member into its own language and notified to the Central Secretariat has the same status as the official versions. CEN members are the national standards bodies of Austria, Belgium, Denmark, Finland, France, Germany, Greece, Iceland, Ireland, Italy, Luxembourg, Netherlands, Norway, Portugal, Spain, Sweden, Switzerland, and the United Kingdom.


ÈÉË European Committee for Standardization Comité Européen de Normalisation Europäisches Komitee für Normung Central Secretariat: rue de Stassart 36, B-1050 Brussels

7 8 6 0 © 1997. CEN – All rights of exploitation in any form and by any means Ref. No. EN 1655: 8 7 8 reserved worldwide for CEN national members. 7 0 1 / 4 1 0 1 Copper 1 : Basic standards Testing standards, edited by e.V. DIN, Beuth Verlag, 2015. ProQuest Ebook Central, http://ebookcentral.proquest.com/lib/vimaru-vn/detail.action?docID=2051211. 4 5 Created from vimaru-vn on 2018-05-18 02:11:18. 7

1997 E

Page 2 EN 1655: 1997



Page 3 EN 1655:1997



Page 4 EN 1655: 1997



Page 5 EN 1655:1997



Page 6 EN 1655: 1997



Page 7 EN 1655:1997



Page 8 EN 1655: 1997



Page 9 EN 1655:1997



Page 10 EN 1655: 1997



Page 11 EN 1655:1997



February 2012

D

DIN EN 1971-1 ICS 77.150.30

Supersedes DIN EN 1971:1998-12

Copper and copper alloys – Eddy current test for measuring defects on seamless round copper and copper alloy tubes – Part 1: Test with an encircling test coil on the outer surface English translation of DIN EN 1971-1:2012-02 Kupfer und Kupferlegierungen – Wirbelstromprüfung an Rohren zur Messung von Fehlern an nahtlos gezogenen runden Rohren aus Kupfer und Kupferlegierungen – Teil 1: Prüfung mit umfassender Spule auf der Außenseite Englische Übersetzung von DIN EN 1971-1:2012-02 Cuivre et alliages de cuivre – Méthode de contrôle par courants de Foucault pour le mesurage des défauts des tubes ronds sans soudure en cuivre et alliages de cuivre – Partie 1: Essai avec une bobine encerclante sur la paroi externe Traduction anglaise de DIN EN 1971-1:2012-02



Translation by DIN-Sprachendienst. In case of doubt, the German-language original shall be considered authoritative.

7 8 6 0 8 7 8 7 0 1 / 4 © No part of this translation may be reproduced without prior permission of 1 English price group 7 0 DIN Deutsches Institut für Normung e. V., Berlin. Beuth Verlag GmbH, 10772 Berlin, Germany, 1 www.din.de Copper 1 : Basic standards Testing standards, edited by e.V. DIN, Beuth Verlag, 2015. ProQuest Ebook Central, http://ebookcentral.proquest.com/lib/vimaru-vn/detail.action?docID=2051211. 4 has the exclusive right of sale for German Standards (DIN-Normen). 5 www.beuth.de Created from vimaru-vn on 2018-05-18 02:11:39. 7 01.12

!$yx|" 1868589

DIN EN 1971-1:2012-02

A comma is used as the decimal marker.

National foreword This standard has been prepared by Technical Committee CEN/TC 133 “Copper and copper alloys” (Secretariat: DIN, Germany). The responsible German body involved in its preparation was the Normenausschuss Nichteisenmetalle (Nonferrous Metals Standards Committee), Working Committee NA 066-02-03 AA Kupferrohre (Installation und Industrie). Amendments

This standard differs from DIN EN 1971:1998-12 as follows: a)

the scope of the standard has been limited to the eddy current test with an encircling test coil on the outer surface of tubes;

b)

the standard has been editorially revised.

Previous editions

DIN EN 1971: 1998-12



EUROPEAN STANDARD

EN 1971-1

NORME EUROPÉENNE EUROPÄISCHE NORM

December 2011

ICS 77.150.30


English Version

Copper and copper alloys - Eddy current test for measuring defects on seamless round copper and copper alloy tubes Part 1: Test with an encircling test coil on the outer surface Cuivre et alliages de cuivre - Méthode de contrôle par courants de Foucault pour le mesurage des défauts des tubes ronds sans soudure en cuivre et alliages de cuivre Partie 1: Essai avec une bobine encerclante sur la paroi externe

Kupfer und Kupferlegierungen - Wirbelstromprüfung an Rohren zur Messung von Fehlern an nahtlos gezogenen runden Rohren aus Kupfer und Kupferlegierungen - Teil 1: Prüfung mit umfassender Spule auf der Außenseite

This European Standard was approved by CEN on 5 November 2011. CEN members are bound to comply with the CEN/CENELEC Internal Regulations which stipulate the conditions for giving this European Standard the status of a national standard without any alteration. Up-to-date lists and bibliographical references concerning such national standards may be obtained on application to the CEN-CENELEC Management Centre or to any CEN member. This European Standard exists in three official versions (English, French, German). A version in any other language made by translation under the responsibility of a CEN member into its own language and notified to the CEN-CENELEC Management Centre has the same status as the official versions. CEN members are the national standards bodies of Austria, Belgium, Bulgaria, Croatia, Cyprus, Czech Republic, Denmark, Estonia, Finland, France, Germany, Greece, Hungary, Iceland, Ireland, Italy, Latvia, Lithuania, Luxembourg, Malta, Netherlands, Norway, Poland, Portugal, Romania, Slovakia, Slovenia, Spain, Sweden, Switzerland and United Kingdom.





© 2011 CEN


Ref. No. EN 1971-1:2011: E

DIN EN 1971-1:2012-02

EN 1971-1:2011 (E)

Contents

Page

Foreword ..............................................................................................................................................................3 Introduction .........................................................................................................................................................4 1

Scope ......................................................................................................................................................5

2

Normative references ............................................................................................................................5

3


4 4.1 4.2 4.3

General requirements ............................................................................................................................5 Personnel qualification .........................................................................................................................5 Condition of tube to be tested ..............................................................................................................5 Equipment ..............................................................................................................................................5

5

Reference standard tube .......................................................................................................................7

6 6.1 6.2 6.3

Acceptance criteria ................................................................................................................................7 Detection of local discontinuities by encircling coils systems ........................................................7 Detection of non-local discontinuities by encircling coils systems with lower detection levels .......................................................................................................................................................7 Other test methods ................................................................................................................................8

7

Instrument adjustment ..........................................................................................................................8

Figures Figure 1 — Representation of eddy current control using encircling coils .................................................6 Figure 2 — Representation of eddy current systems that involve a relative rotational motion between the tube and the probe (helicoid al control of the tube) ......................................................6



2

DIN EN 1971-1:2012-02

EN 1971-1:2011 (E)

Foreword This document (EN 1971-1:2011) has been prepared by Technical Committee CEN/TC 133 “Copper and copper alloys”, the secretariat of which is held by DIN. This European Standard shall be given the status of a national standard, either by publication of an identical text or by endorsement, at the latest by June 2012, and conflicting national standards shall be withdrawn at the latest by June 2012. Attention is drawn to the possibility that some of the elements of this document may be the subject of patent rights. CEN [and/or CENELEC] shall not be held responsible for identifying any or all such patent rights. This document supersedes EN 1971:1998. According to the CEN/CENELEC Internal Regulations, the national standards organizations of the following countries are bound to implement this European Standard: Austria, Belgium, Bulgaria, Croatia, Cyprus, Czech Republic, Denmark, Estonia, Finland, France, Germany, Greece, Hungary, Iceland, Ireland, Italy, Latvia, Lithuania, Luxembourg, Malta, Netherlands, Norway, Poland, Portugal, Romania, Slovakia, Slovenia, Spain, Sweden, Switzerland and the United Kingdom. Within its programme of work, Technical Comm ittee CEN/TC 133 requested CEN/TC 133/WG 3 "Copper tubes (installation and industrial)" to revise the following document: EN 1971:1998, Copper and copper alloys — Eddy current test for tubes This is one of two parts of the standard for the eddy current test for measuring defects on seamless round copper and copper alloy tubes. The other part is: EN 1971-2, Copper and copper alloys — Eddy current test for measuring defects on seamless round copper and copper alloy tubes — Part 2: Test with an internal probe on the inner surface In comparison with the first edition of EN 1971:1998, the following significant technical changes were made: 

split of and extension in two parts;



modification of Scope – introduction of the choice of test method with encircling coil or internal probe.



3

DIN EN 1971-1:2012-02

EN 1971-1:2011 (E)

Introduction The eddy current test described in this European Standard has the objective of detecting during production potential leaks and serious defects in seamless round copper and copper alloy tubes. The eddy current test is able to detect material inhomogeneities and their positions throughout the length of tubes. The eddy current signals of material inhomogeneities are compared with reference signals of artificially produced test defects. It is possible to identify these inhomogeneities on the inner and outer surfaces as well as within the tube wall. Since the distribution of eddy currents decreases as the distance from the test coil increases, the amplitude of defect signals also decreases with increasing distance from the test coil. Thus the eddy current test with encircling test coil on the outer surface is less sensitive to defects on the inner surface. The purpose of this standard is not to define a method of measuring the actual extent of the material inhomogeneities as the signal amplitude is dependent on, amongst other factors, volume, form and position of the inhomogeneity. Due to end effects, it is not possible to effectively test the ends of the tubes. The purchaser and the supplier could agree that the end effect may be overcome by cutting to length after testing.



4

DIN EN 1971-1:2012-02

EN 1971-1:2011 (E)

1

Scope

This part of this European Standard specifies a procedure for the eddy current test with an encircling test coil for measuring defects on the outer surface of seamless round copper and copper alloy tubes. NOTE The eddy current test method(s) required, together with the size range and acceptance level, are defined in the relevant product standard. The choice of the method fo r eddy current test: 

with an encircling test coil on the outer surface according EN 1971-1;

or 

with an internal probe on the inner surface according EN 1971-2;

is at the discretion of the manufacturer if there are no other agreements between the purchaser and the supplier.

2


The following referenced documents are indispensable for the application of this document. For dated references, only the edition cited applies. For undated references, the latest edition of the referenced document (including any amendments) applies. EN 473, Non-destructive testing — Qualification and certification of NDT personnel — General principles EN ISO 12718, Non-destructive testing — Eddy current testing — Vocabulary (ISO 12718:2008)

3


For the purposes of this document, the terms and definitions given in EN ISO 12718 apply.

4 4.1

General requirements Personnel qualification

The eddy current test shall be made by operators trained in this technique and it shall be done under the responsibility of qualified staff. When agreed upon between the purchaser and the supplier, qualification of the personnel shall be certified according to EN 473.

4.2

Condition of tube to be tested

Tubes shall be sufficiently clean and straight to permit satisfactory operation of the drive mechanism and eddy current test equipment. . d e v r e s e r s t h g i r l l A . g a l r e V h t u e B . 5 1 0 2 © t h g i o i r l y b p i o B C 5

4.3

Equipment

The driving mechanism shall drive the tube through the encircling coil as concentrically and vibration-free as possible. The variation in test sensitivity due to changes of speed and tube position within the encircling coil shall be maintained within ± 2 dB. Either encircling test coils or a system that involves relative rotational motion between the tube and either one or several surface probes can be used for testing (see Figures 1 and 2).


5

DIN EN 1971-1:2012-02

EN 1971-1:2011 (E)

Key 1 secondary coil 2 primary coil 3 tube

f frequency ~ ∆V difference of the measured voltage

Figure 1 — Representation of eddy current control using encircling coils NOTE 1 Figure 1 is a simplified representation of an encircling coil with one primary coil and secondary coils (differential measurement)

Key a direction of rotation of the probe 1 surface probe 2 tube


Key b 1 2 3

direction of rotation of the tube surface probe tube rollers

a) Surface probe rotating with linear motion of the tube

b) Tube rotating with linear motion of the probe

Figure 2 — Representation of eddy current systems that involve a relative rotational motion between the tube and the probe (helicoidal control of the tube) NOTE 2 The surface probe can have different forms, for example single coil or multiple coils with various configurations.

Test speed shall be compatible with the coil excitation frequency. In the case of a test with relative rotational motion between the tube and the surface probe only, the linear speed shall be adjusted in order to test the whole surface of the tube.


6

DIN EN 1971-1:2012-02

EN 1971-1:2011 (E)

The distance between the probe and the outer surface of the tube shall be kept as small as possible so that the sensitivity of the test is sufficient. NOTE 3

5

For encircling coils, the usual frequencies are in the range 1 kHz to 125 kHz.

Reference standard tube

Unless otherwise specified in the relevant product standard, a reference standard tube is made of a defectfree tube of the same dimensions and specified properties as the tube to be tested. During the reference test, the influence of dynamic conditions shall be taken into account. NOTE The producer can ensure that this requirement is met by the appropriate option subject to the type of the installation, such as: a)

for control devices not in-line with production, the reference tube should be long enough to ensure the same dynamic conditions for the reference test as for normal line operating speed; or

b)

for in-line installations: 

the reference standard tube should be passed through the test equipment at the normal line operating speed; or



the control devices should include a dynamic effect compensating unit to take into account the speed differences between the reference tube throughput speed and the normal line operating speed.

Either the reference standard tube shall have three holes located on three generating lines at 120°, or only one hole. If a reference standard tube with three holes is used, the holes shall be spaced from each other and from each end, sufficiently to obtain separate signals from each hole without interference from the tube ends. If a reference standard tube with only one hole is used, then this tube shall be passed through the encircling coil three times with the tube being turned by 120°. The maximum drill diameter for the various dimension ranges is defined in the relevant product standards. Other reference standard tube types may be considered if they are demonstrated as more relevant for certain products; they shall be defined in the relevant product standards.

6 6.1

Acceptance criteria Detection of local discontinuities by encircling coils systems

Local discontinuities of the tubes, including beginning and end of long regular discontinuities and variations of long discontinuities, are detected as defects with encircling coils systems. . d e v r e s e r s t h g i r l l A . g a l r e V h t u e B . 5 1 0 2 © t h g i o i r l y b p i o B C 5

The sorting limit shall be the smallest amplitude of the three signals produced by the hole or holes in the reference standard tube.

6.2

Detection of non-local discontinuities by encircling coils systems with lower detection levels

Non-local discontinuities of the tube could be identified as defects by one of the methods defined for this purpose, according to the requirements of the relevant product standards. Some discontinuities of the tube, which individually are not considered as defective, might cause signals lower than the detection threshold of the normal sorting limit for local defects but higher than a second selected lower detection threshold S l. The signals for the lower and normal detection thresholds are related by a ratio K , which shall be determined by the manufacturer of the tube, as follows:


7

DIN EN 1971-1:2012-02

EN 1971-1:2011 (E)

K 2 =

S l S n

(1)

where S l

is the signal for the lower detection threshold;

S n

is the signal for the normal detection threshold.

A maximum density of defects d 0 shall be calculated as follows: d 0 =

N 0 L0

(2)

where N 0 is the maximum permissible number of discontinuities in a pre-set length; L0 NOTE

is the pre-set length. Both N 0 and L0 should be determined by the tube manufacturer if they are not specified in the relevant product

standard.

Discontinuity signals ranging between the two sorting limits of the lower and normal detection thresholds along the pre-set length L0 shall be counted as N . When the real density d = N / L0 exceeds d 0, the entire pre-set length affected shall be considered defective.

6.3

Other test methods

For other test methods the acceptance criteria shall be defined specifically, such as for a system involving relative rotational motion between the tube and the surface probe. Equal or higher sensitivity shall be demonstrated.

7

Instrument adjustment

The test system shall be adjusted, using a reference standard tube in accordance with Clause 5. If the test instrument operates with phase selection, the signals from the defects to be detected shall lie within the determined phase ranges.


The sensitivity of the instrument shall be adjusted so that the smallest of the three signals exceeds the response threshold of the sorting limit. Adjustment of the instrument shall be carried out and checked for each change of product and at regular intervals of not more than 8 h during periods of continuous operation. If any check shows that a loss of sensitivity exceeding 2 dB has occurred, all the tubes tested since the last check shall be considered as not tested.


8

February 2012

D

DIN EN 1971-2 ICS 23.040.15; 77.150.30

Copper and copper alloys – Eddy current test for measuring defects on seamless round copper and copper alloy tubes – Part 2: Test with an internal probe on the inner surface English translation of DIN EN 1971-2:2012-02 Kupfer und Kupferlegierungen – Wirbelstromprüfung an Rohren zur Messung von Fehlern an nahtlos gezogenen runden Rohren aus Kupfer und Kupferlegierungen – Teil 2: Prüfung mit Innensonde auf der Innenseite Englische Übersetzung von DIN EN 1971-2:2012-02 Cuivre et alliages de cuivre – Méthode de contrôle par courants de Foucault pour le mesurage des défauts des tubes ronds sans soudure en cuivre et alliages de cuivre – Partie 2: Essai avec un capteur interne sur la paroi interne Traduction anglaise de DIN EN 1971-2:2012-02




7 8 6 0 8 7 8 7 0 1 / 4 © No part of this translation may be reproduced without prior permission of 1 English price group 8 0 DIN Deutsches Institut für Normung e. V., Berlin. Beuth Verlag GmbH, 10772 Berlin, Germany, 1 www.din.de Copper 1 : Basic standards Testing standards, edited by e.V. DIN, Beuth Verlag, 2015. ProQuest Ebook Central, http://ebookcentral.proquest.com/lib/vimaru-vn/detail.action?docID=2051211. 4 has the exclusive right of sale for German Standards (DIN-Normen). 5 www.beuth.de Created from vimaru-vn on 2018-05-18 02:11:58. 7 01.12

!$yx}" 1868590

DIN EN 1971-2:2012-02


National foreword This standard has been prepared by Technical Committee CEN/TC 133 “Copper and copper alloys” (Secretariat: DIN, Germany). The responsible German body involved in its preparation was the Normenausschuss Nichteisenmetalle (Nonferrous Metals Standards Committee), Working Committee NA 066-02-03 AA Kupferrohre (Installation und Industrie).



EUROPEAN STANDARD

EN 1971-2


December 2011

ICS 23.040.15; 77.150.30

English Version

Copper and copper alloys - Eddy current test for measuring defects on seamless round copper and copper alloy tubes Part 2: Test with an internal probe on the inner surface Cuivre et alliages de cuivre - Méthode de contrôle par courants de Foucault pour le mesurage des défauts des tubes ronds sans soudure en cuivre et alliages de cuivre Partie 2: Essai avec un capteur interne sur la paroi interne

Kupfer und Kupferlegierungen - Wirbelstromprüfung an Rohren zur Messung von Fehlern an nahtlos gezogenen runden Rohren aus Kupfer und Kupferlegierungen - Teil 2: Prüfung mit Innensonde auf der Innenseite






© 2011 CEN


Ref. No. EN 1971-2:2011: E

DIN EN 1971-2:2012-02

EN 1971-2:2011 (E)

Contents

Page


Scope ......................................................................................................................................................5

2


3


4 4.1 4.2 4.3

General requirements ............................................................................................................................5 Personnel qualification .........................................................................................................................5 Condition of tube to be tested ..............................................................................................................5 Equipment ..............................................................................................................................................6

5

Reference standard tube .......................................................................................................................6

6 6.1 6.2 6.3

Acceptance criteria ................................................................................................................................7 Detection of local discontinuities by internal probes systems ........................................................7 Detection of non-local discontinuities by internal probes systems with lower detection levels .......................................................................................................................................................7 Other test methods ................................................................................................................................8

7


Bibliography ........................................................................................................................................................9

Figures Figure 1 — Simplified representation of eddy current testing using internal probe ...................................6



2

DIN EN 1971-2:2012-02

EN 1971-2:2011 (E)

Foreword This document (EN 1971-2:2011) has been prepared by Technical Committee CEN/TC 133 “Copper and copper alloys”, the secretariat of which is held by DIN. This European Standard shall be given the status of a national standard, either by publication of an identical text or by endorsement, at the latest by June 2012, and conflicting national standards shall be withdrawn at the latest by June 2012. Attention is drawn to the possibility that some of the elements of this document may be the subject of patent rights. CEN [and/or CENELEC] shall not be held responsible for identifying any or all such patent rights. According to the CEN/CENELEC Internal Regulations, the national standards organizations of the following countries are bound to implement this European Standard: Austria, Belgium, Bulgaria, Croatia, Cyprus, Czech Republic, Denmark, Estonia, Finland, France, Germany, Greece, Hungary, Iceland, Ireland, Italy, Latvia, Lithuania, Luxembourg, Malta, Netherlands, Norway, Poland, Portugal, Romania, Slovakia, Slovenia, Spain, Sweden, Switzerland and the United Kingdom. Within its programme of work, Technical Comm ittee CEN/TC 133 requested CEN/TC 133/WG 3 "Copper tubes (installation and industrial)" to prepare the following document: EN 1971-2, Copper and copper alloys — Eddy current test for measuring defects on seamless round copper and copper alloy tubes — Part 2: Test with an internal probe on the inner surface This is one of two parts of the standard for the eddy current test for measuring defects on seamless round copper and copper alloy tubes. The other part is: EN 1971-1, Copper and copper alloys — Eddy current test for measuring defects on seamless round copper and copper alloy tubes — Part 1:Test with an encircling test coil on the outer surface



3

DIN EN 1971-2:2012-02

EN 1971-2:2011 (E)

Introduction The eddy current test with internal probe described in this standard has the objective of detecting potential leaks and serious defects in seamless round copper and copper alloy tubes. The eddy current test is able to detect material inhomogeneities and their positions throughout the length of tubes. The eddy current signals of material inhomogeneities are compared with reference signals of artificially produced test defects. It is possible to identify these inhomogeneities on the inner and outer surfaces as well as within the tube wall. Since the distribution of eddy currents decreases as the distance from the test coil increases, the amplitude of defect signals also decreases with increasing distance from the test coil. Thus the eddy current test with internal probe on the inner surface is less sensitive to defects on the outer surface. The purpose of this standard is not to define a method of measuring the actual extent of the material inhomogeneities as the signal amplitude is dependent on, amongst other factors, volume, form and position of the inhomogeneity. Due to end effects, it is not possible to effectively test the ends of the tubes. The purchaser and the supplier could agree that the end effect may be overcome by cutting to length after testing.



4

DIN EN 1971-2:2012-02

EN 1971-2:2011 (E)

1

Scope

This European Standard specifies a procedure for the eddy current test with an internal probe for measuring defects on the inner surface of seamless round copper and copper alloy tubes. This European Standard applies particularly for finned tubes with high fins according to EN 12452. NOTE The eddy current test method(s) required, together with the size range and acceptance level, are defined in the relevant product standard. The choice of the method for eddy current test: 

with an encircling test coil on the outer surface according EN 1971-1

or 

with an internal probe on the inner surface according EN 1971-2

is at the discretion of the manufacturer if there are no other agreements between the purchaser and the supplier. Especially for finned tubes according to EN 12452 with high fins, it is recommended to use eddy current test with internal probe as described in this standard.

2


The following referenced documents are indispensable for the application of this document. For dated references, only the edition cited applies. For undated references, the latest edition of the referenced document (including any amendments) applies. EN 473, Non-destructive testing — Qualification and certification of NDT personnel — General principles EN ISO 12718, Non-destructive testing — Eddy current testing — Vocabulary (ISO 12718:2008)

3


For the purposes of this document, the terms and definitions given in EN ISO 12718 apply.

4 4.1


The eddy current test shall be made by operators trained in this technique and it shall be done under the responsibility of qualified staff. . d e v r e s e r s t h g i r l l A . g a l r e V h t u e B . 5 1 0 2 © t h g i o i r l y b p i o B C 5

When agreed upon between the purchaser and the supplier, qualification of the personnel shall be certified according to EN 473.

4.2

Condition of tube to be tested

Tubes shall be sufficiently clean and straight to permit satisfactory operation of optionally drive mechanism and eddy current test equipment.


5

DIN EN 1971-2:2012-02

EN 1971-2:2011 (E)

4.3

Equipment

The internal probe shall be moved through the tubes as vibration-free as possible. The variation in test sensitivity due to changes of speed and internal probe position within the tubes shall be maintained within ± 2 dB. The internal probe can be moved manually or by using a drive mechanism (see Figure 1).

Key 1 2

tube with fins on the outside internal probe

Figure 1 — Simplified representation of eddy current testing using internal probe Test speed over the length of the tube shall be as constant as possible. The distance between the probe and the inner surface of the tube shall be kept as small as possible so that the sensitivity of the test is sufficient. NOTE

5

For internal probes, the usual frequencies are in the range 1 kHz to 125 kHz.

Reference standard tube

Unless otherwise specified in the relevant product standard, a reference standard tube is made of a defectfree tube of the same dimensions and specified properties as the tube to be tested. During the reference test, the influence of dynamic conditions shall be taken into account. NOTE The producer can ensure that this requirement is met by the appropriate option subject to the type of the installation, such as: . d e v r e s e r s t h g i r l l A . g a l r e V h t u e B . 5 1 0 2 © t h g i o i r l y b p i o B C 5

a)

for control devices not in-line with production, the reference tube should be long enough to ensure the same dynamic conditions for the reference test as for normal line operating speed; or

b)

the control devices should include a dynamic effect compensating unit to take into account the speed differences between the reference tube throughput speed and the normal line operating speed.

Either the reference standard tube shall have three holes located on three generating lines at 120°, or only one hole. If a reference standard tube with three holes is used, the holes shall be spaced from each other and from each end, sufficiently to obtain separate signals from each hole without interference from the tube ends. If a reference standard tube with only one hole is used, then this tube shall be used three times being turned by 120°.


6

DIN EN 1971-2:201 1971-2:2012-02 2-02

EN 1971-2:2011 (E)

The maximum drill diameter for the various dimension ranges is defined in the relevant product standards. Other reference standard tube types may be considered if they are demonstrated as more relevant for certain products; they shall be defined in the relevant product standards.

6

Acceptance criteria

6.1

Detection of local discontinuities by internal probes systems systems

Local discontinuities of the tubes, including beginning and end of long regular discontinuities and variations of long discontinuities, are detected as defects with internal probes systems. The sorting limit shall be the smallest amplitude of the three signals produced by the hole or holes in the reference standard tube.

6.2

Detection of of non-local discontinuities by internal probes probes systems systems with lower detection levels

Non-local discontinuities of the tube could be identified as defects by one of the methods defined for this purpose, according to the requirements of the relevant product standards. Some discontinuities of the tube, which individually are not considered as defective, might cause signals lower than the detection threshold of the normal sorting limit for local defects but higher than a second selected lower detection threshold S l. The signals for the lower and normal detection thresholds are related by a ratio K 2, which shall be determined by the manufacturer of the tube, as follows: K 2 =

S l S n

(1)

where S l

is the signal for the lower detection threshold;

S n

is the signal for the normal detection threshold.

A maximum density of defects d 0 shall be calculated as follows: d 0 =

N 0

(2)

L0

where . d e v r e s e r s t h g i r l l A . g a l r e V h t u e B . 5 1 0 2 © t h g o i r i l y b p i o B C 5

N 0

is the maximum permissible number of discontinuities in a pre-set length;

L0

is the pre-set length.

NOTE

Both N 0 and L0 should be determined by the tube manufacturer if they are not specified in the relevant product

standard.

Discontinuity signals ranging between the two sorting limits of the lower and normal detection thresholds along the pre-set length L0 shall be counted as N . When the real density = =

/

exceeds

, the entire pre-set length affected shall be considered defective.

d N L L0 d 0 7 8 6 0 8 7 8 7 0 1 / 4 1 0 1 Copper 1 : Basic standards Testing standards, edited by e.V. DIN, Beuth Verlag, 2015. ProQuest Ebook Central, http://ebookcentral.proquest.com/lib/vimaru-vn/detail.action?docID=2051211. 4 5 Created from vimaru-vn on 2018-05-18 02:11:58. 7

7

DIN EN 1971-2:201 1971-2:2012-02 2-02

EN 1971-2:2011 (E)

6.3

Other test methods

For other test methods the acceptance criteria shall be defined specifically, such as for a system involving relative rotational motion between the tube and the surface probe. Equal or higher sensitivity shall be demonstrated.

7


The test system shall be adjusted, using a reference standard tube in accordance with Clause 5. If the test instrument operates with phase selection, the signals from the defects to be detected shall lie within the determined phase ranges. The sensitivity of the instrument shall be adjusted so that the smallest of the three signals exceeds the response threshold of the sorting limit. Adjustment of the instrument shall be carried out and checked for each change of product and at regular intervals of not more than 8 h during periods of continuous operation. If any check shows that a loss of sensitivity exceeding 2 dB has occurred, all the tubes tested since the last check shall be considered as not tested.



8

DIN EN 1971-2:201 1971-2:2012-02 2-02

EN 1971-2:2011 (E)

Bibliography

EN 12452, Copper and copper alloys — Rolled, finned, seamless tubes for heat exchangers



9

January 2013

D

DIN EN 1976 ICS 77.150.30


Copper and copper alloys – Cast unwrought copper products; English version EN 1976:2012, English translation of DIN EN 1976:2013-01 Kupfer und Kupferlegierungen – Gegossene Rohformen aus Kupfer; Englische Fassung EN 1976:2012, Englische Übersetzung von DIN EN 1976:2013-01 Cuivre et alliages de cuivre – Formes brutes de coulée en cuivre; Version anglaise EN 1976:2012, Traduction anglaise de DIN EN 1976:2013-01




7 8 6 0 8 7 8 7 0 1 / 4 © No part of this translation may be reproduced without prior permission of 1 English price group 12 0 DIN Deutsches Institut für Normung e. V., Berlin. Beuth Verlag GmbH, 10772 Berlin, Germany, 1 www.din.de Copper 1 : Basic standards Testing standards, by for e.V.German DIN, Beuth Verlag, 2015. ProQuest Ebook Central, http://ebookcentral.proquest.com/lib/vimaru-vn/detail.action?docID=2051211. 4 has the exclusive rightedited of sale Standards (DIN-Normen). 5 www.beuth.de Created from vimaru-vn on 2018-05-18 02:17:07. 7 12.12

!$Å`t" 1936181

DIN EN 1976:2013-01


National foreword This standard has been prepared by Technical Comm ittee CEN/TC 133 “Copper and copper alloys” (Secretariat: DIN, Germany). The responsible German body involved in its preparation was the Normenausschuss Nichteisenmetalle (Nonferrous Metals Standards Committee), Working Committee NA 066-02-01 AA Hüttenkupfer und Schrotte. Schrotte. The DIN Standard corresponding to the International Standard referred to in this document is as follows: IEC 60468

DIN IEC 60468

Amendments This standard differs from DIN EN 1976:1998-05 as follows: a)

the terms and definitions in Clause Clause 3 for the various refinery shapes have been adopted from ISO 197-2;

b)

Table 2, column “Cu-FRHC”, “Other elements” has been modified and a new footnote “d” has been added.

Previous editions DIN 1708: 1925-04, 1935-10, 1941-02, 1953-07, 1960-09, 1973-01 DIN EN 1976: 1998-05

National Annex NA (informative) Bibliography . d e v r e s e r s t h g i r l l A . g a l r e V h t u e B . 5 1 0 2 © t h g o i r i y l p b i o B C 5

DIN IEC 60468, Method of measurement of resistivity of metallic materials


2

EUROPEAN STANDARD

EN 1976


October 2012

ICS 77.150.30


English Version

Copper and copper alloys - Cast unwrought copper products Cuivre et alliages de cuivre - Formes brutes de coulée en cuivre

Kupfer und Kupferlegierungen - Gegossene Rohformen aus Kupfer

This European Standard was approved by CEN on 18 August 2012. CEN members are bound to comply with the CEN/CENELEC Internal Regulations which stipulate the conditions for giving this European Standard the status of a national standard without any alteration. Up-to-date lists and bibliographical references concerning such national standards may be obtained on application to the CEN-CENELEC Management Centre or to any CEN member. This European Standard exists in three official versions (English, French, German). A version in any other language made by t ranslation under the responsibility of a CEN member into its own language and notified to the CEN-CENELEC Management Centre has the same status as the official versions. CEN members are the national standards bodies of Austria, Belgium, Bulgaria, Croatia, Cyprus, Czech Republic, Denmark, Estonia, Finland, Former Yugoslav Republic of Macedonia, France, Germany, Greece, Hungary, Iceland, Ireland, Italy, Latvia, Lithuania, Luxembourg, Malta, Netherlands, Norway, Poland, Portugal, Romania, Slovakia, Slovenia, Spain, Sweden, Switzerland, Turkey and United Kingdom.





© 2012 CEN

All rights rights of exploitation in any form and by any any means reserved worldwide for CEN national Members.

Ref. No. EN 1976:2012: E

DIN EN 1976:2013-01 EN 1976:2012 (E)

Contents

Page

Foreword ..............................................................................................................................................................3


1

Scope ......................................................................................................................................................4

2


3


4

Designations ..........................................................................................................................................5

4.1

Material ...................................................................................................................................................5

4.2

Product ...................................................................................................................................................5

5

Ordering information .............................................................................................................................6

6

Requirements .........................................................................................................................................7

6.1

Composition ...........................................................................................................................................7

6.2

Electrical properties ..............................................................................................................................7

6.3

Hydrogen embrittlement .................................................................................................................... 12

6.4

Scale adhesion .................................................................................................................................... 13

6.5

Dimensions, mass and tolerances .................................................................................................... 13

6.6

Physical condition of refinery shapes .............................................................................................. 15

7

Sampling .............................................................................................................................................. 16

7.1

Arrangement of lots for sampling purposes .................................................................................... 16

7.2

Inspection lots for analysis and physical testing ............................................................................ 16

8

Test methods ....................................................................................................................................... 17

8.1

Analysis ............................................................................................................................................... 17

8.2

Physical tests ...................................................................................................................................... 17

8.3

Rounding of results ............................................................................................................................ 18

9

Declaration of conformity and inspection documentation ............................................................. 18

9.1

Declaration of conformity .................................................................................................................. 18

9.2

Inspection documentatio n ................................................................................................................. 18

10

Marking ................................................................................................................................................ 18

Annex A (informative) Available products and grades ................................................................................. 19 Annex B (informative) Information on electrical resistivity and conductivity relationships .................... 20 Bibliography ..................................................................................................................................................... 22


2

DIN EN 1976:2013-01 EN 1976:2012 (E)

Foreword This document (EN 1976:2012) has been prepared by Technical Committee CEN/TC 133 “Copper and copper alloys”, the secretariat of which is held by DIN. This European Standard shall be given the status of a national standard, either by publication of an identical text or by endorsement, at the latest by April 2013, and conflicting national standards shall be withdrawn at the latest by April 2013. Attention is drawn to the possibility that some of the elements of this document may be the subject of patent rights. CEN [and/or CENELEC] shall not be held responsible for identifying any or all such patent rights. This document supersedes EN 1976:1998. This is one of a series of European Standards for products manufactured from refined copper grades. Other products are specified as follows:  EN 1977, Copper and copper alloys — Copper drawing stock (wire rod) ;  EN 1978, Copper and copper alloys — Copper cathodes.

In comparison with the first edition of EN 1976:1998, the following significant changes were made: a)

Clause 3, Terms and definitions for the various refinery shapes have been added from ISO 197-2;

b)

Table 2, Cu-FRHC, Other elements – content has been modified and a new footnote "d" has been added.

Within its programme of work, Technical Committee CEN/TC 133 requested CEN/TC 133/WG 1 "Unwrought copper products" to revise the following standard: EN 1976:1998, Copper and copper alloys — Cast unwrought copper products . According to the CEN/CENELEC Internal Regulations, the national standards organisations of the following countries are bound to implement this European Standard: Austria, Belgium, Bulgaria, Croatia, Cyprus, Czech Republic, Denmark, Estonia, Finland, Former Yugoslav Republic of Macedonia, France, Germany, Greece, Hungary, Iceland, Ireland, Italy, Latvia, Lithuania, Luxembourg, Malta, Netherlands, Norway, Poland, Portugal, Romania, Slovakia, Slovenia, Spain, Sweden, Switzerland, Turkey and the United Kingdom.



3

DIN EN 1976:2013-01 EN 1976:2012 (E)

1

Scope

This European Standard specifies the composition and physical properties of cast unwrought copper products (refinery shapes) in thirteen grades of copper and nine silver-bearing copper grades. The refinery shapes included are horizontally, vertically and continuously cast wire bars, cakes, billets and ingots. Wire bars, cakes and billets are intended for fabricating into wrought products; ingots are intended for alloying in wrought and cast copper alloys. A table indicating the refinery shapes in which each copper grade is normally available is given in Annex A. Annex B gives information on the relationships between electrical resistivity and conductivity of copper.

2


The following documents, in whole or in part, are normatively referenced in this document and are indispensable for its application. For dated references, only the edition cited applies. For undated references, the latest edition of the referenced document (including any amendments) applies. EN 1655, Copper and copper alloys — Declarations of conformity EN 10204, Metallic products — Types of inspection documents EN ISO 2626, Copper — Hydrogen embrittlement test (ISO 2626) IEC 60468, Method of measurement of resistivity of metallic materials ISO 4746, Oxygen-free copper — Scale adhesion test

3


For the purposes of this document, the following terms and definitions apply. 3.1 unwrought product refinery shape general term for unwrought products obtained by refining or melting and casting processes, intended for further processing EXAMPLE

Examples of unwrought products are cathodes, wire bars, cakes, billets, ingots.

[SOURCE: ISO 197-2:1983, 2.1]


3.2 wire bar cast unwrought product normally of approximately square cross-section, with or without tapered ends, principally used for rolling into drawing stock or flat products for subsequent processing into wire, strip or profile [SOURCE: ISO 197-2:1983, 2.3] 3.3 cake cast unwrought product of rectangular cross-section, generally used for rolling into plate, sheet, strip or profiles [SOURCE: ISO 197-2:1983, 2.4]


4

DIN EN 1976:2013-01 EN 1976:2012 (E)

3.4 billet cast unwrought product of circular cross-section used for the production of tube, rod, bar, profiles or forgings [SOURCE: ISO 197-2:1983, 2.5] 3.5 ingot ingot bar cast unwrought product in a form suitable only for remelting primarily for the production of copper and copper alloys [SOURCE: ISO 197-2:1983, 2.6]

4

Designations

4.1 4.1.1

Material General

The material is designated either by symbol or number (see Tables 1 to 4). 4.1.2

Symbol

The material symbol designation is based on the designation system given in ISO 1190-1. NOTE Although material symbol designations used in this standard might be the same as those in other standards using the designation system given in ISO 1190-1, the detailed composition requirements are n ot necessarily the same.

4.1.3

Number

The material number designation is in accordance with the system given in EN 1412.

4.2

Product

The product designation provides a standardized pattern of designation from which a rapid and unequivocal description of a product is conveyed in communication. It provides mutual comprehension at the international level with regard to products which meet the requirements of the relevant European Standard. The product designation is no substitute for the full content of the standard. The product designation for products to this standard shall consist of: . d e v r e s e r s t h g i r l l A . g a l r e V h t u e B . 5 1 0 2 © t h g i o i r l y b p i o B C 5

 denomination (Billet, Wire bar, Cake or Ingot);  number of this European Standard (EN 1976);  material designation, either symbol or number (see Tables 1 to 4);  cross-sectional shape (the following designations shall be used as appropriate: RND for round, SQR for square, RCT for rectangular);  nominal dimensions (diameter, or width x thickness, and length);  nominal unit mass, (if appropriate).


5

DIN EN 1976:2013-01 EN 1976:2012 (E)

The derivation of a product designation is shown in the following example. EXAMPLE Billets conforming to this standard, in material designated either Cu-ETP or CR004A, round crosssection, nominal diameter 250 mm × nominal length 1 000 mm, are designated as follows: Billet EN 1976 — Cu-ETP — RND 250 × 1 000 or Billet EN 1976 — CR004A — RND 250 × 1 000 Denomination Number of this European Standard Material designation Cross-sectional shape and nominal dimensions in millimetres

5

Ordering information

In order to facilitate the enquiry, order and confirmation of order procedures between the purchaser and the supplier, the purchaser shall state on his enquiry and order the following information: a)

quantity of product required (mass);

b)

denomination (Billet, Wire bar, Cake or Ingot);

c)

number of this European Standard (EN 1976);

d)

material designation (see Tables 1 to 4);

e)

cross-sectional shape required;

f)

nominal dimensions (i.e. diameter, or width × thickness, and length) and nominal mass, where appropriate (see Table 7 for wire bar dimensions).

It is recommended that the product designation, as described in 4.2, is used for items b) to f). In addition, the purchaser shall also state on the enquiry and order any of the following, if required:


g)

for Cu-ETP and Cu-FRHC only: if oxygen content is higher than 0,040 % (see Table 2, Footnote b);

h)

for Cu-FRHC only: if the total impurities content is higher than 0,06 % (see Table 2, Footnote d);

i)

for ingots only: whether they are to be marked with a furnace charge mark;

j)

the tests, if any, which the purchaser requires to be carried out by the manufacturer on the product, selected from the tests appropriate to each copper grade given in Table 6;

k)

whether a declaration of conformity is required (see 9.1);

l)

whether an inspection document is required, and if so, which type (see 9.2).


6

DIN EN 1976:2013-01 EN 1976:2012 (E)

6 6.1

Requirements Composition

The composition of the refinery shapes shall conform to the requirements for the appropriate grade given in Tables 1 to 4.

6.2

Electrical properties

The maximum mass resistivity at 20 °C of each refinery shape shall conform to the appropriate requirements given in Table 5. The test shall be carried out in accordance with 8.2.



7

C C r o e a p p t e e d r 1 f r : o m B a v s i c i m a s r t a u -v n n d a r o d n s 2 T 0 e 1 8 s i - t n 0 5 g -1 s t 8 a n 0 d 2 a : r 1 d 7 s : , 0 7 e . d i t e d b y e .V . D I N , B e u t h V e r l a g , 2 0 1 5 . P r o Q u e s t E b o o k C e n t r a ,l h t t p : / / e b o o k c e n t r a l . p r o q u e s t . c o m / l i b / v i m a r u -v n / d e t a i l . a c t i o n ? d o c I D o = 2 i l 0 b 5 i 1 B 2 1 5 1 7 . 8

6 0 8 7 8 7 0 1 / 4 1 0 1 4 5 7

Copyright © 2015. Beuth Verlag. All rights reserved.

DIN EN 1976:2013 01 EN 1976:2012 (E)

Table 1 — Composition of unalloyed copper grades made from Cu-CATH-1 (CR001A) Composition % (mass fraction) Material designation

Symbol

Element

Cu

Bi

Cd

Co Cr

Fe

Mn

Ni

O

P

—

max.

—

min.

—

CR007A max.

—

min. 99, 99

—

—

—

0,002 5 0,000 5a 0,000 20b —

—

—

0,002 5 0,000 5a 0,000 20b —

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—a

—c —a 0,001 0c

—

—a

—c

0,040

—a

—

—

—

—

—

—

—a

—c —a 0,001 0c

—a

—c

—d

—a

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

CR009A m ax.

—

min. 99,99

0,002 5 0,000 5 0,000 20 0,000 1 — —

—

—

—

—

—

—

0,002 5 0,000 5 0,000 20 0,000 1 —

—

0,001 0 0, 000 5 0,001 0 —

—

—

Cu-PHCE CR022A m ax.

S

Sb

Se

Si

Sn

Te

Zn

—

0,001 0 0, 000 5 0,001 0

—

—

—

—

—

0,000 5 0,001 5 0,000 4a 0,000 20b —c

—c

0,000 20 b

—c

—

—

—

—

0,000 5 0,001 5 0,000 4a 0,000 20b —c

—c

0,000 20 b

—c

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

0,006 5 O —

—

0,006 5 O

—

0,001

—

—

—d

0,006

—

—

(As + Cd + Cr + Mn + P + Sb) maximum 0,001 5 %. (Bi + Se + Te) maximum 0,000 3 %, of which (Se + Te) maximum 0,000 30 %.

c

(Co + Fe + Ni + Si + Sn + Zn) maximum 0,002 0 %.

d

The oxygen content shall be controlled by the manufacturer so that the material conforms to the hydrogen embrittlement requirements.

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

0,000 3 0,000 5 0,001 5 0,000 4 0,000 20 — 0,000 2 0,000 20 0,000 1 —

—

—

—

b

—

—

—

—d

a

8

Pb

total excl. min.

Cu-OFE

As

Number

Cu-ETP1 CR003A

Cu-OF1

Ag

Elements listed in this table other than copper

—

—

—

—

0,000 5 0,001 5 0, 000 4 0,000 20 — 0 ,000 2 0,000 20 0, 000 1

DIN EN 1976:2013-01 EN 1976:2012 (E)

Table 2 — Composition of unalloyed copper grades, other than those made from Cu-CATH-1 (CR001A) Composition % (mass fraction) Material designation Element Symbol

Cua

Bi

O

Pb

Number

Cu-ETP

CR004A

Cu-FRHC

CR005A

Cu-FRTP

CR006A

Cu-OF

CR008A

Other elements (see note) total

min.

99,90

—

—

—

—

max.

—

0,000 5

0,040b

0,005

0,03

min.

99,90

—

—

—

—

max.

—

—

0,040b

—

0,06d

min.

99,90

—

—

—

—

max.

—

—

0,100

—

0,05

min.

99,95

—

—

—

—

max.

—

0,000 5

—c

0,005

0,03

excluding Ag, O

Ag, O

Ag, Ni, O

Ag

NOTE The total of other elements (than copper) is defined as the sum of Ag, As, Bi, Cd, Co, Cr, Fe, Mn, Ni, O, P, Pb, S, Sb, Se, Si, Sn, Te and Zn, subject to the exclusion of any individual elements indicated. a

Including silver, up to a maximum of 0,015 %.

b

Oxygen content up to 0,060 % is permitted, subject to agreement between the purchaser and the supplier.

c


d

Higher total impurities content is permitted, subject to agreement between the purchaser and the supplier.



9

DIN EN 1976:2013-01 EN 1976:2012 (E)

Table 3 — Composition of phosphorus-containing copper grades Composition % (mass fraction) Material designation Element Symbol

Cua

Bi

P

Pb

Number

Cu-PHC

CR020A

Cu-HCP

CR021A

Cu-DLP

CR023A

Cu-DHP

CR024A

Cu-DXP

CR025A


min.

99,95

—

0,001

—

—

max.

—

0,000 5

0,006

0,005

0,03b

min.

99,95

—

0,002

—

—

max.

—

0,000 5

0,007

0,005

0,03b

min.

99,90

—

0,005

—

—

max.

—

0,000 5

0,013

0,005

0,03

min.

99,90

—

0,015

—

—

max.

—

—

0,040

—

—c

min.

99,90

—

0,04

—

—

max.

—

0,000 5

0,06

0,005

0,03

excluding Ag, P

Ag, P

Ag, Ni, P

—

Ag, Ni, P

NOTE The total of other elements (than copper) is defined as the sum of Ag, As, Bi, Cd, Co, Cr, Fe, Mn, Ni, O, P, Pb, S, Sb, Se, Si, Sn, Te and Zn, subject to the exclusion of any individual elements indicated. a Including silver, up to a maximum of 0,015 %. b The oxygen content shall be controlled by the manufacturer so that the material conforms to the hydrogen embrittlement requirements. c If required, the permitted total of elements, other than silver and phosphorus, should be agreed between the purchaser and the supplier.



10

DIN EN 1976:2013-01 EN 1976:2012 (E)

Table 4 — Composition of silver-containing copper grades (silver-bearing coppers) Composition % (mass fraction) Material designation Element Symbol

Cu

Ag

Bi

O

P

Number

CuAg0,04

CR011A

CuAg0,07

CR012A

CuAg0,10

CR013A

CuAg0,04P

CR014A

CuAg0,07P

CR015A

CuAg0,10P

CR016A

CuAg0,04(OF)

CR017A

CuAg0,07(OF)

CR018A

CuAg0,10(OF)

CR019A


min.

Rem.

0,03

—

—

—

—

max.

—

0,05

0,000 5

0,040

—

0,03

min.

Rem.

0,06

—

—

—

max.

—

0,08

0,000 5

0,040

—

min.

Rem.

0,08

—

—

—

max.

—

0,12

0,000 5

0,040

—

min.

Rem.

0,03

—

—

0,001

max.

—

0,05

0,000 5

—a

0,007

min.

Rem.

0,06

—

—

0,001

max.

—

0,08

0,000 5

—a

0,007

min.

Rem.

0,08

—

—

0,001

max.

—

0,12

0,000 5

—a

0,007

min.

Rem.

0,03

—

—

—

—

max.

—

0,05

0,000 5

—a

—

0,006 5

min.

Rem.

0,06

—

—

—

—

max.

—

0,08

0,000 5

—a

—

0,006 5

min.

Rem.

0,08

—

—

—

—

max.

—

0,12

0,000 5

—a

—

0,006 5

— 0,03 — 0,03 — 0,03 — 0,03 — 0,03

excluding Ag, O

Ag, O

Ag, O

Ag, P

Ag, P

Ag, P

Ag, O

Ag, O

Ag, O





11

DIN EN 1976:2013-01 EN 1976:2012 (E)

Table 5 — Electrical properties of grades of copper at 20 °C Material designation

Symbol


Number

Electrical properties Mass resistivity

Nominal volume resistivity

Ω · g/m2

µΩ · m

MS/m

% IACS

max.

max.

min.

min.

Nominal conductivity

Cu-ETP1

CR003A

0,151 76

(0,017 07)

(58,58)

(101,0)

Cu-ETP

CR004A

0,153 28

(0,017 24)

(58,00)

(100,0)

Cu-FRHC

CR005A

0,153 28

(0,017 24)

(58,00)

(100,0)

Cu-FRTP

CR006A

—

—

—

—

Cu-OF1

CR007A

0,151 76

(0,017 07)

(58,58)

(101,0)

Cu-OF

CR008A

0,153 28

(0,017 24)

(58,00)

(100,0)

Cu-OFE

CR009A

0,151 76

(0,017 07)

(58,58)

(101,0)

Cu-PHC

CR020A

0,153 28

(0,017 24)

(58,00)

(100,0)

Cu-HCP

CR021A

0,155 96

(0,017 54)

(57,00)

(98,3)

Cu-PHCE

CR022A

0,153 28

(0,017 24)

(58,00)

(100,0)

Cu-DLP

CR023A

—

—

—

—

Cu-DHP

CR024A

—

—

—

—

Cu-DXP

CR025A

—

—

—

—

CuAg0,04

CR011A

0,153 28

(0,017 24)

(58,00)

(100,0)

CuAg0,07

CR012A

0,153 28

(0,017 24)

(58,00)

(100,0)

CuAg0,10

CR013A

0,153 28

(0,017 24)

(58,00)

(100,0)

CuAg0,04P

CR014A

0,155 96

(0,017 54)

(57,00)

(98,3)

CuAg0,07P

CR015A

0,155 96

(0,017 54)

(57,00)

(98,3)

CuAg0,10P

CR016A

0,155 96

(0,017 54)

(57,00)

(98,3)

CuAg0,04(OF)

CR017A

0,153 28

(0,017 24)

(58,00)

(100,0)

CuAg0,07(OF)

CR018A

0,153 28

(0,017 24)

(58,00)

(100,0)

CuAg0,10(OF)

CR019A

0,153 28

(0,017 24)

(58,00)

(100,0)

NOTE 1

Figures in parentheses are not requirements of this standard but are given for guidance purposes only.

NOTE 2

For an explanation of “% IACS”, see B.2.

6.3

Hydrogen embrittlement

Samples taken from refinery shapes in copper grades Cu-OF (CR008A), Cu-OF1 (CR007A), Cu-OFE (CR009A), Cu-HCP (CR021A), Cu-PHC (CR020A), Cu-PHCE (CR022A), Cu-DLP (CR023A), Cu-DHP (CR024A), Cu-DXP (CR025A), CuAg0,04(OF) (CR017A), CuAg0,07(OF) (CR018A), CuAg0,10(OF) (CR019A), CuAg0,04P (CR014A), CuAg0,07P (CR015A) and CuAg0,10P (CR016A) shall show no evidence of cracking, when tested. The test shall be carried out in accordance with 8.2.2.


12

DIN EN 1976:2013-01 EN 1976:2012 (E)

6.4

Scale adhesion

Samples taken from refinery shapes in copper grade Cu-OFE (CR009A) shall meet the requirements of the scale adhesion test. The test shall be carried out in accordance with 8.2.3. Table 6 — Tests for refinery shapes Material designation Symbol

Number

Test appropriate to copper grade Analysis

Mass resistivity


Scale adhesion

Cu-ETP1

CR003A

X

X

—

—

Cu-ETP

CR004A

X

X

—

—

Cu-FRHC

CR005A

X

X

—

—

Cu-FRTP

CR006A

X

—

—

—

Cu-OF1

CR007A

X

X

Xa

—

Cu-OF

CR008A

X

X

Xa

—

Cu-OFE

CR009A

X

X

Xb

X

Cu-PHC

CR020A

X

X

Xa

—

Cu-HCP

CR021A

X

X

Xa

—

Cu-PHCE

CR022A

X

X

Xb

—

Cu-DLP

CR023A

X

—

Xa

—

Cu-DHP

CR024A

X

—

Xa

—

Cu-DXP

CR025A

X

—

Xa

—

CuAg0,04

CR011A

X

X

—

—

CuAg0,07

CR012A

X

X

—

—

CuAg0,10

CR013A

X

X

—

—

CuAg0,04P

CR014A

X

X

Xa

—

CuAg0,07P

CR015A

X

X

Xa

—

CuAg0,10P

CR016A

X

X

Xa

—

CuAg0,04(OF)

CR017A

X

X

Xa

—

CuAg0,07(OF)

CR018A

X

X

Xa

—

CuAg0,10(OF)

CR019A

X

X

Xa

—

a The assessment criterion for hydrogen embrittlement shall be the close-bend test in accordance with EN ISO 2626. b The assessment criterion for hydrogen embrittlement shall be the reverse bend test (10 reversals) in accordance with EN ISO 2626. . d e v r e s e r s t h g i r l l A . g a l r e V h t u e B . 5 1 0 2 © t h g i o i r l y b p i o B C 5

6.5 6.5.1

Dimensions, mass and tolerances Horizontally cast wire bars

Horizontally cast wire bars of various nominal masses shall conform to the appropriate dimensions and tolerances given in Table 7 and Figure 1.


13

C C r o e a p p t e e d r 1 f r : o m B a v s i c i m a s r t a u -v n n d a r o d n s 2 T 0 e 1 8 s i - t n 0 5 g -1 s t 8 a n 0 d 2 a : r 1 d 7 s : , 0 7 e . d i t e d b y e .V . D I N , B e u t h V e r l a g , 2 0 1 5 . P r o Q u e s t E b o o k C e n t r a ,l h t t p : / / e b o o k c e n t r a l . p r o q u e s t . c o m / l i b / v i m a r u -v n / d e t a i l . a c t i o n ? d o c I D o = 2 i l 0 b 5 i 1 B 2 1 5 1 7 . 8

6 0 8 7 8 7 0 1 / 4 1 0 1 4 5 7


DIN EN 1976:2013-01 EN 1976:2012 (E)

Table 7 — Dimensions and tolerances for horizontally cast wire bars of various nominal masses Nominal mass kg

L

Tol.

L1

Tol.

h

Tol.

h1

Tol.

b

Tol.

b1

Tol.

R

Tol.

R1

Tol.

R2

Tol.

mm

mm

mm

mm

mm

mm

mm

mm

mm

mm

mm

mm

mm

mm

mm

mm

mm

mm

± 6

16

± 6

40

± 6

91

90

100

90

16

102

100

100

90

16

113 120

14

Dimensions and tolerances (see Figure 1)

1370

± 14

150

± 5

100 110

± 6

25

± 6

110 110

±6

100 100

± 6

25 25

125

110

110

100

25

136

120

110

100

25

α

Tol.

β

Tol.

γ

Tol.

10°

± 2°

10°

± 2°

3°

± 1°

DIN EN 1976:2013-01 EN 1976:2012 (E)

Figure 1 — Dimensions of horizontally cast wire bars 6.5.2

Billets

Billets shall be of a cylindrical shape with both ends flat. The mass, diameter and length and the maximum deviation from straightness shall conform to the tolerances given in Table 8. 6.5.3

Other shapes

The mass, dimensions and straightness of vertically (either statically or continuously) cast wire bars, vertically and horizontally cast cakes and ingots, shall conform to the tolerances given in Table 8. . d e v r e s e r s t h g i r l l A . g a l r e V h t u e B . 5 1 0 2 © t h g i o i r l y b p i o B C 5

6.6

Physical condition of refinery shapes

Cakes, billets and wire bars shall be substantially free from shrinkage defects, gas holes, cracks, cold sets, pits, concave tops and other similar defects in set or casting. NOTE No physical condition requirements are specified for ingots, as physical defects are generally of minor consequence.


15

DIN EN 1976:2013-01 EN 1976:2012 (E)

Table 8 — Tolerances on mass and dimensions for refinery shapes other than horizontally cast wire bars Tolerances Refinery shape

Mass

Diameter

%

mm

Length

Width and thickness

Maximum Other deviation from dimensions straightness per 1 000 mm length

mm

mm

mm

—

—

4

± 5

± 3

± 2 % of ordered length

- vertically continuously

± 5

—

—

± 3

± 6

—

- vertically statically

± 5

—

—

± 6

± 6

—

- up to 200 mm

± 5

—

—

± 3

—

4

- over 200 mm

± 5

—

—

± 6

—

4

± 10

—

—

—

—

—

Billets (all sizes) Cast wire bars:

Cast cakes, width, thickness:

Ingots

7 7.1

Sampling Arrangement of lots for sampling purposes

For refinery shapes produced in a batch process, the manufacturer shall arrange lots for sampling purposes so that, as far as possible, each lot contains pieces from one furnace charge or production batch only. For refinery shapes produced in a continuous process, the manufacturer shall arrange lots so that, as far as possible, each lot contains pieces produced consecutively from the process. NOTE A lot is the number of, or aggregate mass of, individual refinery shapes, appropriate to the total amount ordered and to the means of shipment, which constitutes a unit for sampling purposes.

7.2 . d e v r e s e r s t h g i r l l A . g a l r e V h t u e B . 5 1 0 2 © t h g i o i r l y b p i o B C 5

Inspection lots for analysis and physical testing

For the routine sampling of refinery shapes for analysis or for the routine determination of physical properties, the method and rate of sampling each inspection lot shall be at the discretion of the sampler, unless otherwise specified by the purchaser. In cases of dispute concerning the analysis or physical properties, the method and rate of sampling each inspection lot shall be agreed between the supplier, the purchaser, and if necessary, any mutually accepted arbitrator.


16

DIN EN 1976:2013-01 EN 1976:2012 (E)

8

Test methods

8.1

Analysis

Analysis shall be carried out on the sample(s) obtained in accordance with 7.2. The copper content of Cu-OFE (CR009A) and Cu-PHCE (CR022A) shall be determined by subtracting the total percentage of the concentrations of the specified impurities present from 100 % (see Table 1). For routine quality control purposes, the composition shall be determined using generally recognised analytical techniques. In cases of dispute concerning the results of analysis, the method(s) of analysis to be used shall be agreed between the supplier, the purchaser and, if necessary, any mutually accepted arbitrator, and shall be for all the impurities for which limits are specified in Table 1. For expression of results, the rounding rules given in 8.3 shall be used.

8.2 8.2.1

Physical tests Mass resistivity

For the routine determination of the mass resistivity, the test methods used shall be left to the discretion of the tester. In cases of dispute, the mass resistivity shall be determined on a representative sample from each inspection lot (see 7.2). External oxide shall be removed from the sample which shall then be rolled and/or drawn to a (2,00 ± 0,01) mm diameter wire. The sample may be hot-worked initially, provided care is taken to avoid contamination or excessive oxidation. The wire shall be degreased and annealed at (500 ± 10) °C for 30 min in an inert atmosphere and the mass resistivity test carried out in accordance with IEC 60468. NOTE Information on the relationship between the mass resistivity and the corresponding values for volume resistivity and conductivity is given in Annex B.

8.2.2


When a hydrogen embrittlement test is carried out (see Table 6), the specimens prepared from a representative sample from each inspection lot (see 7.2) shall be forged, or hot rolled, and cold drawn into wire or strip (2,00 ± 0,05) mm diameter or thickness. . d e v r e s e r s t h g i r l l A . g a l r e V h t u e B . 5 1 0 2 © t h g i o i r l y b p i o B C 5

The hydrogen embrittlement test shall be carried out in accordance with EN ISO 2626. The types of bend tests to be carried out at the conclusion of the procedure depend upon the copper grade and shall be in accordance with Table 6. 8.2.3

Scale adhesion test

When a scale adhesion test is carried out (see Table 6), the specimens of Cu-OFE (CR009A) copper prepared from a representative sample from each inspection lot (see 7.2) shall be tested in accordance with ISO 4746.


17

DIN EN 1976:2013-01 EN 1976:2012 (E)

8.3

Rounding of results

For the purpose of determining conformity to the limits specified in this standard for composition or for electrical resistivity, an observed or a calculated value obtained from a test shall be rounded in accordance with the following procedure, which is based upon the guidance given in Annex B of ISO 80000-1:2009. It shall be rounded in one step to the same number of figures used to express the specified limit in this standard. The following rules shall be used for rounding: a)

if the figure immediately after the last figure to be retained is less than 5, the last figure to be retained shall be kept unchanged;

b)

if the figure immediately after the last figure to be retained is equal to or greater than 5, the last figure to be retained shall be increased by one.

9

Declaration of conformity and inspection documentation

9.1

Declaration of conformity

When requested by the purchaser [see 5 j)] and agreed with the supplier, the supplier shall issue for the product the appropriate declaration of conformity in accordance with EN 1655.

9.2

Inspection documentation

When requested by the purchaser [see 5 k)] and agreed with the supplier, the supplier shall issue for the product the appropriate inspection document, in accordance with EN 10204.

10 Marking All refinery shapes, with the exception of ingots, shall be permanently m arked with the manufacturer's brand and furnace charge mark or production number. Ingots shall have a brand stamped or cast-in, but need not have a furnace charge mark unless otherwise specified by the purchaser [see 5 h)].



18

DIN EN 1976:2013-01 EN 1976:2012 (E)

Annex A (informative) Available products and grades The refinery shapes in which each copper grade is normally available are shown, for information purposes, by a 'X' in Table A.1. Table A.1 — Available products and grades Material designation Symbol


Number

Product Wire bar vertical

horizontal

Cake

Billet

Ingot

Cu-ETP1

CR003A

X

X

X

X

X

Cu-ETP

CR004A

X

X

X

X

X

Cu-FRHC

CR005A

X

X

X

X

X

Cu-FRTP

CR006A

—

—

X

X

X

Cu-OF1

CR007A

X

—

X

X

—

Cu-OF

CR008A

X

—

X

X

—

Cu-OFE

CR009A

X

—

X

X

—

Cu-PHC

CR020A

X

—

X

X

—

Cu-HCP

CR021A

X

—

X

X

—

Cu-PHCE

CR022A

X

—

X

X

—

Cu-DLP

CR023A

X

—

X

X

—

Cu-DHP

CR024A

X

—

X

X

—

Cu-DXP

CR025A

X

—

X

X

—

CuAg0,04

CR011A

X

X

X

X

—

CuAg0,07

CR012A

X

X

X

X

—

CuAg0,10

CR013A

X

X

X

X

—

CuAg0,04P

CR014A

X

—

X

X

—

CuAg0,07P

CR015A

X

—

X

X

—

CuAg0,10P

CR016A

X

—

X

X

—

CuAg0,04(OF)

CR017A

X

—

X

X

—

CuAg0,07(OF)

CR018A

X

—

X

X

—

CuAg0,10(OF)

CR019A

X

—

X

X

—


19

DIN EN 1976:2013-01 EN 1976:2012 (E)

Annex B (informative) Information on electrical resistivity and conductivity relationships

B.1 Mass resistivity This standard is intended to prescribe a minimum quality for the coppers specified, including, for several grades, their electric current carrying suitabilities. Determination of cross-sectional areas to the requisite degree of accuracy is difficult. Hence, in practice nearly all assessments of resistivity are made by measuring the resistance, mass and length of a representative sample. Mass resistivity can be calculated directly from these values and this gives a true measure of the quality of the copper for carrying electric current. Mass resistivity is therefore the property specified in this standard.

B.2 Standard annealed copper (IACS) IEC 60028 uses evidence from earlier years (see USA National Bureau of Standards Circular 31, 1956, superseded by USA National Bureau of Standards Handbook 100, 1966) to establish a fixed value for the resistance to flow of an electric current within an imaginary “standard” annealed copper. This is based on a volume resistivity of 1/58 µΩ · m or 0,017 241 µΩ · m at 20 °C which is defined as corresponding to a conductivity of 100 % IACS at 20 °C. The introduction of the International ohm in 1948 altered the volume resistivity of standard annealed copper by only 0,049 %. Also on this earlier evidence, the standard annealed copper is allotted a densit y of 8 890 kg/m 3 (8,89 g/cm 3). Hence, as the mass resistivity is the product of the volume resistivity and the density, the mass resistivity of standard annealed copper is 0,153 28 Ω · g/m2.

B.3 Commercial annealed copper IEC 60028 states that “the (electrical) conductivity of commercial annealed copper shall be expressed as a percentage, at 20 °C, of that of standard annealed copper given to approximately 0,1 %”, on the assumption that “the density of commercial annealed copper at 20 °C is 8,89 g/cm 3”. . d e v r e s e r s t h g i r l l A . g a l r e V h t u e B . 5 1 0 2 © t h g i o i r l y b p i o B C 5

B.4 Nominal volume resistivity The density of commercial copper varies with small changes in composition, particularly oxygen content. Thus, a true volume resistivity can only be calculated from a measured mass resistivity if the true density of the particular sample is known or is measured to the requisite degree of accuracy, i.e. better than 0,1 %. For general purposes, however, a nominal volume resistivity may be calculated using the density of 8 890 kg/m3, as referred to in B.2. (This practice has been adopted in Table 5 of this standard in presenting values for nominal volume resistivity and for nominal conductivity corresponding to the mandatory mass resistivity.)


20

DIN EN 1976:2013-01 EN 1976:2012 (E)

B.5 Differences between measured and nominal values If true volume resistivity or true conductivity is required from measured mass resistivity and therefore actual density is used in calculation, differences of up to 0,6 % (for example for oxygen-free coppers) may result between these values and the corresponding nominal values. Conductivity calculated from the ratio of the mass resistivity of standard annealed copper (0,153 28 Ω · g/m 2) to the derived mass resistivity may also exhibit a similar disparity.



21

DIN EN 1976:2013-01 EN 1976:2012 (E)

Bibliography [1] EN 1412, Copper and copper alloys — European numbering system [2] IEC 60028, International standard of resistance for copper [3] ISO 197-2:1983, Copper and copper alloys — Terms and definitions — Part 2: Unwrought products (Refinery shapes) [4] ISO 1190-1, Copper and copper alloys — Code of designation — Part 1: Designation of materials [5] ISO 80000-1:2009, Quantities and units — Part 1: General



22

April 2013

D

DIN EN 1977 ICS 77.150.30


Copper and copper alloys – Copper drawing stock (wire rod); English version EN 1977:2013, English translation of DIN EN 1977:2013-04 Kupfer und Kupferlegierungen – Vordraht aus Kupfer; Englische Fassung EN 1977:2013, Englische Übersetzung von DIN EN 1977:2013-04 Cuivre et alliages de cuivre – Fil machine en cuivre; Version anglaise EN 1977:2013, Traduction anglaise de DIN EN 1977:2013-04





!$ÖY[" 1975456

DIN EN 1977:2013-04


National foreword This document (EN 1977:2013) has been prepared by Technical Committee CEN/TC 133 “Copper and copper alloys” (Secretariat: DIN, Germany), Working Group WG 1 “Unwrought copper products” (Secretariat: AENOR, Spain). The responsible German body involved in its preparation was the Normenausschuss Nichteisenmetalle (Nonferrous Metals Standards Committee), Working Committee NA 066-02-01 AA Hüttenkupfer und Schrotte. The DIN Standard corresponding to the International Standard referred to in this document is as follows: IEC 60468

DIN IEC 60468

Amendments This standard differs from DIN EN 1977:1998-05 as follows: a)

Table 2, column “Cu-FRHC”, “Other elements” has been modified and a new footnote “d” has been added.

b)

Subclauses 6.4 and 8.4 “Annealability” have been modified;

c)

Subclause A.2 “Standard annealed copper (IACS)” has been updated;

d)

Annex B (normative) “Rapid Elongation Test method (AR-Test) for diameter 8 mm Cu-ETP1 wire rod” has been added.

Previous editions DIN 17652: 1982-06 DIN EN 1977: 1998-05


National Annex NA (informative) Bibliography

DIN IEC 60468, Method of measurement of resistivity of metallic materials


2

EUROPEAN STANDARD

EN 1977


January 2013

ICS 77.150.30


English Version

Copper and copper alloys - Copper drawing stock (wire rod) Cuivre et alliages de cuivre - Fil machine en cuivre

Kupfer und Kupferlegierungen - Vordraht aus Kupfer

This European Standard was approved by CEN on 24 November 2012. CEN members are bound to comply with the CEN/CENELEC Internal Regulations which stipulate the conditions for giving this European Standard the status of a national standard without any alteration. Up-to-date lists and bibliographical references concerning such national standards may be obtained on application to the CEN-CENELEC Management Centre or to any CEN member. This European Standard exists in three official versions (English, French, German). A version in any other language made by translation under the responsibility of a CEN member into its own language and notified to the CEN-CENELEC Management Centre has the same status as the official versions. CEN members are the national standards bodies of Austria, Belgium, Bulgaria, Croatia, Cyprus, Czech Republic, Denmark, Estonia, Finland, Former Yugoslav Republic of Macedonia, France, Germany, Greece, Hungary, Iceland, Ireland, Italy, Latvia, Lithuania, Luxembourg, Malta, Netherlands, Norway, Poland, Portugal, Romania, Slovakia, Slovenia, Spain, Sweden, Switzerland, Turkey and United Kingdom.





© 2013 CEN


Ref. No. EN 1977:2013: E

DIN EN 1977:2013-04 EN 1977:2013 (E)

Contents

Page

Foreword .......................................................................................................................................................3 Introduction ..................................................................................................................................................4 1

Scope ................................................................................................................................................5

2

Normative references.......................................................................................................................5

3

Terms and definitions ...................................................................................................................... 5

4 4.1 4.2

Designations ....................................................................................................................................5 Material .............................................................................................................................................5 Product .............................................................................................................................................6

5

Ordering information........................................................................................................................7

6 6.1 6.2 6.3 6.4 6.5 6.6 6.7 6.8 6.9

Requirements ...................................................................................................................................7 Composition .....................................................................................................................................7 Elongation ........................................................................................................................................7 Electrical properties .........................................................................................................................7 Annealability................................................................................................................................... 12 Hydrogen embrittlement ................................................................................................................ 12 Scale adhesion...............................................................................................................................13 Dimensions and tolerances ...........................................................................................................13 Surface condition ........................................................................................................................... 13 Joins ...............................................................................................................................................13

7 7.1 7.2

7.5

Sampling.........................................................................................................................................13 General ...........................................................................................................................................13 Analysis (oxygen only) and measurement of diameter of Cu-ETP1 (CW003A) drawing stock ...............................................................................................................................................14 Annealability testing of Cu-ETP1 (CW003A) drawing stock ......................................................... 14 Analysis (other than oxygen) and measurement of elongation and electrical properties of Cu-ETP1 (CW003A) drawing stock ................................................................................................ 14 Tests on drawing stock in grades other than Cu-ETP1 (CW003A)............. .................................. 14

8 8.1 8.2 8.3 8.4 8.5 8.6 8.7

Test methods.................................................................................................................................. 15 Analysis ..........................................................................................................................................15 Elongation ......................................................................................................................................15 Electrical resistivity........................................................................................................................ 15 Annealability................................................................................................................................... 16 Hydrogen embrittlement ................................................................................................................ 16 Scale adhesion...............................................................................................................................16 Rounding of results ....................................................................................................................... 16

9 9.1 9.2

Declaration of conformity and inspection documentation ........................................................... 16 Declaration of conformity ..............................................................................................................16 Inspection documentation .............................................................................................................17

10

Marking ...........................................................................................................................................17

7.3 7.4


Annex A (informative) Information on electrical resistivity and conductivity relationships ..................... 18 A.1 Volume resistivity........................................................................................................................... 18 A.2 Standard annealed copper (IACS) ................................................................................................. 18 A.3 Commercial annealed copper........................................................................................................18 A.4 Nominal mass resistivity................................................................................................................ 18 A.5 Differences between measured and nominal values .................................................................... 19 Annex B (normative) Rapid Elongation Test method (AR-Test) for diameter 8 mm Cu-ETP1 wire rod...................................................................................................................................................20 B.1 General ...........................................................................................................................................20 B.2 Procedure .......................................................................................................................................20 B.3 Test results.....................................................................................................................................22


Bibliography................................................................................................................................................23

2

DIN EN 1977:2013-04 EN 1977:2013 (E)

Foreword This document (EN 1977:2013) has been prepared by Technical Committee CEN/TC 133 “Copper and copper alloys”, the secretariat of which is held by DIN. This European Standard shall be given the status of a national standard, either by publication of an identical text or by endorsement, at the latest by July 2013, and conflicting national standards shall be withdrawn at the latest by July 2013. Attention is drawn to the possibility that some of the elements of this document may be the subject of patent rights. CEN [and/or CENELEC] shall not be held responsible for identifying any or all such patent rights. This document supersedes EN 1977:1998. This document is one of a series of European Standards for products manufactured from refined copper grades. Other products are specified as follows:  EN 1976, Copper and copper alloys — Cast unwrought copper products  EN 1978, Copper and copper alloys — Copper cathodes  EN 13602, Copper and copper alloys — Drawn, round copper wire for the manufacture of electrical conductors

In comparison with EN 1977:1998, the following significant technical changes were made:


a)

Table 2, Cu-FRHC, Other elements: content has been modified and a new footnote “d” has been added;

b)

6.4 and 8.4 “Annealability” have been modified;

c)

A.2 “Standard annealed copper (IACS)” has been modified;

d)

Annex B (normative) “Rapid Elongation Test method (AR-Test) for diameter 8 mm Cu-ETP1 wire rod” has been added.

According to the CEN/CENELEC Internal Regulations, the national standards organisations of the following countries are bound to implement this European Standard: Austria, Belgium, Bulgaria, Croatia, Cyprus, Czech Republic, Denmark, Estonia, Finland, Former Yugoslav Republic of Macedonia, France, Germany, Greece, Hungary, Iceland, Ireland, Italy, Latvia, Lithuania, Luxembourg, Malta, Netherlands, Norway, Poland, Portugal, Romania, Slovakia, Slovenia, Spain, Sweden, Switzerland, Turkey and the United Kingdom.


3

DIN EN 1977:2013-04 EN 1977:2013 (E)

Introduction Copper drawing stock (wire rod) is normally manufactured by one of the following process routes:  continuous casting and hot rolling in tandem;  continuous or semi-continuous casting and cold rolling;  rolling of wire bar or billets; or  extrusion.

Annex A (informative) gives information on the relationships between electrical resistivity and conductivity (of copper). Annex B (normative) describes the rapid elongation test method (AR-Test) for diameter 8 mm Cu-ETP1 wire rod.



4

DIN EN 1977:2013-04 EN 1977:2013 (E)

1

Scope

This European Standard specifies the composition, mechanical, electrical and physical properties for high conductivity copper drawing stock (wire rod) suitable for fabrication into wire by cold drawing, principally for the manufacture of electrical conductors. This European Standard covers drawing stock (wire rod), in nine grades of copper and nine silver-bearing copper grades. Normally, the cross-section is approximately circular, in a range of diameters from 6 mm.

2


The following documents, in whole or in part, are normatively referenced in this document and are indispensable for its application. For dated references, only the edition cited applies. For undated references, the latest edition of the referenced document (including any amendments) applies. EN 1655, Copper and copper alloys — Declarations of conformity EN 10204, Metallic products — Types of inspection documents EN 12893, Copper and copper alloys — Determination of spiral elongation number EN ISO 2626, Copper — Hydrogen embrittlement test (ISO 2626) EN ISO 6892-1:2009, Metallic materials — Tensile testing — Part 1: Method of test at room temperature (ISO 6892-1:2009) IEC 60468, Method of measurement of resistivity of metallic materials ISO 4746, Oxygen-free copper — Scale adhesion test

3


For the purposes of this document, the following terms and definitions apply. 3.1 drawing stock wire rod intermediate solid wrought product, of uniform cross-section along its whole length, supplied in coils

4

Designations

4.1 4.1.1 . d e v r e s e r s t h g i r l l A . g a l r e V h t u e B . 5 1 0 2 © t h g i o i r l y b p i o B C 5

Material General

The material is designated either by symbol or number (see Tables 1 to 4). 4.1.2

Symbol

The material symbol designation is based on the designation system given in ISO 1190-1. NOTE Although material symbol designations used in this standard might be the same as those in other standards using the designation system given in ISO 1190-1, the detailed composition requirements are not necessarily the same.

4.1.3

Number



5

DIN EN 1977:2013-04 EN 1977:2013 (E)

4.2

Product

The product designation provides a standardized pattern of designation from which a rapid and unequivocal description of a product is conveyed in communication. It provides mutual comprehension at the international level with regard to products which meet the requirements of the relevant European Standard. The product designation is no substitute for the full content of the standard. The product designation for products to this European Standard shall consist of:  denomination (copper drawing stock);  number of this European Standard (EN 1977);  material designation, either symbol or number (see Tables 1 to 4);  nominal diameter;  nominal coil mass;  surface condition (the following designations shall be used, as appropriate: M for as manufactured, CL for cleaned).

The derivation of a product designation is shown in the following example. EXAMPLE

Drawing stock (wire rod) conforming to this standard, in material designated either Cu-ETP or CW004A, nominal diameter 8 mm, in 1 000 kg coils, cleaned surface condition, shall be designated as follows:

Copper drawing stock

EN 1977

Cu-ETP

8

1 000

EN 1977

CW004A

8

1 000

CL

or

Copper drawing stock

CL

Denomination Number of this European Standard Material designation Nominal diameter in millimetres . d e v r e s e r s t h g i r l l A . g a l r e V h t u e B . 5 1 0 2 © t h g i o i r l y b p i o B C 5

Nominal coil mass in kilograms Surface condition


6

DIN EN 1977:2013-04 EN 1977:2013 (E)

5


In order to facilitate the enquiry, order and information of order procedures between the purchaser and the supplier, the purchaser shall state on his enquiry and order the following information: a)

quantity of product required (mass or number of coils);

b)

denomination (copper drawing stock);

c)


d)

material designation (see Tables 1 to 4);

e)

nominal diameter;

f)

nominal coil mass;

g)

surface condition (see 6.8).

It is recommended that the product designation as described in 4.2 is used for items b) to g). In addition, the purchaser shall also state on the enquiry and order any of the following, if required: h)

whether joins are permitted in the coils (see 6.9);

i)

additional tests, if any, which the purchaser requires to be carried out by the manufacturer on the material, selected from the tests appropriate to each copper grade given in Table 5;

j)


k)

whether an inspection document is required, and if so which type (see 9.2).

EXAMPLE Ordering details for 5 000 kg of drawing stock conforming to EN 1977, in material designated either Cu-ETP or CW004A, nominal diameter 8 mm, in 1 000 kg coils, cleaned surface condition:

5 000 kg Copper drawing stock EN 1977

Cu-ETP

8

1 000

CL

1 000

CL

or

5 000 kg Copper drawing stock EN 1977

6 6.1

CW004A

8

Requirements Composition

The composition shall conform to the requirements for the appropriate grade given in Tables 1 to 4. . d e v r e s e r s t h g i r l l A . g a l r e V h t u e B . 5 1 0 2 © t h g i o i r l y b p i o B C 5

6.2

Elongation

Hot-finished drawing stock shall have a minimum elongation of 30 %. The test shall be carried out in accordance with 8.2. No elongation requirements are specified for cold-finished drawing stock. If such requirements are necessary, they should be agreed between the purchaser and the supplier.

6.3


The maximum volume resistivity at 20 °C of hot-finished drawing stock shall conform to the appropriate requirements given in Table 6. The test shall be carried out in accordance with 8.3.


7

DIN EN 1977:2013-04 EN 1977:2013 (E)

Table 1 — Composition of copper grades made from Cu-CATH-1 (CR001A) Composition % (mass fraction)

Material designation

Cu

Ag

As

Bi

Cd

Co Cr

Fe

Mn

Ni

O

P

Pb

S

Sb

Se

Si

Sn

Te

Zn

t n e m e l E

Symbol

Cu-OF1

CW007A

Cu-OFE

CW009A

Cu-PHCE CW022A

. d e v r e s e r s t h g i r l l A . g a l r e V h t u e B . 5 1 0 2 © t h g i o i r y l b p i o B C 5

l a t o t

Number

Cu-ETP1 CW003A

min.

−

max.

−

min.

−

max.

−

min.

99,99

−

−

max.

−

0,002 5

0,000 5

min.

99,99

−

−

max.

−

0,002 5

0,000 5

−

−

−

0,002 5 0,000 5a 0,000 20b −

−

−

−

−

−

−a

−c

−a 0,001 0c

−

−

−a

−c

−

−

−

−

−

0,000 20

0,000 1

−

−

0,001 0

−

−

−

−

−

0,000 20

0,000 1

−

−

0,001 0

0,002 5 0,000 5a 0,000 20b

−

−

−

−a 0,001 0c

−

−

−

−

−a

−c

0,040

−a

−

−

−

−

−a

−c

−d

−a

−

−

0,0005 0,0010 −

−

0,0005 0,0010

− −d

−

−

−

−

−

−

0,000 5 0,001 5 0,000 4a 0,000 20b −c

−c

0,000 20b

−c

0,006 5

−

−

−

−

−

−

−c

0,000 20b

−c

0,006 5

−

−

−

0,001

−d

0,006

−

−

0,000 5 0,001 5

(As + Cd + Cr + Mn + P + Sb) max. 0,001 5 %.

b

(Bi + Se + Te) max. 0,000 3 %, of which (Se + Te) max. 0,000 30 %.

c

(Co + Fe + Ni + Si + Sn + Zn) max. 0,002 0 %.

d



−

−

−

−

0,000 3 0,000 5 0,001 5

−

−

0,000 5 0,001 5 0,000 4a 0,000 20b −c

a

8


−

−

−

−

−

−

−

−

0,000 4

0,000 20

−

0,000 2

0,000 20

0,000 1

−

−

−

−

−

−

−

−

0,000 4

0,000 20

−

0,000 2

0,000 20

0,000 1

−

g n i d u l c x e

O

O

−

−

DIN EN 1977:2013-04 EN 1977:2013 (E)

Table 2 — Composition of copper grades, other than those made from Cu-CATH-1 (CR001A) Composition % (mass fraction) Material designation

Element Symbol

Number

Cu-ETP

CW004A

Cu-FRHC

CW005A

Cu-OF

CW008A

Cu a

Bi

O

other elements (see Note)

Pb

total min.

99,90

—

—

—

—

max.

—

0,000 5

0,040 b

0,005

0,03

min.

99,90

—

—

—

—

max.

—

—

0,040 b

—

0,06 d

min.

99,95

−

—

—

—

max.

—

0,000 5

—c

0,005

0,03

excluding Ag, O

Ag, O

Ag



b


c


d


Table 3 — Composition of phosphorus-containing copper grades Composition % (mass fraction) Material designation

Element Symbol

Number

Cu-PHC

CW020A

Cu-HCP

CW021A

Cu a

Bi

P

Pb

other elements (see Note) total

min.

99,95

−

0,001

−

−

max.

−

0,000 5

0,006

0,005

0,03 b

min.

99,95

−

0,002

−

−

max

−

0,000 5

0,007

0,005

0,03 b

excluding Ag, P

Ag, P



b




9

DIN EN 1977:2013-04 EN 1977:2013 (E)

Table 4 — Composition of silver-containing copper grades (silver-bearing coppers) Composition % (mass fraction) Material designation

Element Symbol

Number

CuAg0,04

CW011A

CuAg0,07

CW012A

CuAg0,10

CW013A

CuAg0,04P

CW014A

CuAg0,07P

CW015A

CuAg0,10P

CW016A

CuAg0,04(OF)

CW017A

CuAg0,07(OF)

CW018A

CuAg0,10(OF)

CW019A

Cu

Ag

Bi

O

P

other elements (see Note) total

min.

Rem.

0,03

—

—

—

—

max.

—

0,05

0,000 5

0,040

—

0,03

min.

Rem.

0,06

—

—

—

—

max.

—

0,08

0,000 5

0,040

—

0,03

min.

Rem.

0,08

—

−

—

—

max.

—

0,12

0,000 5

0,040

—

0,03

min.

Rem.

0,03

—

—

0,001

—

max.

—

0,05

0,000 5

—a

0,007

0,03

min.

Rem.

0,06

—

—

0,001

—

max.

—

0,08

0,000 5

—a

0,007

0,03

min.

Rem.

0,08

—

—

0,001

—

max.

—

0,12

0,000 5

—a

0,007

0,03

min.

Rem.

0,03

—

—

—

—

max.

—

0,05

0,000 5

—a

—

0,006 5

min.

Rem.

0,06

—

—

—

—

max.

—

0,08

0,000 5

—a

—

0,006 5

min.

Rem.

0,08

—

—

—

—

max.

—

0,12

0,000 5

—a

—

0,006 5

excluding Ag, O

Ag, O

Ag, O

Ag, P

Ag, P

Ag, P

Ag, O

Ag, O

Ag, O





10

DIN EN 1977:2013-04 EN 1977:2013 (E)

Table 5 — Tests applicable Test appropriate to copper grade Material designation

Elongation a

Volume resistivity


Scale adhesion

Annealability

Diameter

Symbol

Number

Cu-ETP1

CW003A

X

X

X

−

−

X

X

Cu-ETP

CW004A

X

X

X

−

−

−

X

Cu-FRHC

CW005A

X

X

X

−

−

−

X

Cu-OF1

CW007A

X

X

X

Xb

−

−

X

Cu-OF

CW008A

X

X

X

Xb

−

−

X

Cu-OFE

CW009A

X

X

X

Xc

X

−

X

X

X

b

−

−

X

X

b

−

−

X

X

c

−

−

X

Cu-PHC Cu-HCP


Analysis (including oxygen)

CW020A CW021A

X X

X X

X

Cu-PHCE

CW022A

X

X

X

CuAg0,04

CW011A

X

X

X

−

−

−

X

CuAg0,07

CW012A

X

X

X

−

−

−

X

CuAg0,10

CW013A

X

X

X

−

CuAg0,04P CuAg0,07P CuAg0,10P CuAg0,04(OF) CuAg0,07(OF) CuAg0,10(OF) a

CW014A CW015A CW016A CW017A CW018A CW019A

X X X X X X

X X X X X X

X X X X X X

−

−

X

X

b

−

−

X

X

b

−

−

X

X

b

−

−

X

X

b

−

−

X

X

b

−

−

X

X

b

−

−

X

Normally this test is only applicable to hot-finished drawing stock. If requested for cold-finished material, then the minimum elongation required should be agreed between the purchaser and the supplier.

7 b 8 The assessment criterion for hydrogen embrittlement shall be the close-bend test in EN ISO 2626. 6 0 8 c The assessment criterion for hydrogen embrittlement shall be the reverse bend test (10 reversals) in EN ISO 2626. 7 8 7 0 1 / 4 1 0 1 Copper 1 : Basic standards Testing standards, edited by e.V. DIN, Beuth Verlag, 2015. ProQuest Ebook Central, http://ebookcentral.proquest.com/lib/vimaru-vn/detail.action?docID=2051211. 4 5 Created from vimaru-vn on 2018-05-18 02:17:23. 7

11

DIN EN 1977:2013-04 EN 1977:2013 (E)

Table 6 — Electrical properties of grades of copper at 20 °C Material designation

Symbol


Volume resistivity

Nominal mass resistivity

µΩ · m

Ω · g/m2

MS/m

% IACS

max.

max.

min.

min.

Number

Nominal conductivity

Cu-ETP1

CW003A

0,017 07

(0,151 76)

(58,58)

(101,0)

Cu-ETP

CW004A

0,017 24

(0,153 28)

(58,00)

(100,0)

Cu-FRHC

CW005A

0,017 24

(0,153 28)

(58,00)

(100,0)

Cu-OF1

CW007A

0,017 07

(0,151 76)

(58,58)

(101,0)

Cu-OF

CW008A

0,017 24

(0,153 28)

(58,00)

(100,0)

Cu-OFE

CW009A

0,017 07

(0,151 76)

(58,58)

(101,0)

Cu-PHC

CW020A

0,017 24

(0,153 28)

(58,00)

(100,0)

Cu-HCP

CW021A

0,017 54

(0,155 97)

(57,00)

(98,3)

Cu-PHCE

CW022A

0,017 24

(0,153 28)

(58,00)

(100,0)

CuAg0,04

CW011A

0,017 24

(0,153 28)

(58,00)

(100,0)

CuAg0,07

CW012A

0,017 24

(0,153 28)

(58,00)

(100,0)

CuAg0,10

CW013A

0,017 24

(0,153 28)

(58,00)

(100,0)

CuAg0,04P

CW014A

0,017 54

(0,155 97)

(57,00)

(98,3)

CuAg0,07P

CW015A

0,017 54

(0,155 97)

(57,00)

(98,3)

CuAg0,10P

CW016A

0,017 54

(0,155 97)

(57,00)

(98,3)

CuAg0,04(OF)

CW017A

0,017 24

(0,153 28)

(58,00)

(100,0)

CuAg0,07(OF)

CW018A

0,017 24

(0,153 28)

(58,00)

(100,0)

CuAg0,10(OF)

CW019A

0,017 24

(0,153 28)

(58,00)

(100,0)

NOTE 1 only.

Figures in parentheses are not requirements of this European Standard but are given for guidance purposes

NOTE 2

For an explanation of “% IACS”, see A.2.

6.4

Annealability

Drawing stock in copper grade Cu-ETP1 (CW003A) shall have a minimum spiral elongation number (S.E.N.) of 350, when tested in accordance with EN 12893. . d e v r e s e r s t h g i r l l A . g a l r e V h t u e B . 5 1 0 2 © t h g i o i r l y b p i o B C 5

When tested according to the Annex B (AR-Test), the A200 value shall be at least 20 %. Otherwise the spiral elongation test method given in EN 12893 shall be used as the reference method.

6.5


Drawing stock in copper grades Cu-OF1 (CW007A), Cu-OF (CW008A), Cu-OFE (CW009A), CuAg0,04P (CW014A), CuAg0,07P (CW015A), CuAg0,10P (CW016A), CuAg0,04(OF) (CW017A), CuAg0,07(OF) (CW018A), CuAg0,10(OF) (CW019A), Cu-PHC (CW020A), Cu-HCP (CW021A) and Cu-PHCE (CW022A), shall show no evidence of cracking, when tested in accordance with 8.5.


12

DIN EN 1977:2013-04 EN 1977:2013 (E)

6.6

Scale adhesion

Drawing stock in copper grade Cu-OFE (CW009A) shall conform to the requirements of the scale adhesion test, when tested in accordance with 8.6.

6.7

Dimensions and tolerances

The diameter of drawing stock, measured at any point, shall conform to the tolerances given in Table 7. Tolerances on drawing stock having a nominal diameter greater than 35 mm should be subject to agreement between the supplier and the purchaser. Table 7 — Tolerances Dimensions in millimetres Nominal diameter

over 6,0a 6,35

a

6.8

Tolerances

up to and including 6,35

+ 0,5 − 0,25

19

± 0,4

19

25

± 0,6

25

35

± 0,8

Including 6,0.

Surface condition

The drawing stock shall be supplied in one of the following surface conditions, as specified by the purchaser in the enquiry and order [see 5 g)]: a)

as manufactured; or

b)

cleaned (with, or without, a protective coating).

Cleaned drawing stock shall be treated prior to delivery to remove the surface oxides resulting from the production process and shall have a surface suitable for cold drawing without the need for preliminary cleaning.

6.9

Joins

Each coil of drawing stock shall be supplied in one continuous length without joins, unless they are specifically permitted in the order [see 5 h)]. . d e v r e s e r s t h g i r l l A . g a l r e V h t u e B . 5 1 0 2 © t h g i o i r l y b p i o B C 5

7 7.1

Sampling General

When required (e.g. if necessary in accordance with specified procedures of a supplier’s quality system, or when the purchaser requests inspection documents with test results, or for use in cases of dispute), an inspection lot shall be sampled as follows (see also Table 8): a)

in accordance with 7.2 to 7.4 for drawing stock in grade Cu-ETP1 (CW003A); or

b)

in accordance with 7.5 for drawing stock in grades other than Cu-ETP1 (CW003A).


13

DIN EN 1977:2013-04 EN 1977:2013 (E)

Table 8 — Sampling rate Test

Mass of drawing stock for ea ch sampling unit t

Cu-ETP1 (CW003A) Analysis (Oxygen) Analysis (other than oxygen) Diameter

other grades

60 500 60

Annealability

200

Elongation

500

Electrical resistivity

200

At the discretion of the manufacturer unless otherwise specified by the purchaser at the time of enquiry and order.

7.2 Analysis (oxygen only) and measurement of diameter of Cu-ETP1 (CW003A) drawing stock The minimum rate of sampling shall be one sampling unit from every 60 t of drawing stock. The sampling units shall be cut off the finished material and the test samples or test pieces prepared from them shall not be subjected to any further treatment, other than any machining operations necessary in the preparation of the test pieces.

7.3

Annealability testing of Cu-ETP1 (CW003A) drawing stock

For the determination of the annealability, the minimum rate of sampling shall be one sampling unit from every 200 t of finished drawing stock.

7.4 Analysis (other than oxygen) and measurement of elongation and electrical properties of Cu-ETP1 (CW003A) drawing stock For the determination of the composition, other than oxygen, and for elongation measurement, the minimum rate of sampling shall be one sampling unit from every 500 t of drawing stock. For the determination of the electrical resistivity, the minimum rate of sampling shall be one sampling unit from every 200 t of drawing stock. In all cases, the sampling units shall be cut off the finished material and the test samples or test pieces prepared from them shall not be subjected to any further treatment, other than any machining operations necessary in the preparation of the test pieces.


Tests on drawing stock in grades other than Cu-ETP1 (CW003A)

Unless otherwise specified by the purchaser, the sampling rates for testing drawing stock in grades other than Cu-ETP1 (CW003A), shall be at the discretion of the manufacturer. The sampling units shall be cut off the finished material and the test samples or test pieces prepared from them shall not be subjected to any further treatment, other than any machining operations necessary in the preparation of the test pieces.


14

DIN EN 1977:2013-04 EN 1977:2013 (E)

8

Test methods

8.1

Analysis

Analysis shall be carried out on the test sample(s) obtained in accordance with 7.2, 7.4 or 7.5, as appropriate. The copper content of Cu-OFE (CW009A) and Cu-PHCE (CW022A) shall be determined by subtracting the total percentage of the concentrations of the specified impurities present from 100 % (see Table 1). For routine quality control purposes, the composition shall be determined using generally recognised analytical techniques. In cases of dispute concerning the results of analysis of Cu-ETP1 (CW003A) drawing stock, the methods used shall be agreed between the disputing parties. In cases of dispute concerning the results of analysis of drawing stock in grades other than Cu-ETP1 (CW003A), the method(s) of analysis to be used shall be agreed between the supplier, the purchaser and if necessary, any mutually accepted arbitrator, and shall be for all impurities for which limits are specified in Tables 1 to 4. For expression of results, the rounding rules given in 8.7 shall be used.

8.2

Elongation

The elongation shall be determined on a test piece cut from the sampling unit of drawing stock obtained in accordance with 7.4 or 7.5 as appropriate. The test shall be on the full cross-section of the drawing stock using the tensile testing method given in EN ISO 6892-1. The load shall be applied gradually and uniformly to a straightened length of the sampling unit. An original gauge length of 200 mm shall be used. The rate of separation of the crossheads of the machine shall not be in excess of 240 mm/min. At the completion of the test, the measured elongation value shall be valid, whatever the position of the fracture, if the minimum specified value is achieved. If the minimum value is not reached, the determination shall only be considered valid if the fracture occurs between the gauge marks and is not closer than 25 mm to either mark. For expression of results, the rounding rules given in 8.7 shall be used.

8.3

Electrical resistivity

The volume resistivity, corrected to 20 °C, shall be determined on the sampling unit of drawing stock obtained in accordance with 7.4 or 7.5, as appropriate, either; . d e v r e s e r s t h g i r l l A . g a l r e V h t u e B . 5 1 0 2 © t h g i o i r l y b p i o B C 5

a)

by direct measurement on a cleaned sampling unit of the drawing stock; or

b)

by measurement on a length of wire which has been drawn from the sampling unit to 2,00 mm ± 0,01 mm diameter, coiled to a diameter of not less than 200 mm and annealed in an inert atmosphere at 500 °C ± 10 °C for not less than 30 min.

The volume resistivity shall be determined by one of the methods given in IEC 60468. The routine method shall normally be used. In cases of dispute, however, the reference method shall be used. For expression of results, the rounding rules given in 8.7 shall be used. NOTE

Information on the relationships between volume resistivity and conductivity are given in Annex A.


15

DIN EN 1977:2013-04 EN 1977:2013 (E)

8.4

Annealability

Unless otherwise specified by the purchaser, the producer can choose between the AR-Test method described in Annex B and the standard method given in EN 12893, in order to secure the annealability of the finished drawing stock. If the AR-Test result is less than 20 %, or in case of controversy, the spiral elongation test method given in EN 12893 shall be used as the reference method on the sampling unit obtained in accordance with 7.3. NOTE

8.5

Annealability testing is applicable to grade Cu-ETP1 (CW003A) only.


The sampling unit of the drawing stock obtained in accordance with 7.5 shall be heated in a hydrogen atmosphere, quenched in water, and assessed for hydrogen embrittlement, all in accordance with the method given in EN ISO 2626. NOTE The hydrogen embrittlement test is not applicable to grades Cu-ETP1 (CW003A), Cu-ETP (CW004A), Cu-FRHC (CW005A), CuAg0,04 (CW011A), CuAg0,07 (CW012A) and CuAg0,10 (CW013A) (see Table 5).

For drawing stock in grades Cu-OFE (CW009A) and Cu-PHCE (CW022A), the reverse bend test piece shall be used and the assessment of embrittlement shall be by the reverse bend test (10 reversals), followed by visual examination for cracks, all in accordance with EN ISO 2626. For drawing stock in all other grades for which the test is applicable, the close-bend test piece shall be used, and the assessment of embrittlement shall be by the close-bend test, followed by visual examination for cracks, all in accordance with EN ISO 2626.

8.6

Scale adhesion

The scale adhesion test method given in ISO 4746 shall be used on the sampling unit obtained in accordance with 7.5. NOTE

8.7

Scale adhesion testing is applicable to grade Cu-OFE (CW009A) only.

Rounding of results

For the purpose of determining conformity to the limits specified in this standard for composition, elongation or electrical resistivity, an observed or a calculated value obtained from a test shall be rounded in accordance with the following procedure, which is based upon the guidance given in Annex B of ISO 80000-1:2009. It shall be rounded in one step to the same number of figures used to express the specified limit in this standard, except that for elongation the rounding interval shall be 0,5 %. The following rules shall be used for rounding: . d e v r e s e r s t h g i r l l A . g a l r e V h t u e B . 5 1 0 2 © t h g i o i r l y b p i o B C 5

a)

if the figure immediately after the last figure to be retained is less than 5, the last figure to be retained shall be kept unchanged;

b)

if the figure immediately after the last figure to be retained is equal to or greater than 5, the last figure to be retained shall be increased by one.

9

Declaration of conformity and inspection documentation

9.1

Declaration of conformity

When requested by the purchaser [see 5 j)] and agreed with the supplier, the supplier shall issue for the product the appropriate declaration of conformity in accordance with EN 1655.


16

DIN EN 1977:2013-04 EN 1977:2013 (E)

9.2


When requested by the purchaser [see 5 k)] and agreed with the supplier, the supplier shall issue for the product the appropriate inspection document in accordance with EN 10204.

10 Marking Coils shall be marked individually, or otherwise identified with the following information: a)

the manufacturer's name, brand or trademark;

b)

the number of this standard (EN 1977) and the grade designation for the material;

c)

coils made by continuous casting and rolling shall also be identified with the coil production number and the date of manufacture;

d)

the net mass of the coil.

Any requirement for additional marking of coils shall be agreed between the purchaser and the supplier.



17

DIN EN 1977:2013-04 EN 1977:2013 (E)

Annex A (informative) Information on electrical resistivity and conductivity relationships

A.1 Volume resistivity The greatest use of copper drawing stock is for manufacturing electrical conductor wire that is drawn to close dimensional tolerances (usually round). Therefore volume resistivity (resistance of a cross-section per unit length) is the property most usually determined. Volume resistivity is therefore the mandatory property in this European Standard. For irregular sections, or in cases where the actual cross-sectional area is difficult to determine, mass resistivity can be calculated from the resistance, mass and length of a sampling unit. If the density of the sampling unit is known to be close to the density of standard copper, this method is an acceptable alternative to volume resistivity. In cases where the density is unknown or known to vary greatly, it is essential that the actual density of the sample be determined in order to obtain the required accuracy of the value of resistivity.

A.2 Standard annealed copper (IACS) IEC 60028 establishes a fixed value for the resistance to flow of an electric current within an imaginary "standard" annealed copper. This is based on a volume resistivity of 1/58 µ Ω·m or 0,017 241 µΩ·m at 20 °C. The introduction of the International ohm in 1948 altered the volume resistivity of standard annealed copper by only 0,049 %. The standard annealed copper is also allotted a density of 8 890 kg/m 3 (8,89 g/cm3). Hence, as the mass resistivity is the product of the volume resistivity and the density, the mass resistivity of standard annealed copper is 0,153 28 Ω·g/m2.

A.3 Commercial annealed copper IEC 60028 states that “the (electrical) conductivity of commercial annealed copper shall be expressed as a percentage, at 20 °C, of that of standard annealed copper given to approximately 0,1 %” on the assumption that “the density of commercial annealed copper at 20 °C is 8,89 g/cm 3”.

A.4 Nominal mass resistivity . d e v r e s e r s t h g i r l l A . g a l r e V h t u e B . 5 1 0 2 © t h g i o i r l y b p i o B C 5

The density of commercial copper varies with small changes in composition, particularly oxygen content. Thus, true mass resistivity can only be calculated from a measured volume resistivity if the true density of the particular sample is known or is measured to the requisite degree of accuracy, i.e. better than 0,1 %. For general purposes, however, a nominal mass resistivity may be calculated using the density of 8 890 kg/m3, as referred to in A.2 (this practice has been adopted in Table 6 of this European Standard in presenting values for nominal mass resistivity and for nominal conductivity corresponding to the mandatory volume resistivity).


18

DIN EN 1977:2013-04 EN 1977:2013 (E)

A.5 Differences between measured and nominal values If true mass resistivity or true conductivity is required from measured volume resistivity and therefore actual density is used in calculation, differences of up to 0,6 % (for example for oxygen-free coppers) may result between these values and the corresponding nominal values. Conductivity calculated from the ratio of the mass resistivity of standard annealed copper (0,153 28 Ω · g/m2) to the derived mass resistivity may also exhibit a similar disparity.



19

DIN EN 1977:2013-04 EN 1977:2013 (E)

Annex B (normative) Rapid Elongation Test method (AR-Test) for diameter 8 mm Cu-ETP1 wire rod

B.1 General The test described in this annex is a short and fast method to obtain a good approximation for the annealability. It is applicable for diameter 8 mm copper wire rod grade Cu-ETP1 only. It is based on the essays that producers apply to perform a routine test according to their experience.

B.2 Procedure B.2.1 Sampling and preparation of the test sample The frequency of sampling shall be in accordance with Table 8 of this European Standard. The sample shall be drawn down to diameter 6,30 mm ± 0,02 mm in one drawing step. In case of using a drawing drum, the drum should have a minimum diameter of 400 mm. The pointing zones at the ends of the wire shall be discarded. The length of the test sample excluding the pointing zone shall be 270 mm. The sampling and preparation parameters, tolerances and remarks are described in Table B.1, Steps 1, 2 and 3.

B.2.2 Annealing procedure The exact handling of the annealing procedure is the key factor to obtain exact and repeatable results. The main parameters are: 260 °C ± 1 °C annealing temperature and 480 s ± 2 s annealing time. After this period in the silicon oil or salt bath, the annealing agent shall be removed within 5 s and then the sample shall be quenched in water at room temperature. It is allowed to anneal up to three samples at the same time in a minimum of 20 l of annealing agent. The annealing and quenching parameters, tolerances and remarks are described in Table B.1, Steps 4 and 5. . d e v r e s e r s t h g i r l l A . g a l r e V h t u e B . 5 1 0 2 © t h g i o i r l y b p i o B C 5

B.2.3 Tension test Tension test shall be done in accordance to the requirements of EN ISO 6892-1. The measuring length is 200 mm and the distance between the clamps 220 mm. The elongation A200 in percent is equal to the AR-value. The elongation parameters, tolerances and remarks are described in Table B.1, Step 6.


20

DIN EN 1977:2013-04 EN 1977:2013 (E)

Table B.1 —Parameters for the AR-Test procedure Step

1

Description

Parameter

Value

Tolerance

Take sample of diameter 8 mm wire rod

Nominal diameter

8,00 mm

± 0,4 mm According to the producer machine test.

Drawing speed

2

3

4

5


6

One single drawing step to obtain diameter 6,30 mm wire

Sample preparation at diameter 6,30 mm

Hot annealing

Sample quenching

Elongation test

Drawing drum

Remarks

Diameter min. 400 mm

Horizontal drawing can be used.

Lubrication

Grease

Nominal diameter of final wire

6,30 mm

Discard length

Pointing zone

Sample length

270 mm

Oven annealing agent capacity

20 l

Bath type

Silicon oil or salt bath

Annealing temperature

260 ºC

± 0,02 mm

Minimum capacity According to the producer. ± 1 ºC

Controlled by a calibrated thermometer (very critical).

Bath stirrer

According to the producer.

Annealing time

480 s

Starting when the sample is covered with the liquid and ending when leaving the bath.

Drying

5s

Quenching temperature

15 ºC to 25 ºC

Quenching media

Water or cleaning agent

Sample preparation and test procedure

According to EN ISO 6892-1: 2009, Annex D

Elongation type

A200

Test temperature

15 ºC to 25 ºC

Test speed

According to EN ISO 6892-1: 2009

Distance between clamps

220 mm

Measuring length

200 mm

Measurement

Manual

±2s

At the air, to remove liquid from the sample. Room temperature

Room temperature


21

DIN EN 1977:2013-04 EN 1977:2013 (E)

B.3 Test results The AR-value (elongation A200) of the annealed 6,3 mm wire shall be at least 20 %. In the case the result of the AR is below 20 %, the spiral elongation number (S.E.N.) of the original wire rod shall be determined according to EN 12893.



22

DIN EN 1977:2013-04 EN 1977:2013 (E)

Bibliography

[1] EN 1412, Copper and copper alloys — European numbering system [2] IEC 60028, International standard of resistance for copper [3] ISO 80000-1:2009, Quantities and units — Part 1: General [4] ISO 1190-1, Copper and copper alloys — Code of designation — Part 1: Designation of materials



23

May 1998

D EUTSCHE NORM Copper and copper alloys

{

Copper cathodes

EN 1978

English version of DIN EN 1978

ICS 77.150.30 Descriptors: Copper, cathodes. Kupfer und Kupferlegierungen – Kupfer-Kathoden

This standard, together with DIN EN 1976, May 1998 edition, supersedes DIN 1708, January 1973 edition.

European Standard EN 1978 : 1998 has the status of a DIN Standard. A comma is used as the decimal marker.

National foreword This standard has been prepared by CEN/TC 133. The responsible German body involved in its preparation was the Normenausschuß Nichteisenmetalle (Nonferrous Metals Standards Committee). Ame ndment s DIN 1708, January 1973 edition, has been superseded by the specifications of EN 1978. Previous editions DIN 1708: 1925-04, 1935-10, 1941-02, 1953-07, 1960-09, 1973-01.



7 8 6 0 8 7 8 7 0 1 / 4 1 © No part of this standard may be reproduced without the prior permission of 0 1 DIN Deutsches Institut für Normung e. V. , Berlin. English price group 09 Copper 1 : Basic standards Testing standards, edited by e.V. DIN, Beuth Verlag, 2015. ProQuest Ebook Central, http://ebookcentral.proquest.com/lib/vimaru-vn/detail.action?docID=2051211. 4 5 Beuth Verlag GmbH, D-10772 Berlin, has the exclusive right of sale for German Standards (DIN-Normen) . Created from vimaru-vn on 2018-05-18 02:17:44. 7

R ef . N o. D IN E N 1 97 8 : 1 99 8- 05 Sales No. 1109 10.98

EN 1978 March 1998

ICS 77.150.30 Descriptors: Copper, cathodes.

English version Copper and copper alloys

Copper cathodes Cuivre et alliages de cuivre – Cathodes en cuivre

Kupfer und Kupferlegierungen – Kupfer-Kathoden

This European Standard was approved by CEN on 1998-02-28. CEN members are bound to comply with the CEN/CENELEC Internal Regulations which stipulate the conditions for giving this European Standard the status of a national standard without any alteration. Up-to-date lists and bibliographical references concerning such national standards may be obtained on application to the Central Secretariat or to any CEN member. The European Standards exist in three o fficial versions (English, French, German). A vers ion i n any other l anguage m ade by trans lati on under th e respons ibil ity of a CEN member into its own language and notified to the Central Secretariat has the same status as the official versions. CEN members are the national standards bodies of Austria, Belgium, the Czech Republic, Denmark, Finland, France, Germany, Greece, Iceland, Ireland, Italy, Luxembourg, the Netherlands, Norway, Portugal, Spain, Sweden, Switzerland, and the United Kingdom.



7 8 6 0 8 7 Ref. No. EN 1978 © 1998. CEN – All rights of exploitation in any form and by any means 8 7 reserved worldwide for CEN national members. 0 1 / 4 1 0 1 Copper 1 : Basic standards Testing standards, edited by e.V. DIN, Beuth Verlag, 2015. ProQuest Ebook Central, http://ebookcentral.proquest.com/lib/vimaru-vn/detail.action?docID=2051211. 4 5 Created from vimaru-vn on 2018-05-18 02:17:44. 7

: 1998 E

P ag e 2 E N 197 8 : 19 98



P ag e 3 E N 19 78 : 19 98



P ag e 4 EN 19 78 : 1 998



P ag e 5 E N 19 78 : 19 98



P ag e 6 EN 19 78 : 1 998



P ag e 7 E N 197 8 : 19 98



P ag e 8 EN 19 78 : 1 998



C C r o e a p p t e e d r 1 f r : o m B a v s i c i m a s r t a u -v n n d a r o d n s 2 T 0 e 1 8 s i - t n 0 5 g -1 s t 8 a n 0 d 2 a : r 1 d 7 s : 4 , 4 e . d i t e d b y e .V . D I N , B e u t h V e r l a g , 2 0 1 5 . P r o Q u e s t E b o o k C e n t r a ,l h t t p : / / e b o o k c e n t r a l . p r o q u e s t . c o m / l i b / v i m a r u -v n / d e t a i l . a c t i o n ? d o c I D o = 2 i l 0 b 5 i 1 B 2 1 5 1 7 . 8

6 0 8 7 8 7 0 1 / 4 1 0 1 4 5 7


E N

1 9 7 8 P : 1 a 9 g 9 e 8 9

Page 10 EN 1 978 : 1 998



Page 11 E N 19 78 : 19 98



Page 12 EN 19 78 : 1 998



Page 13 E N 197 8 : 19 98



Page 14 EN 1 97 8 : 1 99 8



Page 15 E N 19 78 : 19 98



Page 16 EN 1 97 8 : 1 99 8



Page 17 E N 197 8 : 19 98



May 2003

D EUTSCHE NORM

Copper and copper alloys

{

Master alloys English version of DIN EN 1981

ICS 77.120.30

EN 1981 Supersedes August 1998 edition.

Kupfer und Kupferlegierungen – Vorlegierungen

European Standard EN 1981 : 2003 has the status of a DIN Standard. A co mma is used as t he d ecimal mark er.

National foreword This standard has been prepared by CEN/TC 133 ‘Copper and copper alloys’ (Secretariat: Germany). The responsible German body involved in its preparation was the Normenausschuss Nichteisenmetalle (Nonferrous Metals Standards Committee), Technical Committee Gusslegierungen. Amendme nts See Foreword on page 3. Previous editions DIN 17657: 1973-03; DIN EN 1981: 1998-08.


Continued overleaf. EN comprises 12 pages.

7 8 6 0 8 7 8 7 0 1 / 4 1 © No part of this standard may be reproduced without the prior permission of 0 1 DIN Deutsches Institut für Normung e.V. , Berlin. Beuth Verlag GmbH, 10772 Berlin, Germany, English price group 09 Copper 1 : Basic standards Testing standards, edited by e.V. DIN, Beuth Verlag, 2015. ProQuest Ebook Central, http://ebookcentral.proquest.com/lib/vimaru-vn/detail.action?docID=2051211. 4 5 has exclusive right of sale for German Standards (DIN-Normen) . Created from vimaru-vn on the 2018-05-18 02:20:15. 7

R ef . No . DI N EN 1 98 1 : 2 00 3- 05 Sales No.1109 09.03

EN 1981 February 2003

Supersedes EN 1981 : 1998.

ICS 77.120.30 Descriptors:

English version

Copper and copper alloys Master alloys Cuivre et alliages de cuivre – Alliage s-mères

Kupfer und Kupferlegierungen – Vorlegi erun gen

This European Standard was approved by CEN on 2002-11-28. CEN members are bound to comply with the CEN/CENELEC Internal Regulations which stipulate the conditions for giving this European Standard the status of a national standard without any alteration. Up-to-date lists and bibliographical references concerning such national standards may be obtained on application to the Management Centre or to any CEN member. The European Standards exist in three off icial versions (English, French, German). A version in any othe r languag e made by transla tion unde r the re spon sibilit y of a CEN member into its own language and notified to the Management Centre has the same status as the official versions. CEN members are the national standards bodies of Austria, Belgium, the Czech Republic, Denmark, Finland, France, Germany, Greece, Hungary, Iceland, Ireland, Italy, Luxembourg, Malta, the Netherlands, Norway, Portugal, Slovakia, Spain, Sweden, Switzerland, and the United Kingdom.


ÈÉË European Committee for Standardization Comité Européen de Normalisation Europäisches Komitee für Normung Management Centre: rue de Stassart 36, B-1050 Brussels

7 8 6 0 8 7 Ref. No. EN 1981 : © 2003. CEN – All rights of exploitation in any form and by any means 8 7 reserved worldwide for CEN national members. 0 1 / 4 1 0 1 Copper 1 : Basic standards Testing standards, edited by e.V. DIN, Beuth Verlag, 2015. ProQuest Ebook Central, http://ebookcentral.proquest.com/lib/vimaru-vn/detail.action?docID=2051211. 4 5 Created from vimaru-vn on 2018-05-18 02:20:15. 7

2003 E

P ag e 2 EN 1 98 1 : 2 00 3

Page

3 3 4 4 4 4 4 5 5 6 6 6 6 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 8 8 8 8 12 12



P ag e 3 EN 19 81 : 20 03



P ag e 4 EN 1 98 1 : 2 00 3



P ag e 5 E N 1 98 1 : 2 00 3



P ag e 6 EN 1 98 1 : 2 00 3



P ag e 7 E N 1 98 1 : 2 00 3



P ag e 8 EN 1 98 1 : 2 00 3



C C r o e a p p t e e d r 1 f r : o m B a v s i c i m a s r t a u -v n d n a r o d n s 2 T 0 e 1 s 8 t - i n 0 5 g -1 s a 8 t n 0 d 2 a : 2 r 0 d s : , 1 5 e . d i t e d b y e .V . D I N , B e u t h V e r l a g , 2 0 1 5 . P r o Q u e s t E b o o k C e n t r a ,l h t t p : / / e b o o k c e n t r a l . p r o q u e s t . c o m / l i b / v i m a r u -v n / d e t a i l . a c t i o n ? d o c I D o = 2 i l 0 b 5 i 1 B 2 5 1 7 1 8 .

6 0 8 7 8 7 0 1 / 4 1 0 1 4 5 7


E N

1 9 8 1 P : 2 a 0 g 0 e 3 9


6 0 8 7 8 7 0 1 / 4 1 0 1 4 5 7


E P N a g 1 e 9 8 1 1 0 : 2 0 0 3


6 0 8 7 8 7 0 1 / 4 1 0 1 4 5 7


E N

1 9 8 1 P a : g 2 0 e 0 1 3 1

Page 12 EN 1 98 1 : 2 00 3



March 1999

DEUTSCHE NORM

Copper and copper alloys Determination of spring bending limit on strip English version of DIN EN 12384

ICS 77.150.30

{ EN 12384 Supersedes DIN 50151, July 1987 edition.

Descriptors: Copper, strip, spring bending limit, testing. Kupfer und Kupferlegierungen – Bestimmung der Federbiegegrenze von Bändern

European Standard EN 12384 : 1999 has the status of a DIN Standard. A comma is used as the deci mal mark er.

National foreword This standard has been prepared by CEN/TC 133. The responsible German body involved in its preparation was the Normenausschuß Nichteisenmetalle (Nonferrous Metals Standards Committee), Technical Committee Bänder und Bleche für allgemeine Verwendung, Federn und Systemträger . Ame ndment s DIN 50151, July 1987 edition, has been superseded by the specifications of DIN EN 12384. Previous editions DIN 50151: 1957-07, 1987-07.




R ef . N o. D IN E N 1 23 84 : 1 99 9- 03 Sales No.1109 08.99

EN 12384 January 1999

ICS 77.150.30 Descriptors: Copper, strip, spring bending limit, testing.

English version

Copper and copper alloys Determination of spring bending limit on strip Cuivre et alliages de cuivre – Détermination de la limite élastique en flexion de bande

Kupfer und Kupferlegierungen – Bestimmung der Federbiegegrenze von Bändern

This European Standard was approved by CEN on 1998-12-13. CEN members are bound to comply with the CEN/CENELEC Internal Regulations which stipulate the conditions for giving this European Standard the status of a national standard without any alteration. Up-to-date lists and bibliographical references concerning such national standards may be obtained on application to the Central Secretariat or to any CEN member. The European Standards exist in three of ficial versions (English, French, German). A vers ion in any o ther l angu age ma de by tr ansl atio n under the r espo nsibili ty of a CEN member into its own language and notified to the Central Secretariat has the same status as the official versions. CEN members are the national standards bodies of Austria, Belgium, the Czech Republic, Denmark, Finland, France, Germany, Greece, Iceland, Ireland, Italy, Luxembourg, the Netherlands, Norway, Portugal, Spain, Sweden, Switzerland, and the United Kingdom.




: 1999 E

P ag e 2 E N 1 23 84 : 1 99 9

6 6 6

2 3

6 6

3 3 4

7 7

4

8

4 4 5 5 5 5

8

9 11

6 6



P ag e 3 E N 1 23 84 : 1 99 9



P ag e 4 E N 1 23 84 : 1 99 9



P ag e 5 E N 1 23 84 : 1 99 9



P ag e 6 E N 1 23 84 : 1 99 9



P ag e 7 E N 1 23 84 : 1 99 9



P ag e 8 E N 1 23 84 : 1 99 9



C C r o e a p p t e e d r 1 f r : o m B a v s i c i m a s r t a u -v n n d a r o d n s 2 T 0 e 1 8 s i - t n 0 5 g -1 s t 8 a n 0 d 2 a : 2 r 0 d : s , 3 3 e . d i t e d b y e .V . D I N , B e u t h V e r l a g , 2 0 1 5 . P r o Q u e s t E b o o k C e n t r a ,l h t t p : / / e b o o k c e n t r a l . p r o q u e s t . c o m / l i b / v i m a r u -v n / d e t a i l . a c t i o n ? d o c I D o = 2 i l 0 b 5 i 1 B 2 1 5 1 7 . 8

6 0 8 7 8 7 0 1 / 4 1 0 1 4 5 7


E N

1 2 3 8 4 P : 1 a 9 g 9 e 9 9


6 0 8 7 8 7 0 1 / 4 1 0 1 4 5 7


E P N a g 1 e 2 3 1 8 0 4 : 1 9 9 9

Page 11 E N 1 23 84 : 1 99 9



October 1999

DEUTSCHE NORM

Copper and copper alloys – Scrap

{

English version of DIN EN 12861

EN 12861

ICS 77.150.30 Kupfer und Kupferlegierungen – Schrotte

European Standard EN 12861 : 1999 has the status of a DIN Standard. A comma is used as the deci mal mark er.

National foreword This standard has been prepared by CEN/TC 133. The responsible German body involved in its preparation was the Normenausschuß Nichteisenmetalle (Nonferrous Metals Standards Co mmittee), Technical Committee Schrotte.





EN 12861 July 1999

ICS 77.150.30

English version

Copper and copper alloys – Scrap Cuivre et alliages de cuivre – Scrappes

Kupfer und Kupferlegierungen – Schrotte

This European Standard was approved by CEN on 1999-07-01. CEN members are bound to comply with the CEN/CENELEC Internal Regulations which stipulate the conditions for giving this European Standard the status of a national standard without any alteration. Up-to-date lists and bibliographical references concerning such national standards may be obtained on application to the Central Secretariat or to any CEN member. The European Standards exist in three off icial versions (English, French, German). A vers ion in any other lang uage made by tran slat ion under the responsibili ty of a CEN member into its own language and notified to the Central Secretariat has the same status as the official versions. CEN members are the national standards bodies of Austria, Belgium, the Czech Republic, Denmark, Finland, France, Germany, Greece, Iceland, Ireland, Italy, Luxembourg, the Netherlands, Norway, Portugal, Spain, Sweden, Switzerland, and the United Kingdom.




: 1999 E

P ag e 2 E N 1 28 61 : 1 99 9

2 3 3

8 8 8 9 11 11

3 11 5 5 5

11 12

6 20 6 6 6 6 7 7 7 7


26

27


P ag e 3 E N 1 28 61 : 1 99 9



P ag e 4 E N 1 28 61 : 1 99 9



P ag e 5 E N 1 28 61 : 1 99 9



P ag e 6 E N 1 28 61 : 1 99 9



P ag e 7 E N 1 28 61 : 1 99 9



P ag e 8 E N 1 28 61 : 1 99 9



P ag e 9 E N 1 28 61 : 1 99 9




6 0 8 7 8 7 0 1 / 4 1 0 1 4 5 7


E P N a g 1 e 2 8 1 6 0 1 : 1 9 9 9

Inspection of incoming material

Inspection for radioactivity Consignment within national regulations

Call authorities

No

Yes Visual inspection and gross mass determination

Acceptance of the consignment

Acceptance after agreement between the purchaser and the supplier with respect to the requirements 1 )

No

Yes

Acceptance without further testing

No

Net weight determination

Yes

Rejection of the consignment

End of inspection

No

Determination of “free iron” 2 )

Determination of moisture 2 )

Determination of the amount of insulation 2 )

Determination of foreign substances 2 )

Determination of the size/ diameter 2 )

Determination of the metal yield 2 )

) For the limits see 7.2. 2 ) Refer to table 1 for applicable methods. 1

Figure 1: Inspection of incoming material

Determination of the metal content 2 )

Determination of the composition 2 )

Page 11 E N 1 28 61 : 1 99 9



Page 12 E N 1 28 61 : 1 99 9



Page 13 E N 1 28 61 : 1 99 9



Page 14 E N 1 28 61 : 1 99 9



Page 15 E N 1 28 61 : 1 99 9



Page 16 E N 1 28 61 : 1 99 9



Page 17 E N 1 28 61 : 1 99 9



Page 18 E N 1 28 61 : 1 99 9



Page 19 E N 1 28 61 : 1 99 9



Page 20 E N 1 28 61 : 1 99 9



Page 21 E N 1 28 61 : 1 99 9



Page 22 E N 1 28 61 : 1 99 9



Page 23 E N 1 28 61 : 1 99 9



Page 24 E N 1 28 61 : 1 99 9



Page 25 E N 1 28 61 : 1 99 9



Page 26 E N 1 28 61 : 1 99 9



Page 27 E N 1 28 61 : 1 99 9



July 2001

D EUTSCHE NORM

Copper and copper alloys Determination of residual stresses in the border area of slit strip English version of DIN EN 13147

{ EN 13147

ICS 77.150.30 Kupfer und Kupferlegierungen – Bestimmung von Restspannungen im Schnittkantenbereich von Bändern

European Standard EN 13147 : 2001 has the status of a DIN Standard. A co mma is u sed as the decimal marker.

National foreword This standard has been prepared by CEN/TC 133 ‘Copper and copper alloys’ (Secretariat: Germany). The responsible German body involved in its preparation was the Normenausschuss Nichteisenmetalle (Nonferrous Metals Standards Committee), Technical Committee Walzerzeugnisse.


Continued overleaf. EN comprises 12 pages.

7 8 6 0 8 7 8 7 0 1 / 4 1 © No part of this standard may be reproduced without the prior permission of 0 1 DIN Deutsches Institut für Normung e.V. , Berlin. Beuth Verlag GmbH, 10772 Berlin, Germany, English price group 08 Copper 1 : Basic standards Testing standards, edited by e.V. DIN, Beuth Verlag, 2015. ProQuest Ebook Central, http://ebookcentral.proquest.com/lib/vimaru-vn/detail.action?docID=2051211. 4 5 has exclusive right of sale for German Standards (DIN-Normen) . Created from vimaru-vn on the 2018-05-18 02:21:08. 7


EN 13147 April 2001

ICS 77.150.30 Descriptors:

English version

Copper and copper alloys Determination of residual stresses in the border area of slit strip Cuivre et alliages de cuivre – Détermination des contraintes résiduelles sur les rives des bandes cisaillées

Kupfer und Kupferlegierungen – Bestimmung von Restspannungen im Schnittkantenbereich von Bändern

This European Standard was approved by CEN on 2001-03-08. CEN members are bound to comply with the CEN/CENELEC Internal Regulations which stipulate the conditions for giving this European Standard the status of a national standard without any alteration. Up-to-date lists and bibliographical references concerning such national standards may be obtained on application to the Management Centre or to any CEN member. The European Standards exist in three off icial versions (English, French, German). A vers ion in any o ther l anguage m ade by translation u nder t he res ponsibi lity of a CEN member into its own language and notified to the Management Centre has the same status as the official versions. CEN members are the national standards bodies of Austria, Belgium, the Czech Republic, Denmark, Finland, France, Germany, Greece, Iceland, Ireland, Italy, Luxembourg, the Netherlands, Norway, Portugal, Spain, Sweden, Switzerland, and the United Kingdom.


ÈÉË European Committee for Standardization Comité Européen de Normalisation Europäisches Komitee für Normung Management Centre: rue de Stassart 36, B-1050 Brussels


: 2001 E

P ag e 2 E N 1 31 47 : 2 00 1

2

5

3

7 7 7 7 9 10

3 3 3 4 4 4


11

11


P ag e 3 E N 1 31 47 : 2 00 1



P ag e 4 E N 1 31 47 : 2 00 1



P ag e 5 E N 1 31 47 : 2 00 1



P ag e 6 E N 1 31 47 : 2 00 1



P ag e 7 E N 1 31 47 : 2 00 1



P ag e 8 E N 1 31 47 : 2 00 1



P ag e 9 E N 1 31 47 : 2 00 1



Page 10 Page E N 1 31 31 47 47 : 2 00 00 1



Page Pa ge 11 E N 1 31 31 47 47 : 2 00 00 1



Page 12 Page E N 1 31 31 47 47 : 2 00 00 1



August 2013

D

DIN EN 13603 ICS 25.220.40; 77.150.30


Copper and copper alloys – Test methods for assessing protective tin coatings on drawn round copper wire for electrical purposes; English version EN 13603:2013, English translation of DIN EN 13603:2013-08 Kupfer und Kupferlegierungen – Prüfverfahren zur Beurteilung von Schutzüberzügen aus Zinn auf gezogenen Runddrähten aus Kupfer für die Anwendung in der Elektrotechnik; Englische Fassung EN 13603:2013, Englische Übersetzung von DIN EN 13603:2013-08 Cuivre et alliages de cuivre – Méthodes d’évaluation des revêtements en étain sur les fils ronds étirés en cuivre pour usages électriques; Version anglaise EN 13603:2013, Traduction anglaise de DIN EN 13603:2013-08





!%(6~" 2051991

DIN EN 13603:2013 13603:2013-08 -08

A comma is used used as the decimal decimal marker. marker.

National foreword This document (EN 13603:2013) has been prepared by b y Technical Committee CEN/TC 133 “Copper and an d copper alloys” (Secretariat: DIN, Germany). The responsible German body involved in its preparation was the Normenausschuss Nichteisenmetalle (Nonferrous Metals Standards Committee), Working Committee NA 066-02-04 AA Strangpress- und Zieherzeugnisse. Amendments

This standard differs from DIN EN 13603:2002-07 13603:2002-07 as follows: a) the standard has been editorially editoriall y revised. Previous editions

DIN EN 13603: 2002-07



EUROPEAN STANDARD

EN 13603


June 2013

ICS 25.220.40; 77.150.30


English Version

Copper and copper alloys - Test methods for assessing protective tin coatings on drawn round copper wire for electrical purposes Cuivre et alliages de cuivre - Méthodes d'évaluation des revêtements en étain sur les fils ronds étirés en cuivre pour usages électriques

Kupfer und Kupferlegierungen - Prüfverfahren zur Beurteilung von Schutzüberzügen aus Zinn auf gezogenen Runddrähten aus Kupfer für die Anwendung in der Elektrotechnik

This European Standard was approved by CEN on 25 April 2013. CEN members are bound to comply with the CEN/CENELEC Internal Regulations which stipulate the conditions for giving this European Standard the status of a national standard without any alteration. Up-to-date lists and bibliographical references concerning such national standards may be obtained on application to the CEN-CENELEC Management Centre or to any CEN member. This European Standard exists in three official versions (English, French, German). A version in any other language made by translation under the responsibility of a CEN member into its own language and notified to the CEN-CENELEC Management Centre has the same status as the official versions. CEN members are the national standards bodies of Austria, Belgium, Bulgaria, Croatia, Cyprus, Czech Republic, Denmark, Estonia, Finland, Former Yugoslav Republic of Macedonia, France, Germany, Greece, Hungary, Iceland, Ireland, Italy, Latvia, Lithuania, Luxembourg, Malta, Netherlands, Norway, Poland, Portugal, Romania, Slovakia, Slovenia, Spain, Sweden, Switzerland, Turkey and United Kingdom.



Management Centre: Avenue Avenue Marnix 17, 17, B-1000 Brussels Brussels


© 2013 CEN

All rights of exploitation exploitation in any any form and by any means means reserved reserved worldwide for CEN national Members.

Ref. No. EN 13603:2013: E

DIN EN 13603:2013-08

EN 13603:2013 (E)

Contents

Page

For ewo rd ..............................................................................................................................................................3 1

Sco pe ......................................................................................................................................................4

2


3


4

Thi ckn ess of the u nal lo yed ti n coatin g ...............................................................................................4

5

Continu ity of th e tin coati ng .............................................................................................................. 10

6

Ad her enc e of th e ti n c oat in g ............................................................................................................. 12

7

Test report ........................................................................................................................................... 14

Bibliography ..................................................................................................................................................... 15 Figures Figure 1 — Alternative m ethod for supporting fine wire or wire which cannot be straightened .......................... 6 Figure 2 — Preparation of the test piece ........................................................................................................... 13 Tables Table 1 — Test parameters ............................................................................................................................... 11



2

DIN EN 13603:2013-08

EN 13603:2013 (E)

Foreword This document (EN 13603:2013) has been prepared by Technical Committee CEN/TC 133 “Copper and copper”, the secretariat of which is held by DIN. This European Standard shall be given the status of a national standard, either by publication of an identical text or by endorsement, at the latest by December 2013, and conflicting national standards shall be withdrawn at the latest by December 2013. Attention is drawn to the possibility that some of the elements of this document may be the subject of patent rights. CEN [and/or CENELEC] shall not be held responsible for identifying any or all such patent rights. This document supersedes EN 13603:2002. In comparison with EN 13603:2002, the following changes have been made: 

Editorial modifications.

Within its programme of work, Technical Committee CEN/TC 133 requested CEN/TC 133/WG 4 "Extruded and drawn products, forgings and scrap" to prepare the revision of the following standard: EN 13603:2002, Copper and copper alloys — Test methods for assessing protective tin coatings on drawn round copper wire for electrical purposes According to the CEN-CENELEC Internal Regulations, the national standards organisations of the following countries are bound to implement this European Standard: Austria, Belgium, Bulgaria, Croatia, Cyprus, Czech Republic, Denmark, Estonia, Finland, Former Yugoslav Republic of Macedonia, France, Germany, Greece, Hungary, Iceland, Ireland, Italy, Latvia, Lithuania, Luxembourg, Malta, Netherlands, Norway, Poland, Portugal, Romania, Slovakia, Slovenia, Spain, Sweden, Switzerland, Turkey and the United Kingdom.



3

DIN EN 13603:2013-08

EN 13603:2013 (E)

1

Scope

This European Standard specifies methods for assessing the tin coating on drawn round copper wire for the manufacture of electrical conductors, e.g. according to EN 13602. This European Standard includes test methods for the determination of the following characteristics: a)

thickness of the unalloyed tin coating;

b)

continuity of the tin coating;

c)

adherence of the tin coating.

WARNING — This Europ ean Standard can inv olve th e use of hazardous materials, operations, and equipment. This standard does not purport to address all of the safety problems associated with their use. It is the responsibility of the user of this standard to establish appropriate safety and health practices and determine the applicability of regulatory limitations prior to use.

2


The following documents, in whole or in part, are normatively referenced in this document and are indispensable for its application. For dated references, only the edition cited applies. For undated references, the latest edition of the referenced document (including any amendments) applies. EN 610, Tin and tin alloys — Ingot tin

3


For the purposes of this document, the following terms and definitions apply. 3.1 unalloyed tin coating layer of pure tin on the surface of tinned wire 3.2 alloyed tin coating diffusion layer of copper and tin formed at the copper wire and tin coating interface during tinning and subsequent drawing and annealing processes 3.3 total tin coating sum of the thicknesses of the unalloyed tin coating and the alloyed tin coating . d e v r e s e r s t h g i r l l A . g a l r e V h t u e B . 5 1 0 2 © t h g i o i r l y b p i o B C 5

3.4 measuring area area of the surface over which a single measurement is made

4 4.1

Thickness of the unalloyed tin coating Principle

Anodic dissolution of a well-defined area of the unalloyed coating using a suitable electrolyte, followed by detection of the virtually complete dissolution of the unalloyed coating by a rapid change in cell voltage.


4

DIN EN 13603:2013-08

EN 13603:2013 (E)

Calculation of the unalloyed coating thickness from the quantity of electricity (in coulombs) used, which can in turn be calculated from: a)

the time interval between the start of the test and the first rapid change of cell voltage, if it is conducted at constant current density; or

b)

the integrated quantity of electricity used in dissolving the unalloyed coating.

4.2

Reagents and materials

4.2.1 Electrolyte, either a hydrochloric acid electrolyte or an electrolyte recommended by the instrument manufacturer. For the hydrochloric acid electrolyte, dilute 170 ml of hydrochloric acid (HCl), deionised water.

ρ = 1,18

g/ml, to 1 000 ml with

NOTE The unalloyed tin coating dissolves anodically at an efficiency of nearly 100 %; for determination of the electrolyte efficiency, see 4.5.6.

WARNING — Hydrochlor ic acid causes bu rns and i s irr itating t o the respir atory sys tem. Avoid breathing the vapour and prevent cont act with eyes and skin. This electrolyte dissolves tin coatings at very low cell voltages at which there is no anodic attack on the substrates when they are exposed at the end of the test. 4.2.2

4.3

Tin, tin grade in accordance with EN 610.

Apparatus

Suitable instruments may be constructed from readily available components. Alternatively, a proprietary instrument may be used. 4.3.1

Direct reading instruments

Proprietary direct reading instruments are available for use with electrolytes recommended by the manufacturer. The calculation of thickness of tin coating from current density is made electronically. The instrument shall have some means of indicating when the unalloyed tin coating has been fully removed. 4.3.2

Other instruments

Instruments other than proprietary direct reading instruments record the quantity of electricity, in coulombs, used in dissolving the unalloyed coating from the measuring area, usually in arbitrary units, from which the thickness can be calculated using factors or tables. . d e v r e s e r s t h g i r l l A . g a l r e V h t u e B . 5 1 0 2 © t h g i o i r l y b p i o B C 5

4.3.3

Electrolytic cell

The electrolytic cell consists of a container for the electrolyte, a cathode and an anode, which is the test sample. If the container is made of metal, such as stainless steel, the container can serve as the cathode. If the container is made of insulating material, a separate cathode is required. Also required are a device for supporting the appropriate length of the test sample and an agitation mechanism. Depending on the wire diameter, the test sample may be a straight length of wire or, if necessary to obtain sufficient surface area for smaller diameter wires, a holding device such as that shown schematically in Figure 1 is required. A magnetic stirrer or similar system shall be used to provide agitation.


5

DIN EN 13603:2013-08

EN 13603:2013 (E)

Key 1

tee-frame to support test piece of non-conducting material, manufactured from nylon or other plastics

2

test piece

3

test piece connection (anode)

4

cathode connection

5

electrolyte level

6

test piece length L

7

electrolyte

8

non-metallic pin

9

cathode (stainless steel or lead), container (beaker)

Figure 1 — Alternative method for su pport ing fine wire or wire which cannot be straight ened

4.4

Preparation of the test piece

Select a suitable length of test sample in order to provide the appropriate test piece area for exposure to the electrolyte. If necessary, clean the test surface with a suitable organic solvent (see 4.5.4.5). Care should be taken to avoid removal of metal during the cleaning operation.


4.5.1

Procedure for determining the thick ness of unalloyed tin coatings General

If commercial equipment is used, follow the manufacturer's instructions with respect to the operating procedure for measurement, the electrolyte and, if necessary, calibration. Appropriate attention shall be given to the factors listed in 4.5.4. The performance of the instrument shall be checked using a reference specimen of pure tin wire. A tin grade in accordance with EN 610 shall be used. The test shall be carried out in accordance with 4.5.6. If the instrument readings or the calculation of K give an electrolytic efficiency of equal to or greater than 98 %, the instrument may be used without further adjustment. Otherwise, the cause of discrepancy shall be remedied. Proprietary instruments shall be calibrated in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions.


6

DIN EN 13603:2013-08

EN 13603:2013 (E)

4.5.2

Determinati on of measuri ng area

For the determination of the measuring area, the length L of the test piece in millimetres shall be determined with an accuracy of 1 % and the diameter d of the test piece for wires with a nominal diameter of < 0,6 mm shall be determined with an accuracy of 1 % and for wires with a nominal diameter of ≥ 0,6 mm with an accuracy of 0,5 %. The measuring area A in square centimetres is given by the Formula (1): A =

d × L × π 100

(1)

NOTE An exact area of stripping is necessary for accuracy and the main source of error is due to the meniscus and current field at the electrolyte surface.

4.5.3

Electrolysis (Dissolutio n of the unalloyed tin coating )

The electrolyte (4.2.1) and test piece shall be introduced into the cell so that a known area is exposed to the electrolyte. Efforts shall be made to ensure that no gas bubbles occur on the measuring area by use of the agitation mechanism. The electrical connections shall be made and the agitator operated. Electrolysis shall be continued until dissolution of the unalloyed tin coating is complete, as indicated by a sharp change in the anode potential or cell voltage, or by the operation of the automatic cut-out. After completion of the test, the test piece shall be removed from the cell, rinsed with water and examined to ensure that complete removal of the unalloyed tin coating has occurred over the measuring area (see 4.5.4.9). 4.5.4 4.5.4.1

Factors affecting the measuring accuracy Coating thi ckn ess

The optimum accuracy is achieved with coating thicknesses in the range 0,2 μm up to 50 μm. 4.5.4.2

Current variati on

For instruments using the constant current and time measuring technique, current variation will cause errors. For instruments using a current-time integrator, too large a change in current can change the anode current efficiency or interfere with the end-point, causing an error. 4.5.4.3

Area vari ation

The accuracy of the thickness measurement will be no better than the accuracy to which the measuring area is known. Area variations due to electrolyte level (excessive agitation), can lead to measurement errors. In some cases it can be advantageous to measure the length after electrolysis is complete and re-calculate the area. 4.5.4.4 . d e v r e s e r s t h g i r l l A . g a l r e V h t u e B . 5 1 0 2 © t h g i o i r l y b p i o B C 5

Agitation

Agitation (i.e. the rate of stirring) shall be sufficient to remove any gas bubbles formed during the test, which can adhere to the test piece or cathode. Excessive agitation shall be avoided to prevent interference with the length of test piece submerged. 4.5.4.5

Condition of the test piece surface

Oil, grease, paint, corrosion products, staining or other surface chemical treatments can interfere with the test. 4.5.4.6

Cleanliness of the cell

Deposition of tin can take place on the cathode in some electrolytes. This deposit can alter the cell voltages. It is, therefore, essential to keep the cathode clean.


7

DIN EN 13603:2013-08

EN 13603:2013 (E)

4.5.4.7

Cleanliness of the electrical connectio ns

In the case of instruments other than the constant current type, if the electrical connections are not clean, the current/potential relationship will be disturbed and false end-points obtained. 4.5.4.8

Calibrati on stand ards

Measurements made using calibration standards are subject to the additional error of the calibration standards. 4.5.4.9

Non-uniform dissol ution

If the rate of dissolution is not uniform over the measuring area, a premature end-point can be obtained and yield low results. Examination of the surface shall be made after the test (see 4.5.3) to verify that most of the coating has dissolved. The presence of other matter in the coating, the roughness of the coating surface and the presence of porosity in the coating can cause fluctuation of the cell voltage. Such fluctuation can affect the end-point. 4.5.4.10

Electro lyt e effic iency

The determination of tin thickness by this method depends upon the efficiency of the electrolyte K being at least 98 %. The value of K should be determined periodically (see 4.5.6). 4.5.5

Measurement unc ertaint y

The test equipment and the procedure shall be such that the coating thickness can be measured to within a 5,0 % uncertainty under the following conditions: 

the electrical current shall be controlled within 10 mA;



the time shall be controlled within 1 s;



the area shall be controlled within the accuracy given in 4.5.2;



the efficiency of the electrolyte K shall be greater than 98 % (see 4.5.6).

4.5.6

Determination of electro lyte efficiency

Where a manufacturer of apparatus recommends the use of a particular electrolyte for determining tin thickness on copper wire, the control of electrolyte efficiency shall be in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions. In other cases, the value of K shall be determined periodically using the following procedure:


a)

a suitable test anode shall be manufactured comprising wire in the range of diameter 0,5 mm up to and including 2,00 mm, of suitable length, coated with pure, unalloyed tin (4.2.2.) to a thickness of at least 4 μm;

b)

the test anode shall be accurately weighed and its mass recorded;

c)

the test anode shall be immersed in the cell containing the electrolyte using either the same length as that recommended by the instrument manufacturer or used in the routine determination of tin thickness;

d)

the current shall be either that recommended by the instrument manufacturer or used in the routine determination of tin thickness;

e)

the duration of the test shall be sufficient to ensure a significant removal of tin but not so long that the tin coating is completely removed;


8

DIN EN 13603:2013-08

EN 13603:2013 (E)

f)

the duration of the test in seconds and the current in amperes shall be noted;

g)

the anode shall be removed, washed, rinsed and dried without wiping;

h)

the anode shall be re-weighed to the same accuracy as before;

i)

the electrolytic efficiency K shall be calculated as follows: K =

m E × I × t

(2)

where m

is the loss in mass of anode, in milligram (mg);

E

is the electrochemical equivalent = 0,615 2 mg Sn/coulomb;

I

is the current, in amperes (A);

t

is the duration, in seconds (s).

In order to maintain precision in weighing, the ratio of the mass of the anode to the mass of tin removed should be 1 000 : 1. NOTE The value of 0,615 2 for electrochemical equivalent is based on the fact that 96 485 coulomb will remove 59,35 g of Sn++ at 100 % efficiency.

If the value of K determined is less than 98 %, the electrolyte shall be discarded.

4.6

Expression of results

The unalloyed tin coating thickness tk , in micrometres, is given by the Formula (3): tk = 100 × K ×

Q × E A × ρ

or 100 × K ×

I × t × E A × ρ

(3)

where


K

is the current efficiency of the dissolution process and shall be assumed to be 100 in the case of 100 % efficiency (see 4.5.6);

E

is the electrochemical equivalent = 0,615 2 mg Sn/coulomb;

A

is the area, in square centimetres (cm 2), from which the coating is dissolved, i.e. the measuring area;

ρ

Q

is the density, in grams per cubic centimetre (g/cm 3), of the unalloyed tin coating which for tin shall be 7,29 g/cm 3; is the quantity of electricity, in coulomb, passed in dissolving the unalloyed tin coating; if an integrating meter is not used, calculate Q from Formula (4):

Q = I × t

(4)

where


I

is the current, in amperes (A);

9

DIN EN 13603:2013-08

EN 13603:2013 (E)

is the test duration, in seconds (s).

t

Formula (3) above may be simplified, by substitution, to Formula (5):

tk

5

=

0, 008 44 × K ×

Q A

i.e. tk

=

0,844 ×

Q A

(5)

Continuity of the tin coating

5.1

Principle

A length of wire with a 5 000 mm2 surface area shall be wrapped round a mandrel, cleaned and immersed in a test solution. Discolouration of the test solution, due to dissolution of copper, shall be compared to a reference solution of known copper concentration.

5.2

Test solut ion

Dissolve 10 g of chemically pure ammonium persulphate [(NH 4)2S2O8] in deionised water, add 20 ml of ammonia solution (NH4OH), ρ = 0,88 g/ml up to 0,91 g/ml, and dilute to 1 000 ml. NOTE

5.3

The test solution cannot be stored because of loss of peroxide activity.

Reference sol uti on

Dissolve 0,10 g of chemically pure copper sulphate (CuSO 4 ⋅ 5H2O) in deionised water, add 50 ml of ammonia solution (NH4OH) ρ = 0,88 g/ml up to 0,91 g/ml and dilute to 1 000 ml. This solution has a copper concentration of 0,025 g/l.



10

DIN EN 13603:2013-08

EN 13603:2013 (E)

5.4


A test piece length shall be permanently marked with a gauge length L, determined by reference to Table 1, such that there is 50 mm at either end of the gauge length for handling and support. Accuracy of marking shall be within 0,5 % L. The length L shall be wound on a smooth mandrel of the specified diameter (see Table 1), as an open helix. Care shall be used to avoid twisting or damage to the tinned coating. The 50 mm ends shall be positioned so that when tested, only the length L between the gauge marks will be immersed in the test solution. Table 1 — Test parameter s Values in millimetres

Diameter of mandrel

Nominal wire diameter

Gauge length

D

L

over

up to and including

0,04a 0,08 0,16

0,08 0,16 0,315

by agreement 15 ± 0,2 20 ± 0,2

0,315 0,5 1,0

0,5 1,0 1,5

25 ± 0,2 30 ± 0,2 40 ± 0,2

1,5 3,0

3,0 5,0

50 ± 0,2 60 ± 0,2

b

L =

1 592 D

a

Including 0,04.

b

It shall be agreed between the purchaser and the supplier if wire with diameter from 0,04 mm up to and including 0,315 mm shall be tested. If agreed, it will also be necessary to agree test piece lengths and the pass/fail criteria in g/m2 of copper dissolved (see 5.7). If a criterion different from that specified is agreed, it will also be necessary to determine and agree the copper concentration of the reference solution (see 5.3).

5.5

Cleaning of the test piece

Immediately before immersion in the test solution, the test piece shall be cleaned in a suitable volatile organic solvent. The solvent may be agitated but not the test piece. The test piece shall be dried before immersion in the test solution with hot air or wiped with a lint free cloth where appropriate.


Immersion for testing

Immediately after cleaning and drying, the test piece shall be immersed in 200 ml of the test solution such that only the gauge length L is immersed. The immersion time shall be 10 min. During the immersion time the solution shall not be agitated but maintained at a temperature of (20 ± 1) °C.

5.7 5.7.1

Determination General

The colour density of the test solution shall be checked for acceptability by one of the methods given in 5.7.2 or 5.7.3.


11

DIN EN 13603:2013-08

EN 13603:2013 (E)

5.7.2

Comparison by Nessler cylind ers

A matched pair of 50 ml Nessler cylinders shall be used. One shall be filled with an undiluted volume of the test solution, the other with the same volume of reference solution. The density of colour of the two solutions in the Nessler cylinders shall be compared to a Nessleriser. The test solution shall not have a colour density greater than that of the reference solution. After determination the test solution shall be discarded. NOTE The requirement specified in EN 13602 is max. 1,0 g of copper dissolved from 1 m2 of wire. The test piece surface area is 5 000 mm2, i.e. 0,005 m2, i.e. 0,005 g of copper dissolved from 5 000 mm2 o 1 g/m2. If the 0,005 g of copper were dissolved in 200 ml of test solution, it would contain 0,025 g/l of copper.

The test solution and reference solution (see 5.3) are therefore directly comparable without dilution, calculation or use of colorimetric methods. The density of blue colour may be faint but compared with a Nessler cylinder of water the difference is clearly discernible. 5.7.3

Colorimetric method

Using suitable photometric apparatus, compare the optical density of the test solution with that of the reference solution (see 5.3). The test solution shall not have an optical density greater than that of the reference solution. If a quantitative result is required, prepare a calibration graph by plotting optical density against percentage of copper using different concentrations of copper from a standard solution.

6 6.1

Adherence of the tin coating Principle

A length of wire is twisted and wound round its own diameter or a mandrel as a close helix and immersed in a test solution to enhance any cracks which may occur. After removal from the solution, the wire is examined for evidence of black cracks.

6.2

Stock solut ion

A stock solution of saturated sodium sulphide shall be prepared by dissolving commercial purity sodium monosulphide (Na2S) in deionised water until the solution is saturated. To this solution sublimated sulphur (flowers of sulphur) shall be added in excess of 250 g/l. This solution shall be stored for 24 h before use.

6.3


Test solut ion

The test solution shall comprise a portion of the stock solution diluted with deionised water to (23 ± 2) °C.

6.4

ρ =

1,142 g/ml at


A test piece of sufficient length shall be taken and 14 continuous turns wound around its own diameter (see Figure 2). Wires of less than 0,32 mm diameter may be wrapped around a smooth mandrel of a stated diameter agreed between the customer and the supplier.


12

DIN EN 13603:2013-08

EN 13603:2013 (E)

Key 1 d

area to be examined (see 6.7) diameter of wire

Figure 2 — Preparation of the test piece When the first two turns have been applied the wire remaining to be applied shall be subjected to 1½ permanently applied axial rotations. The remaining 12 turns shall then be applied. The force applied to the wire shall be sufficient to wind the helix. The overall diameter of the helically wrapped wire shall not exceed 4 d (see Figure 2).

6.5

Cleaning of the test piece

Immediately before immersion in the test solution, the test piece shall be cleaned in a suitable volatile organic solvent. The solvent may be agitated but not the test piece. The test piece shall be dried before immersion in the test solution with hot air or wiped with a lint free cloth where appropriate.

6.6

Immersion for testing

The wrapped test piece shall be fully immersed in the diluted sodium polysulfide solution ρ = 1,142 g/ml for a period of 30 s at a temperature between 16 °C and 21 °C. Neither the test piece nor the solution shall be agitated during the immersion period. After 30 s the test piece shall be removed, washed with water and gently wiped dry to remove any deposits or grey colouration which may have occurred. The test solution may be re-used until it fails to turn a piece of clean plain copper wire black within 5 s.

6.7

Examination

The whole exposed area of the ten turns in the middle of the wrapped test piece shall be examined (see Figure 2). . d e v r e s e r s t h g i r l l A . g a l r e V h t u e B . 5 1 0 2 © t h g i o i r l y b p i o B C 5

Cracks which have occurred during wrapping and where copper has been exposed will be black. Any other cracks, defects or faults or areas of clean copper or grey coloured areas shall be ignored. The presence of any black crack shall indicate that the test piece has failed. Except for wires less than 0,32 mm diameter, samples shall be examined with the unaided eye corrected to normal vision if necessary. Wires less than 0,32 mm diameter may be examined at a magnification not exceeding × 5.


13

DIN EN 13603:2013-08

EN 13603:2013 (E)

7

Test report

If a test report is required, it shall include the following information: a)

a reference to this European Standard (EN 13603);

b)

which of the tests in accordance with this standard were carried out;

c)

diameter of the wire tested in millimetres;

d)

the origin of the samples, i.e. as tinned, tinned and drawn, tinned drawn and bunched, etc.;

e)

the number of determinations and their results, in the case of:

f)

1)

thickness: minimum, maximum and mean value in μm;

2)

continuity: passed/failed;

3)

adhesion: passed/failed;

any deviation from the methods specified or factors which may have influenced the results.

The test report shall be dated and signed.



14

DIN EN 13603:2013-08

EN 13603:2013 (E)

Bibliography

[1]

ISO 2177, Metallic coatings — Measurement of coating thickness — Coulometric method by anodic dissolution

[2]

ASTM B33-10, Standard specification for tin-coated soft or annealed copper wire for electrical purposes

[3]

EN 13602, Copper and copper alloys — Drawn, round copper wire for the manufacture of electrical condoctors



15

September 2013

D

DIN EN 13604 ICS 77.150.30


Copper and copper alloys – Semiconductor devices, electronic and vacuum products made from high conductivity copper; English version EN 13604:2013, English translation of DIN EN 13604:2013-09 Kupfer und Kupferlegierungen – Produkte aus hochleitfähigem Kupfer für Elektronenröhren, Halbleiterbauelemente und für die Anwendung in der Vakuumtechnik; Englische Fassung EN 13604:2013, Englische Übersetzung von DIN EN 13604:2013-09 Cuivre et alliages de cuivre – Produits en cuivre de haute conductivité pour application dans les tubes électroniques, semi-conducteurs et vide; Version anglaise EN 13604:2013, Traduction anglaise de DIN EN 13604:2013-09





!%)&(" 2060305

DIN EN 13604:2013-09


National foreword This document (EN 13604:2013) has been prepared by Technical Comm ittee CEN/TC 133 “Copper and copper alloys” (Secretariat: DIN, Germany). The responsible German body involved in its preparation was the Normenausschuss Nichteisenmetalle (Nonferrous Metals Standards Committee), Working Committee NA 066-02-04 AA Strangpress- und Zieherzeugnisse. The DIN Standards corresponding to the International Standards referred to in this document are as follows: IEC 60468

DIN IEC 60468

ISO 7801

DIN ISO 7801

Amendments This standard differs from DIN EN 13604:2002-10 as follows: a) normative references have been updated; b) the standard has been editorially revised.

Previous editions DIN EN 13604: 2002-10

National Annex NA (informative) . d e v r e s e r s t h g i r l l A . g a l r e V h t u e B . 5 1 0 2 © t h g i o i r l y b p i o B C 5

Bibliography

DIN IEC 60468, Method of measurement of resistivity of metallic materials ISO 7801, Metallic materials — Wire — Reverse bend test


2

EUROPEAN STANDARD

EN 13604


June 2013

ICS 77.150.30


English Version

Copper and copper alloys - Semiconductor devices, electronic and vacuum products made from high conductivity copper Cuivre et alliages de cuivre - Produits en cuivre de haute conductivité pour application dans les tubes électroniques, semi-conducteurs et vide

Kupfer und Kupferlegierungen - Produkte aus hochleitfähigem Kupfer für Elektronenröhren, Halbleiterbauelemente und für die Anwendung in der Vakuumtechnik

This European Standard was approved by CEN on 25 April 2013. CEN members are bound to comply with the CEN/CENELEC Internal Regulations which stipulate the conditions for giving this European Standard the status of a national standard without any alteration. Up-to-date lists and bibliographical references concerning such national standards may be obtained on application to the CEN-CENELEC Management Centre or to any CEN member. This European Standard exists in three official versions (English, French, German). A version in any other language made by translation under the responsibility of a CEN member into its own language and notified to the CEN-CENELEC Management Centre has the same status as the official versions. CEN members are the national standards bodies of Austria, Belgium, Bulgaria, Croatia, Cyprus, Czech Republic, Denmark, Estonia, Finland, Former Yugoslav Republic of Macedonia, France, Germany, Greece, Hungary, Iceland, Ireland, Italy, Latvia, Lithuania, Luxembourg, Malta, Netherlands, Norway, Poland, Portugal, Romania, Slovakia, Slovenia, Spain, Sweden, Switzerland, Turkey and United Kingdom.





© 2013 CEN


Ref. No. EN 13604:2013: E

DIN EN 13604:2013-09 EN 13604:2013 (E)

Contents

Page

For ewo rd ..............................................................................................................................................................3


1

Sco pe ......................................................................................................................................................4

2


3


4 4.1 4.2 4.3 4.4 4.5

Designations ..........................................................................................................................................5 Material ...................................................................................................................................................5 Sym bo l ....................................................................................................................................................5 Number ...................................................................................................................................................5 Material condition ..................................................................................................................................5 Product ...................................................................................................................................................6

5

Ordering information .............................................................................................................................7

6 6.1 6.2 6.3 6.4 6.5 6.6 6.7 6.8

Requirements .........................................................................................................................................8 Composition ...........................................................................................................................................8 Mechanical properties ...........................................................................................................................8 Electrical properties ..............................................................................................................................8 Freedo m fr om hy dr ogen embrittlemen t ..............................................................................................8 Scale adhesion .......................................................................................................................................9 Grai n si ze ................................................................................................................................................9 Tol eranc es of dimension s and form ....................................................................................................9 Surface condition...................................................................................................................................9

7 7.1 7.2 7.3

Samp li ng .............................................................................................................................................. 10 Gener al ................................................................................................................................................. 10 An alysis ............................................................................................................................................... 10 Mechanic al, elect rical and ot her tes ts .............................................................................................. 10

8 8.1 8.2 8.3 8.4 8.5 8.6 8.7 8.8 8.9 8.10

Test methods ....................................................................................................................................... 10 An alysis ............................................................................................................................................... 10 Tensile test .......................................................................................................................................... 11 Hardness test ...................................................................................................................................... 11 Ben d tes t .............................................................................................................................................. 11 Electrical test ....................................................................................................................................... 11 Hydr og en embritt lemen t tes t ............................................................................................................. 11 Scale adhesion test ............................................................................................................................ 11 Estimatio n of averag e gr ain size ....................................................................................................... 11 Retes ts ................................................................................................................................................. 12 Rounding of results ............................................................................................................................ 12

9 9.1 9.2

Declaration of con for mit y and ins pecti on doc ument ation ............................................................. 12 Declar atio n of confor mity .................................................................................................................. 12 Insp ecti on do cument atio n ................................................................................................................. 12

10

Mark ing, pack agin g, label lin g ............................................................................................................ 12

An nex A (normative) Reference chart for micro scopi c examination at magnification 100 .................... 15 An nex B (informative) Characteri sti cs of cop pers fo r electri cal pur pos es ................................................ 16 Bibliography ..................................................................................................................................................... 18 Figures Figure A.1 — Reference chart for microscopic examination at magnification 100 × .......................................... 15 Tables Table 1 — Composition of Cu-OFE and Cu-PHCE ........................................................................................... 13 Table 2 — Electrical properties (at 20 °C) ......................................................................................................... 14 Table B.1 — Particular characteristics of coppers for electrical purposes ........................................................ 17


2

DIN EN 13604:2013-09 EN 13604:2013 (E)

Foreword This document (EN 13604:2013) has been prepared by Technical Committee CEN/TC 133 “Copper and copper alloys”, the secretariat of which is held by DIN. This European Standard shall be given the status of a national standard, either by publication of an identical text or by endorsement, at the latest by December 2013, and conflicting national standards shall be withdrawn at the latest by December 2013. Attention is drawn to the possibility that some of the elements of this document may be the subject of patent rights. CEN [and/or CENELEC] shall not be held responsible for identifying any or all such patent rights. This document supersedes EN 13604:2002. In comparison with EN 13604:2002, the following changes have been made: 

Normative references have been updated.



Editorial modifications have been made.

Within its programme of work, Technical Committee CEN/TC 133 requested CEN/TC 133/WG 4 "Extruded and drawn products, forgings and scrap" to prepare the revision of the following standard: EN 13604:2002, Copper and copper alloys — Products of high conductivity copper for electronic tubes, semiconductor devices and vacuum applications. The two copper grades Cu-OFE (CW009A) and Cu-PHCE (CW022A) specified in this European Standard are those which are especially suitable for electronic, semiconductor and vacuum applications. Annex A (normative) is the reference for microscopic examination. Annex B (informative) gives guidance on the characteristics of coppers for electrical purposes. This is one of a series of European Standards for copper products for electrical purposes. Other copper products are specified as follows:




EN 13599, Copper and copper alloys — Copper plate, sheet and strip for electrical purposes



EN 13600, Copper and copper alloys — Seamless copper tubes for electrical purposes



EN 13601, Copper and copper alloys — Copper rod, bar and wire for general electrical purposes



EN 13602, Copper and copper alloys — Drawn, round copper wire for the manufacture of electrical conductors



EN 13605, Copper and copper alloys — Copper profiles and profiled wire for electrical purposes

According to the CEN-CENELEC Internal Regulations, the national standards organisations of the following countries are bound to implement this European Standard: Austria, Belgium, Bulgaria, Croatia, Cyprus, Czech Republic, Denmark, Estonia, Finland, Former Yugoslav Republic of Macedonia, France, Germany, Greece, Hungary, Iceland, Ireland, Italy, Latvia, Lithuania, Luxembourg, Malta, Netherlands, Norway, Poland, Portugal, Romania, Slovakia, Slovenia, Spain, Sweden, Switzerland, Turkey and the United Kingdom.


3

DIN EN 13604:2013-09 EN 13604:2013 (E)

1

Scope

This European Standard specifies the composition, property requirements including electrical properties and tolerances on dimensions and form of semiconductor devices, electronic and vacuum products in two copper grates Cu-OFE (CW009A) and Cu-PHCE (CW022A), in the form of wrought products, e.g. plate, sheet, strip, seamless tube, rod, bar, wire, profiles. The sampling procedures, the methods of test for verification of conformity to the requirements of this European Standard, and the delivery conditions are also specified. This European Standard applies to the wrought copper products as delivered to the device manufacturer, i.e. for further fabrication.

2


The following documents, in whole or in part, are normatively referenced in this document and are indispensable for its application. For dated references, only the edition cited applies. For undated references, the latest edition of the referenced document (including any amendments) applies. EN 1655, Copper and copper alloys — Declarations of conformity EN 1976, Copper and copper alloys — Cast unwrought copper products EN 10204, Metallic materials — Types of inspection documents EN 13599, Copper and copper alloys — Copper plate, sheet and strip for electrical purposes EN 13600, Copper and copper alloys — Seamless copper tubes for electrical purposes EN 13601, Copper and copper alloys — Copper rod, bar and wire for general electrical purposes EN 13602, Copper and copper alloys — Drawn, round copper wire for the manufacture of electrical conductors EN 13605, Copper and copper alloys — Copper profiles and profiled wire for electrical purposes EN ISO 2624, Copper and copper alloys — Estimation of average grain size (ISO 2624) EN ISO 2626, Copper — Hydrogen embrittlement test (ISO 2626) EN ISO 6506-1, Metallic materials — Brinell hardness test — Part 1: Test method (ISO 6506-1) EN ISO 6507-1, Metallic materials — Vickers hardness test — Part 1: Test method (ISO 6507-1) . d e v r e s e r s t h g i r l l A . g a l r e V h t u e B . 5 1 0 2 © t h g i o i r l y b p i o B C 5

EN ISO 6892-1, Metallic materials — Tensile testing — Part 1: Method of test at room temperature (ISO 6892-1) EN ISO 7438, Metallic materials — Bend test (ISO 7438) IEC 60468, Method of measurement of resistivity of metallic materials ISO 1811-2, Copper and copper alloys — Selection and preparation of samples for chemical analysis — Part 2: Sampling of wrought products and castings ISO 4746, Oxygen-free copper — Scale adhesion test ISO 7801, Metallic materials — Wire — Reverse bend test


4

DIN EN 13604:2013-09 EN 13604:2013 (E)

3


For the purposes of this document, the terms and definitions given in EN 13599, EN 13600, EN 13601, EN 13602 and EN 13605 apply.

4 4.1

Designations Material

The material is designated either by symbol or by number (see Table 1).

4.2

Symbol

The material symbol designation is based on the designation system given in ISO 1190-1. NOTE Although material symbol designations used in this standard might be the same as those in other standards using the designation system given in ISO 1190-1, the detailed composition requirements are not necessarily the same.

4.3

Number


4.4

Material condit ion

The material condition depends on the product and is fully described in the corresponding standards: 

EN 13599 for plate, sheet and strip;



EN 13600 for tube;



EN 13601 for rod and bar;



EN 13602 for wire;



EN 13605 for profile and profiled wire.

For the purposes of this standard, the following designations, which are in accordance with the system given in EN 1173, apply for the material condition:


M

Material condition for the product as manufactured without specified mechanical properties;

D

Material condition for the product as drawn without specified mechanical properties;

H...

Material condition designated by the minimum value of hardness requirement for the product with mandatory hardness requirements;

R...

Material condition designated by the minimum value of tensile strength requirement for the product with mandatory tensile strength requirement (and other tensile property requirements, dependent on product);

A...

Material condition designated by the minimum value of elongation requirement for the product with mandatory elongation requirements.

Products in the H... condition may be specified to Vickers or Brinell hardness, dependent on the product. The material condition designation H... is the same for both hardness test methods.


5

DIN EN 13604:2013-09 EN 13604:2013 (E)

Exact conversion between the material conditions designated H... and R..., or R... and A..., dependent on the product, is not possible. Material condition is designated by only one of the above designations.

4.5

Product

The product designation provides a standardised pattern of designation from which a rapid and unequivocal description of a product can be conveyed in communication. It provides mutual comprehension at the international level with regard to products which meet the requirements of the relevant European Standard. The product designation is no substitute for the full content of the standard. The product designation for products to this standard shall consist of: 

denomination (Plate, Sheet, Strip, Tube, Rod, Bar, Wire, Profile or Profiled wire);






material designation, either symbol or number (see Table 1);



other information dependent on copper product for electrical purposes (see 6.2).

The derivation of a product designation is shown in Example 1 and another typical product designation is shown in Example 2. EXAMPLE 1

Rod for electrical purposes conforming to this standard, in material designated either Cu-OFE or CW009A, in material condition R250, round, nominal diameter 15 mm, tolerance Class A, will be designated as follows:

Rod EN 13604 — Cu-OFE —R250 — RND15A or Rod EN 13604 — CW009A —R250 — RND15A Denomination Number of this European Standard Material designation Material condition designation Cross-sectional shape, nominal dimension in millimetres, tolerance class . d e v r e s e r s t h g i r l l A . g a l r e V h t u e B . 5 1 0 2 © t h g i o i r l y b p i o B C 5


6

DIN EN 13604:2013-09 EN 13604:2013 (E)

EXAMPLE 2

Strip for electrical purposes conforming to this standard, in material designated either Cu-PHCE or CW022A, in material condition R290, nominal thickness 2 mm, nominal width 1 000 mm, will be designated as follows: Strip EN 13604 — Cu-PHCE — R290 — 2 x 1 000 or Str ip EN 13604 — CW022A — R290 — 2 x 1 000

5


In order to facilitate the enquiry, order and confirmation of order procedures between the purchaser and the supplier, the purchaser shall state on his enquiry and order the ordering information for the relevant copper product for electrical purposes from: 

plate, sheet and strip in EN 13599;



seamless tubes in EN 13600;



rod, bar and wire in EN 13601;



drawn, round wire in EN 13602;



profiles and profiled wire in EN 13605;

except that the number of this European standard (EN 13604) shall be substituted, or if there is no corresponding product standard, the details shall be agreed between the purchaser and the supplier. For material conditions other than annealed, the electrical properties shall be agreed between the purchaser and the supplier (see 6.3). In addition, the purchaser shall also state on the enquiry and order any of the following, if required:


a)

dependent on product, test method to be used for the measurement of hardness, i.e. Vickers or Brinell (see 8.3);

b)

whether scale adhesion test is required for Cu-OFE (CW009A) (see 6.5);

c)

whether a grain size determination is required (see 6.6);

d)

whether special surface conditions are required (see 6.8);

e)

the inspection lot size if different from the sampling rate for mechanical and electrical tests for the relevant copper product from the standards listed above (see 7.3);

f)


g)

whether an inspection document is required, and if so, which type (see 9.2);

h)

whether there are any special requirements for marking, packaging or labelling (see Clause 10).


7

DIN EN 13604:2013-09 EN 13604:2013 (E)

EXAMPLE

Ordering details for 500 kg rod for electrical purposes conforming to EN 13604, in material designated either Cu-OFE or CW009A, in material condition R250, round, nominal diameter 15 mm, tolerance Class A, fixed length 3 000 mm: 500 kg Rod EN 13604 — Cu-OFE — R250 — RND15A — fi xed l engt h 3 000 mm or 500 kg Rod EN 13604 — CW009A — R250 — RND15A — fixed leng th 3 000 mm

6

Requirements

6.1

Composition

The composition shall conform to the requirements for the appropriate material given in Table 1. NOTE

6.2

For characteristics of coppers for electrical purposes, see Annex B.

Mechanical prop erties

Mechanical properties of wrought products made from Cu-OFE (CW009A) and Cu-PHCE (CW022A) shall conform to the mechanical properties specified for: 













profiles and profiled wire in EN 13605.

In case of hardness requirements, the purchaser shall specify which hardness test (Brinell or Vickers) is mandatory. If there is no corresponding product standard, the properties shall be agreed between the purchaser and the supplier. The tests shall be carried out in accordance with either 8.2 (tensile test) or 8.3 (hardness test) or 8.4 (bend test).



The electrical properties in the annealed material condition shall conform to the appropriate requirements given in Table 2. For other material conditions, the electrical properties shall be agreed between the purchaser and the supplier. The tests shall be carried out in accordance with 8.5.

6.4 6.4.1

Freedom from hydrogen embrittl ement General


Products shall be tested for freedom from hydrogen embrittlement in accordance with 8.6.

8

DIN EN 13604:2013-09 EN 13604:2013 (E)

6.4.2

Microscop ic examination

Microscopic examination of test pieces shall show neither evidence of cracks, voids, holes, fissures or inclusions, nor shall porosity be present in amounts greater than, or distribution dissimilar from, that shown in Classes 1 and 2 for Types A to C in Annex A. Class 3 for all types are examples of unacceptable material. Unless otherwise specified, evidence of surface oxidation shall be confined to a depth of not more than 1 % of the thickness of the specimen or 0,5 mm, whichever is the smaller. For material hot rolled, only the oxidised region shall be not greater than 1 mm depth. 6.4.3

Reverse bend ing

The test piece shall withstand a minimum of 10 reverse bends without any evidence of cracking, when tested and examined with the unaided eye, corrected to normal vision if necessary, in accordance with 8.4.

6.5

Scale adhesion

If agreed between the purchaser and the supplier [see Clause 5 list entry b)], the test pieces of Cu-OFE (CW009A) shall be visually examined after testing in accordance with 8.7. The black oxide film shall remain substantially unbroken and firmly adherent to the test pieces, neglecting slight loss of adherence at the edges of the test piece. No blistering or loss of oxide film shall be apparent and the colorations shall be even.

6.6

Grain size

If agreed between the purchaser and the supplier [see Clause 5 list entry c)], the average grain size for crosssectional dimensions or thicknesses up to 25 mm, when tested in accordance with 8.8, shall be uniform and not greater than 0,050 mm or 0,4 % of the nominal dimension, whichever is greater. For larger dimensions, average grain size requirements shall be agreed between the purchaser and the supplier.

6.7

Tolerances of dimensions and form

Tolerances of dimensions and form of wrought products made from Cu-OFE (CW009A) and Cu-PHCE (CW022A) shall conform to the tolerances specified for:
















profiles and profiled wire in EN 13605.

If there is no corresponding product standard, the tolerances shall be agreed between the purchaser and the supplier.

6.8

Surface condit ion

The products shall be clean, sound and free from injurious defects which shall be specified by agreement between the purchaser and the supplier at the time of enquiry and order. A superficial film of residual lubricant is normally present on cold worked products and is permissible, unless otherwise specified. Slight discoloration is permissible as long as it does not impair utilisation.


9

DIN EN 13604:2013-09 EN 13604:2013 (E)

Special requirements shall be agreed between the purchaser and the supplier [see Clause 5 list entry d)].

7 7.1

Sampling General

When required (e.g. if necessary in accordance with specified procedures of a supplier's quality management system, or when the purchaser requests inspection documents with test results, or for use in cases of dispute), an inspection lot shall be sampled in accordance with 7.2 and 7.3.

7.2

Analysis

The sampling rate shall be in accordance with ISO 1811-2. A test sample, depending on the analytical technique to be employed, shall be prepared from each sampling unit and used for the determination of the composition. When preparing the test sample, care should be taken to avoid contaminating or overheating. Carbide tipped tools are recommended; steel tools, if used, should be made of magnetic material to assist in the subsequent removal of extraneous iron. If the test samples are in finely divided form (e.g. drillings, millings), they should be treated carefully with a strong magnet to remove any particles of iron introduced during preparation. In cases of dispute concerning the resu lts of analysis, the full procedure given in ISO 1811-2 should be followed. Results may be used from analyses carried out at an earlier stage of manufacturing the product, e.g. at the casting stage, if the material identity is maintained and if the quality management system of the manufacturer is certified e.g. as conforming to EN ISO 9001.

7.3

Mechanical, electri cal and oth er tests

Unless otherwise agreed between the purchaser and the supplier, the sampling rate shall be that given by the relevant copper product standard (see Clause 5). A different sampling rate may be agreed between the purchaser and the supplier at the time of enquiry and order [see Clause 5 list entry e)]. Sampling units shall be selected from the finished products. The test samples shall be cut from the sampling units. Test samples, and test pieces prepared from them, shall not be subjected to any further treatment, other than any machining operations necessary in the preparation of the test pieces. Results may be used from the resistivity test and the scale adhesion test carried out at an earlier stage of manufacturing the product, e.g. at the casting stage, if the material identity is maintained and if the quality management system of the manufacturer is certified e.g. as conforming to EN ISO 9001.


8.1

Test methods Analysis

Analysis shall be carried out on the test pieces, or test portions, prepared from the test samples obtained in accordance with 7.2. Except in cases of dispute, the analytical methods used shall be at the discretion of the supplier. In cases of dispute, the methods of analysis to be used shall be agreed between the disputing parties. For expression of results, the rounding rules given in 8.10 shall be used.


10

DIN EN 13604:2013-09 EN 13604:2013 (E)

8.2

Tensile test

The tensile test shall be carried out in accordance with EN ISO 6892-1 and with the requirements for the relevant copper product standard (see Clause 5), on test pieces prepared from the test samples obtained in accordance with 7.3.

8.3 8.3.1

Hardness test Vickers hardn ess

The test shall be carried out in accordance with EN ISO 6507-1, and with the requirements for the relevant copper product standard (see Clause 5), on the test pieces prepared from the test samples obtained in accordance with 7.3. 8.3.2

Brinell hardness

The test shall be carried out in accordance with EN ISO 6506-1, and with the requirements for the relevant copper product standard (see Clause 5), on the test pieces prepared from the test samples obtained in accordance with 7.3.

8.4

Bend test

The test shall be carried out in accordance with EN ISO 7438, and with the requirements for the relevant copper product standard (see Clause 5), on the test pieces prepared from the test samples obtained in accordance with 7.3.

8.5

Electri cal test

The test method used shall be left to the discretion of the supplier, e.g. eddy current method or resistance bridge, if not otherwise specified. The electrical resistivity or conductivity shall be determined by direct measurement either at 20 °C ± 1 °C or at another temperature, when the result shall be corrected to the equivalent value at 20 °C, on the product in the as delivered condition, sampled in accordance with 7.3. In case of dispute the volume resistivity shall be determined on a resistance bridge in accordance with IEC 60468.

8.6


Hydrogen embrittl ement test

The hydrogen embrittlement test shall be carried out in accordance with EN ISO 2626, except that the test piece shall be subjected to microscopic examination at a magnification of 100 × or to reverse bending in accordance with ISO 7801.

8.7

Scale adhesion test

If agreed for Cu-OFE (CW009A), the scale adhesion test shall be carried out in accordance with ISO 4746. If the test samples and test pieces taken from the final product are not of the full cross-section, they shall retain some part of the original surface of the material.

8.8

Esti matio n of average grain size

The average grain size shall be estimated in accordance with the comparison procedure given in EN ISO 2624. In cases of dispute the intersect procedure shall be used.


11

DIN EN 13604:2013-09 EN 13604:2013 (E)

8.9

Retests

If there is a failure of one, or more than one, of the tests in 8.1 to 8.8, two test samples from the same inspection lot shall be permitted to be selected for retesting the failed property (properties). One of these test samples shall be taken from the same sampling unit as that from which the original failed test piece was taken, unless that sampling unit is no longer available, or has been withdrawn by the supplier. If the test pieces from both test samples pass the appropriate test(s), then the inspection lot represented shall be deemed to conform to the particular requirement(s) of this standard. If a test piece fails a test, the inspection lot represented shall be deemed not to conform to this standard.

8.10 Rounding of results For the purpose of determining conformity to the limits specified in this standard, an observed or a calculated value obtained from a test shall be rounded in accordance with the following procedure, which is based upon the guidance given in ISO 80000-1:2009, Annex B. It shall be rounded in one step to the same number of figures used to express the specified limit in this European Standard. Except for tensile strength and 0,2 % proof strength, the rounding interval shall be 10 N/mm 2 1) and for elongation the value shall be rounded to the nearest 1 %. The following rules shall be used for rounding: a)

if the figure immediately after the last figure to be retained is less than five, the last figure to be retained shall be kept unchanged;

b)

if the figure immediately after the last figure to be retained is equal to or greater than five, the last figure to be retained shall be increased by one.

9

Declaration of conform ity and inspection documentation

9.1

Declaration of confo rmity

When requested by the purchaser [see Clause 5 list entry f)] and agreed with the supplier, the supplier shall issue for the products the appropriate declaration of conformity in accordance with EN 1655.

9.2


When requested by the purchaser [see Clause 5 list entry g)] and agreed with the supplier, the supplier shall issue for the products the appropriate inspection document in accordance with EN 10204.


10 Marki ng, packaging, labellin g Unless otherwise specified by the purchaser and agreed by the supplier, the marking, packaging and labelling shall be left to the discretion of the supplier [see Clause 5 list entry h)].

7 8 1) 1 N/mm2 is equivalent to 1 MPa. 6 0 8 7 8 7 0 1 / 4 1 0 1 Copper 1 : Basic standards Testing standards, edited by e.V. DIN, Beuth Verlag, 2015. ProQuest Ebook Central, http://ebookcentral.proquest.com/lib/vimaru-vn/detail.action?docID=2051211. 4 5 Created from vimaru-vn on 2018-05-18 02:25:22. 7

12

DIN EN 13604:2013-09 EN 13604:2013 (E)

Table 1 — Composition of Cu-OFE and Cu-PHCE Material designation Symbol

Cu-OFE

Cu-PHCE

a

Number

Composition % (mass fraction) Element

Cu

Ag

As

Bi

Cd

Fe

Mn

Ni

O

P

Pb

S

Sb

Se

Sn

Te

Zn

min.

99,99

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

max.

—

0,002 5

0,000 5

0,000 20

0,000 1

0,001 0

0,000 5

0,001 0

-- a

0,000 3

0,000 5

0,001 5

0,000 4

0,000 20

0,000 2

0,000 20

0,000 1

min.

99,99

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

0,001

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

max.

—

0,002 5

0,000 5

0,000 20

0,000 1

0,001 0

0,000 5

0,001 0

-- a

0,006

0,000 5

0,001 5

0,000 4

0,000 20

0,000 2

0,000 20

0,000 1

CW009A

CW022A

The oxygen content shall be such that the material conforms to the hydrogen embrittlement requirements of EN 1976.



13

DIN EN 13604:2013-09 EN 13604:2013 (E)

Table 2 — Electr ical pr opert ies (at 20 °C) Designations Material Symbol

Volume resistivity Material condition

Number

Cu-OFE

CW009A

Cu-PHCE

CW022A

Cu-OFE

CW009A

Cu-PHCE

CW022A

annealed other than annealed

Ω

×

mm

2

m

Mass a resistivity Ω

×

m

g

2

Conductivity b

MS/m

% IACS

max.

max.

min.

min.

0,017 07

0,151 7

58,6

101,0

0,017 24

0,153 3

58,0

100,0

to be agreed between the purchaser and the supplier

NOTE 1

The % IACS values are calculated as percentages of the standard value for annealed high conductivity copper as laid down by the International Electrotechnical Commission. Copper having a volume resistivity of 0,017 24 μΩ × m at 20 °C, is defined as corresponding to a conductivity of 100 %.

NOTE 2

1 MS/m is equivalent to 1 m/(Ω × mm2).

a

Calculated with a density of copper 8,89 g/cm3.

b

IACS: International Annealed Copper Standard.



14

DIN EN 13604:2013-09 EN 13604:2013 (E)

An nex A (normative) Reference chart for micr osco pic examination at magnific ation 100


TYPE-A

TYPE-B

TYPE-C

cross grain

within grain

grain boundaries

Figure A.1 — Reference chart for mic roscop ic examination at magnifi cation 100


15

DIN EN 13604:2013-09 EN 13604:2013 (E)

An nex B (informative) Characteristics of coppers for electrical pur poses

B.1 General gro upin g of copp er types The characteristic properties of coppers depend to a considerable extent on the presence or absence of certain elements, in particular oxygen, phosphorus and silver. The various grades of copper fall into four types: 

tough pitch coppers (i.e. oxygen-containing coppers);



oxygen-free coppers;



deoxidised coppers;



silver-bearing coppers.

NOTE The classification of copper as "unrefined copper" or "refined copper", as well as specific terms and definitions for the subdivisions of these classes, are given in ISO 197-1.

B.2 General characteristics In general, all coppers have excellent formability and solderability. Electrical conductivity and weldability both vary, depending on the purity of the copper grade.

B.3 Particular characteristics Table B.1 describes the particular characteristics of coppers for electrical purposes. The table also indicates the material designation, i.e. symbols and numbers of the grades of copper corresponding to each type. NOTE


This standard does not necessarily specify all the grades of copper given in Table B.1.


16

DIN EN 13604:2013-09 EN 13604:2013 (E)

Table B.1 — Particular characteristics of co ppers for electric al purposes Copper type

Characteristics

Tough pitch coppers (oxygencontaining coppers)

Coppers of this type are produced with a controlled amount of oxygen and have high electrical conductivity.

Oxygenfree coppers

Coppers of this type are produced in an oxygen-free environment without the use of deoxidisers and have high electrical conductivity.

Special precautions are necessary when heat-treating, welding or brazing these coppers in atmospheres containing hydrogen to avoid hydrogen embrittlement.

Material designation Symbol

Number

Cu-ETP1

CW003A

Cu-ETP

CW004A

Cu-FRHC

CW005A

Cu-OF1

CW007A

Cu-OF

CW008A

Cu-OFE

CW009A

Cu-PHC

CW020A

Cu-HCP

CW021A

Cu-PHCE

CW022A

CuAg0,04

CW011A

CuAg0,07

CW012A

CuAg0,10

CW013A

CuAg0,04P

CW014A

CuAg0,07P

CW015A

CuAg0,10P

CW016A

CuAg0,04(OF)

CW017A

CuAg0,07(OF)

CW018A

CuAg0,10(OF)

CW019A

These coppers may be heat-treated, welded or brazed without the need for special precautions to avoid hydrogen embrittlement. Deoxidised coppers

Coppers of this type are produced with the addition of a controlled amount of deoxidiser, preferably phosphorus, and contain a controlled low amount of residual deoxidiser; these coppers have high electrical conductivity. These coppers may be heat treated, welded or brazed without the need for special precautions to avoid hydrogen embrittlement.

Silver bearing coppers

Tough pitch, oxygen-free and deoxidised coppers can be produced with additions of silver, up to 0,12 % (mass fraction). The effect of the silver content is to increase the resistance of softening without significantly affecting the electrical conductivity.



17

DIN EN 13604:2013-09 EN 13604:2013 (E)

Bibliography

[1]

EN 1412, Copper and copper alloys — European numbering system

[2]

EN 1173, Copper and copper alloys — Material condition designation

[3]

EN 50149, Railway applications — Fixed installations — Electric traction — Copper and copper alloy grooved contact wires

[4]

EN ISO 9001, Quality management systems — Requirements (ISO 9001)

[5]

ISO 197-1, Copper and copper alloys — Terms and definitions — Part 1: Materials

[6]

ISO 1190-1, Copper and copper alloys — Code of designation — Part 1: Designation of materials

[7]

ISO 80000-1:2009, Quantities and units — Part 1: General



18

DEUTSCHE NORM

DIN EN 14977

September 2006

{

ICS 77.150.30

Copper and copper alloys – Detection of tensile stress – 5 % ammonia test English version of DIN EN 14977:2006-09

Kupfer und Kupferlegierungen – Auffinden von Zugspannungen – 5 %-Ammoniakprüfung Englische Fassung DIN EN 14977:2006-09



7 8 6 0 8 7 8 7 0 1 / 4 © No part of this standard may be reproduced without prior permission of 1 English price group 7 0 DIN Deutsches Institut für Normung e. V., B erlin. Beuth Verlag GmbH, 10772 Berlin, Germany, 1 www.din.de Copper 1 : Basic standards Testing standards, edited by e.V. DIN, Beuth Verlag, 2015. ProQuest Ebook Central, http://ebookcentral.proquest.com/lib/vimaru-vn/detail.action?docID=2051211. 4 has the exclusive right of sale for German S tandards (DIN-Normen). 5 www.beuth.de Created from vimaru-vn on 2018-05-18 02:25:38. 01.07 7

!,pn3" 9777516

DIN EN 14977:2006-09

National foreword This standard has been prepared by CEN/TC 133 “Copper and copper alloys” (Secretariat: Germany). The responsible German body involved in its preparation was the Normenausschuss Nichteisenmetalle (Nonferrous Metals Standards Committee), Technical Committee 066-02 FBR Fachbereichsbeirat Kupfer.



EUROPEAN STANDARD

EN 14977


June 2006

ICS 77.150.30

English Version

Copper and copper alloys - Detection of tensile stress - 5 % ammonia test Cuivre et alliages de cuivre - Détection des contraintes de traction - Essai à l'ammoniaque à 5 %

Kupfer und Kupferlegierungen - Auffinden von Zugspannungen - 5 %-Ammoniakprüfung

This European Standard was approved by CEN on 15 May 2006. CEN members are bound to comply with the CEN/CENELEC Internal Regulations which stipulate the conditions for giving this European Standard the status of a national standard without any alteration. Up-to-date lists and bibliographical references concerning such national standards may be obtained on application to the Central Secretariat or to any CEN member. This European Standard exists in three official versions (English, French, German). A version in any other language made by translation under the responsibility of a CEN member into its own language and notified to the Central Secretariat has the same status as the official versions. CEN members are the national standards bodies of Austria, Belgium, Cyprus, Czech Republic, Denmark, Estonia, Finland, France, Germany, Greece, Hungary, Iceland, Ireland, Italy, Latvia, Lithuania, Luxembourg, M alta, Netherlands, Norway, Poland, Portugal, Romania, Slovakia, Slovenia, Spain, Sweden, Switzerland and United Kingdom.



Management Centre: rue de Stassart, 36

B-1050 Brussels


© 2006 CEN


Ref. No. EN 14977:2006: E

EN 14977:2006 (E)

Contents

Page

Foreword......................................................................................................................................................................3 Introduction .................................................................................................................................................................4 1

Scope ..............................................................................................................................................................5

2

Principle..........................................................................................................................................................5

3

Terms and definitions ...................................................................................................................................5

4

Test solution...................................................................................................................................................5

5

Test pieces .....................................................................................................................................................6

6

Procedure .......................................................................................................................................................6

7

Test requirements..........................................................................................................................................6

8

Test report ......................................................................................................................................................6

Bibliography ................................................................................................................................................................7



2

EN 14977:2006 (E)

Foreword This document (EN 14977:2006) has been prepared by Technical Committee CEN/TC 133 “Copper and copper alloys”, the secretariat of which is held by DIN. This European Standard shall be given the status of a national standard, either by publication of an identical text or by endorsement, at the latest by December 2006, and conflicting national standards shall be withdrawn at the latest by December 2006. According to the CEN/CENELEC Internal Regulations, the national standards organizations of the following countries are bound to implement this European Standard: Austria, Belgium, Cyprus, Czech Republic, Denmark, Estonia, Finland, France, Germany, Greece, Hungary, Iceland, Ireland, Italy, Latvia, Lithuania, Luxembourg, Malta, Netherlands, Norway, Poland, Portugal, Romania, Slovakia, Slovenia, Spain, Sweden, Switzerland and United Kingdom.



3

EN 14977:2006 (E)

Introduction This test was developed to achieve three aims in particular: 

firstly to avoid health and environmental risks which are associated with the use of media other than ammonia, (e.g. with the use of compounds of mercury and recovery of mercury polluted test pieces), but with a similar sensitivity as the test according to EN ISO 196;



secondly to combine a test on tensile stress with a test on stress corrosion cracking;



thirdly to reduce the test duration from usually 24 h, as specified in ISO 6957, to 16 h.

It is not intended to replace and withdraw EN ISO 196 in favour of this standard. In so far as a rapid result is required, the test according to EN ISO 196 can be used.



4

EN 14977:2006 (E)

1

Scope

This standard specifies a medium-duration test using an ammonical atmosphere for the purpose of detecting the presence of tensile stress, residual or applied, in grades of copper or copper-alloy products that might bring about failure of a component in service or storage through stress corrosion cracking. The field of application of this standard is specified in the technical delivery specifications of semi-finished or finished products in grades of copper and copper alloys, or by prior agreement between purchaser and supplier.

2

Principle

Exposure of test pieces to an ammoniacal atmosphere for 16 h, followed by examination at a magnification of × 10, e.g. for cracks.

3

× 6

to


For the purposes of this European Standard, the following terms and definitions apply. 3.1 stress corrosion cracking cracking of metals under the combined action of corrosion and tensile stress, residual or applied 3.2 applied stress tensile stress that is set up and exists in a body during application of an external load 3.3 residual stress tensile stress that remains within a body as a result of plastic deformation

4 4.1

Test solution General

Use only reagents of recognised analytical grade and distilled or deionised water for the test solution.


Test solution No. 1

The test solution is an aqueous solution containing approx. 50 g NH 3 per litre of solution, density at 20 °C: 0,976 g/ml to 0,978 g/ml. The solution can be used several times, provided that NH 3 concentration is maintained.

4.3

Test solution No. 2

Dissolve 107 g of pure NH 4Cℓl, suitable for analysis, in approx. 0,75 l of distilled or deionised water, add a solution of 440 g of NaOH per litre until a pH of 10 ( ± 0,1) at 22 °C is achieved. Dilute the solution with distilled water to one litre. This does not modify significantly the pH. The test solution can be reused several times, provided the pH is checked at least every two weeks, and corrected if necessary. Because of the consumption of NH Cl, after every three months a new test solution shall be prepared.


5

EN 14977:2006 (E)

5

Test pieces

The test pieces shall be at least 150 mm long and shall be degreased. Oxide layers, if any, shall be removed by means of 10 %-sulphuric acid solution (mass fraction), produced by diluting 62 ml of concentrated sulphuric acid ( ρ = 1,84 g/ml), with water up to 1 000 ml. The test pieces shall not be deformed and shall be free from identification stamping or any other mechanical damage. The test pieces shall be dry when the test begins.

6

Procedure

Pour the test solution into a desiccator or an air-tight vessel, maintain the ratio between the volume of the test vessel and the volume of the test solution between 10 : 1 and 20 : 1. The test pieces shall be arranged in the vessel and above the solution so that the vapour can act from all sides. The test pieces shall neither touch each other nor come into direct contact with the solution. The test temperature shall be between 20 °C and 25 °C and shall remain constant. The duration of the test shall be 16 h. At the end of the test period, the test pieces shall be briefly pickled in 10 %-sulphuric acid solution (mass fraction) produced by diluting 62 ml of concentrated sulphuric acid ( ρ = 1,84 g/ml), with water up to 1 000 ml or 36 %-nitric acid solution (mass fraction), produced by diluting 440 ml of concentrated nitric acid, ( ρ = 1,43 g/ml), with water up to 1 000 ml, dried and examined for cracking under a magnifying glass. The magnification should be between × 6 and × 10. Before inspection, it may be necessary to deform the test piece slightly so that fine cracks are opened up and are more readily seen. Light-gauge test pieces, i.e. pieces with a thickness of less than 2 mm, shall be tested with solution No. 2. Test pieces with a thickness of equal to or greater than 2 mm shall be tested with solution No. 1.

7

Test requirements

The interpretation of the visual appearance of the test pieces (e.g. existence of cracks) after testing is a matter for the product specification and/or has to be agreed between the purchaser and the supplier, e.g. no crack shall be visible on the surface of the test piece when examined under low power magnification. Cracks within a 5 mm wide zone along cut or sawn edges, or around stamped markings, originating from the test piece preparation shall be disregarded.


Test report

The test report shall include the following information: a)

identification of the sample, and the location of the test piece in the sample if the test was carried out on a test piece taken from the sample, rather than on the sample itself;

b)

reference of the test method used;

c)

pH-value of the solution producing the ammonical atmosphere;

d)

exposure temperature;

e)

number of replicate test pieces tested;

f)

test results: cracks or no cracks (as required in the appropriate product specification);

g)

any unusual features noted during the determination;


h)

any operation not included in this European Standard or in the document to which reference is made or regarded as optional;

i)

date of the test and/or date of preparation or signature of the test report.

6

EN 14977:2006 (E)

Bibliography In the preparation of this European Standard, use was made of a number of documents for reference purposes. The relevant publications are listed hereafter. [1]

ASTM G 37 – 98, Standard Practice for Use of Mattsson's Solution of pH 7.2 to Evaluate the StressCorrosion Cracking Susceptibility of Copper-Zinc Alloys

[2]

EN ISO 196, Wrought copper and copper alloys — Detection of residual stress — Mercury(I)nitrate test (ISO 196:1978).

[3]

ISO 6957, Copper alloys — Ammonia test for stress corrosion resistance.

[4]

Mattsson, E., Holm, R. and Hassel, L.: Ammonia Test for Stress Corrosion Resistance of Copper Alloys

[5]

Sick, H., Werkstoffe und Korrosion 38, 356-358 (1978).



7

February 2012

D

DIN EN 16090 ICS 77.120.30

Copper and copper alloys – Estimation of average grain size by ultrasound English translation of DIN EN 16090:2012-02 Kupfer und Kupferlegierungen – Bestimmung der mittleren Korngröße durch Ultraschall Englische Übersetzung von DIN EN 16090:2012-02 Cuivre et alliages de cuivre – Estimation de la taille moyenne de grain par ultrasons Traduction anglaise de DIN EN 16090:2012-02




7 8 6 0 8 7 8 7 0 1 / 4 © No part of this translation may be reproduced without prior permission of English price group 8 1 0 DIN Deutsches Institut für Normung e. V., Berlin. Beuth Verlag GmbH, 10772 Berlin, Germany, 1 www.din.de Copper 1 : Basic standards Testing standards, edited by e.V. DIN, Beuth Verlag, 2015. ProQuest Ebook Central, http://ebookcentral.proquest.com/lib/vimaru-vn/detail.action?docID=2051211. 4 has the exclusive right of sale for German Standards (DIN-Normen). 5 www.beuth.de Created from vimaru-vn on 2018-05-18 02:25:55. 02.12 7

!$yx~" 1868591

DIN EN 16090:2012-02


National foreword This standard has been prepared by Technical Committee CEN/TC 133 “Copper and copper alloys”, Working Group WG 3 “Copper tubes (installation and industrial)” (both secretariats are held by DIN, Germany). The responsible German body involved in its preparation was the Normenausschuss Nichteisenmetalle (Nonferrous Metals Standards Committee), Working Committee NA 066-02-03 AA Kupferrohre (Installation und Industrie).



EUROPEAN STANDARD

EN 16090


December 2011

ICS 77.120.30

English Version

Copper and copper alloys - Estimation of average grain size by ultrasound Cuivre et alliages de cuivre - Estimation de la taille moyenne de grain par ultrasons

Kupfer und Kupferlegierungen - Bestimmung der mittleren Korngröße durch Ultraschall



EUROPEAN COMMITTEE FOR STANDARDIZATION COMITÉ EUROPÉEN DE NORMALI SATION EUROPÄISCHES KOMITEE FÜR NORMUNG



© 2011 CEN


Ref. No. EN 16090:2011: E

DIN EN 16090:2012-02

EN 16090:2011 (E)

Contents

Page


Scope ......................................................................................................................................................5

2


3


4 4.1 4.2 4.3 4.4

General requirements ............................................................................................................................5 Personnel qualification .........................................................................................................................5 Condition of products to be tested ......................................................................................................6 Test equipment ......................................................................................................................................6 Procedure ...............................................................................................................................................7

5


6

Reference samples and calibration .....................................................................................................8

7

Acceptance criteria ................................................................................................................................8

Bibliography ........................................................................................................................................................9

Figures Figure 1 — Simplified representation of ultrasonic technique for grain size estimation ...........................7 Figure 2 — Simplified i llustration of backscatt ered signals ..........................................................................7



2

DIN EN 16090:2012-02

EN 16090:2011 (E)

Foreword This document (EN 16090:2011) has been prepared by Technical Committee CEN/TC 133 “Copper and copper alloys”, the secretariat of which is held by DIN. This European Standard shall be given the status of a national standard, either by publication of an identical text or by endorsement, at the latest by June 2012, and conflicting national standards shall be withdrawn at the latest by June 2012. Attention is drawn to the possibility that some of the elements of this document may be the subject of patent rights. CEN [and/or CENELEC] shall not be held responsible for identifying any or all such patent rights. According to the CEN/CENELEC Internal Regulations, the national standards organizations of the following countries are bound to implement this European Standard: Austria, Belgium, Bulgaria, Croatia, Cyprus, Czech Republic, Denmark, Estonia, Finland, France, Germany, Greece, Hungary, Iceland, Ireland, Italy, Latvia, Lithuania, Luxembourg, Malta, Netherlands, Norway, Poland, Portugal, Romania, Slovakia, Slovenia, Spain, Sweden, Switzerland and the United Kingdom.



3

DIN EN 16090:2012-02

EN 16090:2011 (E)

Introduction The test by ultrasound described in this standard has the objective of estimating the dimension of average grain size in copper and copper alloy products. When using this test by ultrasound technique it is important to recognise that the estimation of grain size is not a precise measurement because a metal structure is an aggregate of three-dimensional crystals of varying sizes and shapes. Clearly, no two areas of observation then can be exactly the same.



4

DIN EN 16090:2012 16090:2012-02 -02

EN 16090:2011 (E)

1

Scope

This European Standard specifies a method for the estimation of the average grain size of copper and copper alloy products by ultrasound. This standard can be applied for seamless round tubes as well as for flat products. This method can be used in place of test methods according to EN ISO 2624, mentioned in the relevant product standards. As reference method and in case of doubt the intercept procedure or planimetric procedure has to be used.

2


The following referenced documents are indispensable for the application of this document. For dated references, only the edition cited applies. For undated references, the latest edition of the referenced document (including any amendments) applies. EN 473:2008, Non-destructive testing — Qualification and certification of NDT personnel — General principles EN 583-1:1998, Non-destructive testing — Ultrasonic examination — Part 1: General principles EN 1330-4, Non-destructive testing — Terminology — Part 4: Terms used in ultrasonic testing EN ISO 2624:1995, Copper and copper alloys — Estimation of average grain size (ISO 2624:1990)

3


For the purposes of this document, the terms and definitions given in EN 1330-4 and the following apply. 3.1 grain area in a metal within the boundary of a crystal NOTE For the purpose of applying the method described in this European Standard, a crystal and its twin bands are considered as one grain. Sub-grains, minor constituent phases, inclusions and additives are not considered in the estimation of the grain size.

4 4.1



The ultrasonic test shall be made by operators trained in this technique and it shall be done under the responsibility of qualified staff. The qualified staff shall be competent. When agreed upon between the purchaser and the supplier, qualification of the personnel shall be certified according to EN 473:2008. The qualified staffs is especially responsible for the

 issue and release of test procedures for operators;  training of operators in ultrasonic testing;  compilation and release of correlation of ultrasonic signals and grain size (calibration curve).


5

DIN EN 16090:2012 16090:2012-02 -02

EN 16090:2011 (E)

4.2

Condition of products to be tested

Products shall be sufficiently clean to permit satisfactory test operation and adequate coupling. Products shall be free of deep cracks and grooves generating ultrasonic signals. This method is only applicable for products in the material condition:

 annealed;  light-annealed;  light-drawn;  soft annealed.

4.3

Test equipment

Ultrasonic equipment with pulse echo technique shall be used as described in EN 583-1:1998, 5.4. It is recommended to use test equipment according to EN 12668-1 and EN 12668-2. Ultrasonic testing and result analysis typically is done in an automated system against pre-determined criteria without human intervention. When driving mechanics are used for the sample they have to be as vibration-free as possible. In general, if samples will be moved during the test (in axial direction or by rotation), it is required to keep the distance between sample and probe constant. Probes within the frequency range of 1 MHz to 60 MHz have to be applied. Coupling of the ultrasonic waves is provided by a coupling fluid, e.g. water or oil (see EN 583-1:1998, 6.3). For constant coupling an automated ultrasonic testing is recommended to apply the immersion technique. Tube-curvature (ovality, roundness) is not to be considered as the ultrasonic spot size (focal point) is very small. Parasitic echoes and echoes of discontinuities should be eliminated from the ultrasonic evaluation process by adequate means.



6

DIN EN 16090:2012 16090:2012-02 -02

EN 16090:2011 (E)

Key 1 2 3 4 5

housing single Transducer ultrasonic beam coupling medium sample

Figure 1 — Simplified representation of ultrasonic technique for grain size estimation

4.4

Procedure

Prepare sample (cut to length, clean if necessary). Adjust instrument once per day before the first test (see Clause 5). Couple sample with transducer by using a coupling fluid. Estimate the grain size by using the reflection of ultrasonic waves on grain boundaries. The backscattered signals from the grains in the product are analysed in an A-scan presentation. The signals vary in dependence of the average grain size (see Figure 2).

Key


1 2 X Y

small grains large grains time of flight backscattered intensity

Figure 2 — Simplified illustration of backscattered signals


7

DIN EN 16090:2012 16090:2012-02 -02

EN 16090:2011 (E)

5


The test equipment shall be adjusted previous to the test of samples using a reference sample in accordance with Clause 6. The control survey for adjustment of the ultrasonic equipment should be repeated at least every working day with the relevant reference sample. IMPORTANT — In the event e vent of deviation s during adjustment greater than t han ± 3 µm, the ultrasonic equipment has to be re-calibrated! If re-calibration is not successful, calibration according to Clause 6 has to be done again. All tubes tested since the last adjustment shall be considered as not been tested.

6

Reference samples and calibration

Ultrasonic testing is a comparative method. Calibrations for every alloy or group of alloys (calibration-graph) considering the thickness are required. The reference samples shall represent the whole range of grain sizes as specified in the relevant product standard. The reference samples are tested in parallel 1)

with the ultrasonic technique, and

2)

according to intercept procedure or planimetric procedure as described in EN ISO 2624:1995.

Test results of both methods have to be matched and this correlation of ultrasonic signals and grain size (calibration curve) is used as a basis for future ultrasonic testing and instrumental adjustment.

7

Acceptance criteria

The acceptance criteria are specified in the relevant product standards. In the event that the sample fails to meet the test requirements the procedures for retest in the relevant product standard apply. Samples for retests shall be tested with one of the methods described in EN ISO 2624:1995.



8

DIN EN 16090:2012 16090:2012-02 -02

EN 16090:2011 (E)

Bibliography

EN 12668-1, Non-destructive testing — equipment — Part 1: Instruments

Characterization

and

verification

of

ultrasonic

examination

EN 12668-2, Non-destructive equipment — Part 2: Probes

Characterization

and

verification

of

ultrasonic

examination

testing —



9

DIN CEN/TS 13388 (DIN SPEC 9700):2013-05

Table NB.1 (2 of 2) Material designation DIN 17656:1973 -06a

DIN EN 1982 Symbol

Number

Symbol

Number

CuZn37Pb2Ni1AlFe -B

CB753S

—

—

CuZn39Pb1Al-B

CB754S

GB-CuZn37Pb

2.0342

—

GB-CuZn39Pb

2.0383

CuZn39Pb1AlB-B

CB755S

—

—

CuZn15As-B

CB760S

—

—

CuZn16Si4-B

CB761S

GB-CuZn15Si4

2.0493

CuZn25Al5Mn4Fe3 -B

CB762S

GB-CuZn25Al5

2.0608

CuZn32Al2Mn2Fe1 -B

CB763S

—

—

CuZn34Mn3Al2Fe1 -B

CB764S

GB-CuZn34Al2

2.0606

CuZn35Mn2Al1Fe1 -B

CB765S

GB-CuZn35Al1

2.0602

CuZn37Al1-B

CB766S

GB-CuZn37Al1

2.0605

CuZn38Al-B

CB767S

GB-CuZn38Al

2.0601

—

GB-CuZn40Fe

2.0600

—

—

a DIN 17656, Copper casting alloys, ingot metals — Composition

Table NB.2 — Castings as in DIN 17655 DIN 17655:1981-11a

DIN EN 1982 Material designation

. d e v r e s e r s t h g i r l l A . g a l r e V h t u e B . 5 1 0 2 © t h g o i r i y l p b i o B C 5


Symbol

Number

Casting methods

—

—

—

GK-CuL35

2.0109.02

—

—

—

GK-CuL45

2.0082.02

—

—

—

GK-SCuL50

2.0075.02

Symbol

Number

Cu-C

CC040A

Type C

GS

G-CuL35

2.0109.01

Cu-C

CC040A

Type B

GS

G-CuL45

2.0082.01

Cu-C

CC040A

Type A

GS

G-CuL50

2.0085.01

—

G-SCuL50

2.0075.01

—

—

Cu-C

CC040A

GM

GK-CuL50

2.0085.02

CuCr1-C

CC140C

GS

G-CuCrF35

2.1292.91

GM

GK-CuCrF35

2.1292.92

—

—

a DIN 17655, Unalloyed and low alloy, copper materials for casting — Castings


10


Table NB.3 — Materials for castings as in DIN 1714 DIN 1714:1981-11a



Number

Casting methods

Symbol

Number

CuMn11Al8Fe3Ni3-C

CC212E

GS

—

—

CuAl9-C

CC330G

GM

—

—

GZ

—

—

Symbol

CuAl10Fe2-C

CC331G

GS

G-CuAl10Fe

2.0940.01

GM

GK-CuAl10Fe

2.0940.02

GZ

GZ-CuAl10Fe

2.0940.03

GC CuAl10Ni3Fe2-C

CC332G

CuAl11Fe6Ni6-C

CC333G

CC334G

—

—

—

GS

G-CuAl9Ni

2.0970.01

GM

GK-CuAl9Ni

2.0970.02

GZ

GZ-CuAl9Ni

2.0970.03

GC CuAl10Fe5Ni5-C

—

—

—

GS

G-CuAl10Ni

2.0975.01

GM

GK-CuAl10Ni

2.0975.02

GZ

GZ-CuAl10Ni

2.0975.03

GC

GC-CuAl10Ni

2.0975.04

GS

G-CuAl11Ni

2.0980.01

GM

GK-CuAl11Ni

2.0980.02

GZ

GZ-CuAl11Ni

2.0980.03

—

G-CuAl8Mn

2.0962.01

—

GK-CuAl8Mn

2.0962.02

a DIN 1714, Copper-aluminium casting alloys (Cast aluminium bronze) — Castings


DIN EN 1982 Material designation Symbol CuNi10Fe1Mn1-C . d e v r e s e r s t h g i r l l A . g a l r e V h t u e B . 5 1 0 2 © t h g i o i r l y b p i o B C 5

CuNi30Fe1Mn1-C

Number

Casting methods

CC380H

GS

CC381H

Material designation Symbol G -CuNi10

Number 2.0815.01

GZ

—

—

GC

—

—

GS

—

—

GZ

—

—

—

—

CuNi30Cr2FeMnSi-C

CC382H

GS

CuNi30Fe1Mn1NbSi-C

CC383H

GS

G -CuNi30

2.0835.01

a DIN 17658, Copper-nickel casting alloys — Castings


11



DIN EN 1982 Material designation Symbol CuSn10-C

Number CC480K

Casting methods GS

Symbol G-CuSn10

Number 2.1050.01

GM

—

—

GZ

—

—

GC

—

—

—

—

CuSn11P-C

CC481K

GS, GM, GZ, GC

CuSn11Pb2-C

CC482K

GS

G-CuSn12Pb

2.1061.01

GZ

GZ-CuSn12Pb

2.1061.03

GC

GC-CuSn12Pb

2.1061.04

GS

G-CuSn12

2.1052.01

CuSn12-C

CC483K

GM

CuSn12Ni2-C

— CuSn3Zn8Pb5-C

CuSn5Zn5Pb5-C

CuSn7Zn2Pb3-C

CuSn7Zn4Pb7-C



—

—

GZ

GZ-CuSn12

2.1052.03

GC

GC-CuSn12

2.1052.04

GS

G-CuSn12Ni

2.1060.01

GZ

GZ-CuSn12Ni

2.1060.03

GC

GC-CuSn12Ni

2.1060.04

—

—

G-CuSn10Zn

2.1086.01

CC490K

GS

G-CuSn2ZnPb

2.1098.01

CC484K

CC491K

CC492K

CC493K

GZ

—

—

GC

—

—

GS

G-CuSn5ZnPb

2.1096.01

GM

—

—

GZ

—

—

GC

—

—

GS

G-CuSn6ZnNi

2.1093.01

GM

—

—

GZ

—

—

GC

—

—

GS

G-CuSn7ZnPb

2.1090.01

GM

—

—

GZ

GZ-CuSn7ZnPb

2.1090.03

GC

GC-CuSn7ZnPb

2.1090.04

CuSn6Zn4Pb2-C

CC498K

GS, GM, GZ, GC

—

—

CuSn5Zn5Pb2-C

CC499K

GS, GM, GZ, GC

—

—

a DIN 1705, Copper-tin and copper-tin-zinc casting alloys (Cast tin bronze and gunmetal) — Castings


12





Symbol

Number

Casting methods

—

—

—

CC494K

GS

—

—

GM

—

—

GZ

—

—

GC

—

—

CuSn5Pb9-C

CuSn10Pb10-C

CuSn7Pb15-C

CuSn5Pb20-C

—

CC495K

CC496K

CC497K

—

GS

Symbol G-CuPb5Sn

G-CuPb10Sn

Number 2.1170.01

2.1176.01

GM

—

—

GZ

GZ-CuPb10Sn

2.1176.03

GC

GC-CuPb10Sn

2.1176.04

GS

G-CuPb15Sn

2.1182.01

GZ

GZ-CuPb15Sn

2.1182.03

GC

GC-CuPb15Sn

2.1182.04

GS

G-CuPb20Sn

2.1188.01

GZ

—

—

GC

—

—

—

G-CuPb22Sn

2.1166.09

a DIN 1716, Copper-lead-tin casting alloys (Cast tin-lead bronze) — Castings



13



DIN EN 1982 Material designation Symbol CuZn33Pb2-C

Number

Casting methods

CC750S

GS

Material designation Symbol G-CuZn33Pb

2.0290.01

GZ

—

—

CuZn33Pb2Si-C

CC751S

GP

—

—

CuZn35Pb2Al-C

CC752S

GM

—

—

GP

—

—

CuZn37Pb2Ni1AlFe-C

CC753S

GM

—

—

CuZn39Pb1Al-C

CC754S

GS

—

—

GM

GK-CuZn37Pb

GZ GP CuZn39Pb1AlB-C

CC755S

— GD-CuZn37Pb

2.0340.02 — 2.0340.05

GM

—

—

GP

—

—

CuZn15As-C

CC760S

GS

G-CuZn15

2.0241.01

CuZn16Si4-C

CC761S

GS

G-CuZn15Si4

2.0492.01

GM

GK-CuZn15Si4

2.0492.02

CuZn25Al5Mn4Fe3-C

CuZn32Al2Mn2Fe1-C CuZn34Mn3Al2Fe1-C

CuZn35Mn2Al1Fe1-C


Number

CC762S

CC763S CC764S

CC765S

GZ

—

—

GP

GD-CuZn15Si4

2.0492.05

GS

G-CuZn25Al5

2.0598.01

GM

GK-CuZn25Al5

2.0598.02

GZ

GZ-CuZn25Al5

2.0598.03

GC

—

—

GS

—

—

GP

—

—

GS

G-CuZn34Al2

2.0596.01

GM

GK-CuZn34Al2

2.0596.02

GZ

GZ-CuZn34Al2

2.0596.03

GS

G-CuZn35Al1

2.0592.01

GM

GK-CuZn35Al1

2.0592.02

GZ

GZ-CuZn35Al1

2.0592.03

GC

—

—

CuZn37Al1-C

CC766S

GM

GK-CuZn37Al1

2.0595.02

CuZn38Al-C

CC767S

GM

GK-CuZn38Al

2.0591.02

—

GS

G-CuZn40Fe

2.0590.01

GZ

GZ-CuZn40Fe

2.0590.03

—

a

DIN 1709, Copper-zinc alloy castings (brass and special brass castings)


14


National Annex NC (informative) Comparison of European material designations with former DIN designations — Master alloys Table NC.1 in this annex provides a comparison of current material designations as in DIN EN 1981 to the material designations as in the withdrawn DIN 17657 for master alloys. Table NC.1 — Materials as in DIN 17657 Material designation DIN EN 1981


Symbol CuAl50(A) CuAl50(B) CuAs30 CuB2 CuBe4 CuCo10 CuCo15 — CuCr10 CuFe10(A) CuFe10(B) CuFe15 CuFe20(A) CuFe20(B) CuLi2 CuMg10 CuMg20 (CuMn20)b — CuMn30(A) CuMn30(B) CuMn50 CuNi30 CuNi50 — CuP10(A) CuP10(B) CuP15(A) CuP15(B) CuP15(C) CuS20 CuSi10(A) CuSi10(B) CuSi20(A) CuSi20(B) CuSi30(A) CuSi30(B) (CuTi28)b CuTi30 CuZr50 CuZr50(B) CuZr50(C)

Number CM344G CM345G CM200E CM121C CM122C CM237E CM201E — CM202E CM203E CM204E CM213E CM205E CM206E CM123C CM238E CM207E (CM208E)b — CM209E CM210E CM211E CM390H CM239E — CM215E CM216E CM217E CM218E CM219E CM230E CM231E CM232E CM233E CM234E CM240E CM241E (CM235E)b CM244E CM236E CM242E CM243E

DIN 17657:1973 -03a Symbol Number V-CuAl50 2.1602 — — V-CuAs30 2.1605 — — — — — — — — V-CuCd50 2.1608 V-CuCr10 2.1610 V-CuFe10 2.1613 — — — — V-CuFe20 2.1616 — — — — — — — — — — V-CuMn26Fe 2.1620 V-CuMn30 2.1622 — — — — V-CuNi30 2.1625 — — V-CuNi50 2.1628 VR-CuP10 2.1633 V-CuP10 2.1631 — — — — — — — — V-CuSi10 2.1637 — — V-CuSi20 2.1640 — — — — — — — — — — V-CuZr50 2.1645 — — — —

a DIN 17657, Copper master alloys — Composition b These materials have not been incorporated into EN 1981:2003.


15


National Annex ND (informative) Bibliography

[1]


DIN V 17912:1999-03, Copper and copper alloys — Provisions and procedures for the allocation of material numbers and registration of materials (CR 12776:1997)


16

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION

CEN/TS 13388

SPÉCIFICATION TECHNIQUE TECHNISCHE SPEZIFIKATION

February 2013

ICS 77.120.30; 77.150.30

Supersedes CEN/TS 13388:2008

English Version

Copper and copper alloys - Compendium of compositions and products Cuivre et alliages de cuivre - Inventaire des compositions et des produits

Kupfer und Kupferlegierungen - Übersicht über Zusammensetzungen und Produkte

This Technical Specification (CEN/TS) was approved by CEN on 17 December 2012 for provisional application. The period of validity of this CEN/TS is limited initially to three years. After two years the members of CEN will be requested to submit their comments, particularly on the question whether the CEN/TS can be converted into a European Standard. CEN members are required to announce the existence of this CEN/TS in the same way as for an EN and to make the CEN/TS available promptly at national level in an appropriate form. It is permissible to keep conflicting national standards in force (in parallel to the CEN/TS) until the final decision about the possible conversion of the CEN/TS into an EN is reached. CEN members are the national standards bodies of Austria, Belgium, Bulgaria, Croatia, Cyprus, Czech Republic, Denmark, Estonia, Finland, Former Yugoslav Republic of Macedonia, France, Germany, Greece, Hungary, Iceland, Ireland, Italy, Latvia, Lithuania, Luxembourg, Malta, Netherlands, Norway, Poland, Portugal, Romania, Slovakia, Slovenia, Spain, Sweden, Switzerland, Turkey and United Kingdom.





© 2013 CEN


Ref. No. CEN/TS 13388:2013: E

DIN CEN/TS 13388 (DIN SPEC 9700):2013-05 CEN/TS 13388:2013 (E)

Contents

Page

Foreword ..............................................................................................................................................................4 Introduction .........................................................................................................................................................5


1

Scope ......................................................................................................................................................6

2


3 3.1 3.2 3.3 3.4 3.5 3.6

Compositions of coppers and copper alloys standardised by CEN/TC 133 ...................................6 Composition of coppers .......................................................................................................................6 Composition of copper alloys ..............................................................................................................6 Composition of master alloys ..............................................................................................................7 Composition of ingots and castings....................................................................................................7 Composition of filler metals .................................................................................................................7 Composition of copper and copper alloy scrap .................................................................................7

4 4.1 4.2 4.3 4.4 4.5

Available product forms of copper and copper alloys standardised by CEN/TC 133 ....................7 Wrought coppers and copper alloys ...................................................................................................7 Master alloys ..........................................................................................................................................7 Ingots and castings ...............................................................................................................................8 Filler metals ............................................................................................................................................8 Scrap .......................................................................................................................................................8

5

Copper and copper alloys standardised by o ther CEN Technical Committees ..............................8

6

Copper and copper alloys registered by CEN/TC 133 .......................................................................8

Table 1.1 — Composition of copper cathodes according to EN 1978:1998, Cu-CATH-1 (CR001A) and Cu-CATH-2 (CR002A) ...............................................................................................................9 Table 1.2 — Composition of unalloyed copper grades made from Cu-CATH-1 (CR001A) according to EN 1978 ................................................................................................................................... 10 Table 1.3 — Composition of unalloyed copper grades, other than those made from Cu-CATH-1 (CR001A) according to EN 1978 ........................................................................................... 11 Table 1.4 — Composition of phosphorus-containin g copper grades ........................................................ 11 Table 1.5 — Composition of silver-containing copper grades (silver-bearing coppers) ......................... 12 Table 2 — Composition o f copper alloys, low alloyed (less than 5 % alloying elements) ....................... 13 Table 3 — Composition of copper-aluminium alloys ................................................................................... 15 Table 4 — Composition of copper-nickel alloys ........................................................................................... 15 Table 5 — Composition of copper-nickel-zinc alloys .................................................................................. 16 Table 6 — Composition of copper-tin alloys ................................................................................................ 17 Table 7 — Composition of copper-zinc alloys, binary ................................................................................. 18 Table 8 — Composition o f copper-zinc-lead alloys ..................................................................................... 19 Table 9 — Composition o f copper-zinc alloys, complex ............................................................................. 21 Table 10 — Wrought coppers and copper alloys specified in European product Standards prepared by CEN/TC 133............................................................................................................................. 23 Table 11 — Master alloys — Composition .................................................................................................... 35 Table 12.1 — Ingots and castings — Copper and copper-chromium alloys — Compositions and casting processes ................................................................................................................. 38 Table 12.2 — Ingots and castings — Copper-zinc alloys — Composition and casting processes ........ 39 Table 12.3 — Ingots and castings — Copper-tin alloys — Composition and casting processes ........... 42 Table 12.4 — Ingots and castings — Copper-tin-lead alloys — Composition and casting processes .. 43 Table 12.5 — Ingots and castings — Copper-aluminium alloys — Composition and casting processes45 Table 12.6 — Ingots and castings — Copper-manganese-aluminium alloys — Composition and casting processes ................................................................................................................. 46 Table 12.7 — Ingots and castings — Copper-nickel alloys — Composition and casting processes ..... 47 Table 13.1 — Filler metals — Composition of copper .................................................................................. 48 Table 13.2 — Filler metals — Composition of miscellaneous copper alloys ............................................ 49 Table 13.3 — Filler metals — Composition of copper-zinc alloys .............................................................. 50 Table 13.4 — Filler metals — Composition of copper-tin alloys ................................................................. 51 Table 13.5 — Filler metals — Composition of copper-aluminium alloys ................................................... 51 Table 13.6 — Filler metals — Composition of copper-nickel-zinc alloys ................................................... 52 Table 14 — Scrap — Composition ................................................................................................................. 52


2


Table 15.1 — Class AG: silver brazing filler metals standardised by CEN/TC 121 ....................................56 Table 15.2 — Class CP: copper-phosphorus br azing filler metals standard ised by CEN/TC 121 ........... 57 Table 15.3 — Class CU: copper brazing filler metals — Series CU 100 and CU 200 standardised by CEN/TC 121 ............................................................................................................................. 58 Table 15.4 — Class CU: copper brazing filler metals — Series Cu 300 standardised by CEN/TC 121 ....58 Table 16 — Composition of copper alloys, standardised by CLC/TC 9X ...................................................59 Bibliography ......................................................................................................................................................60



3


Foreword This document (CEN/TS 13388:2013) h as been prepared by Technical Committee CEN/TC 133 “Copper and copper alloys”, the secretariat of which is held by DIN. Attention is drawn to the possibility that some of the elements of this document may be the subject of patent rights. CEN [and/or CENELEC] shall not be held responsible for identifying any or all such patent rights. This document supersedes CEN/TS 13388:2008. According to the CEN/CENELEC Internal Regulations, the national standards organisations of the following countries are bound to announce this Technical Specification: Austria, Belgium, Bulgaria, Croatia, Cyprus, Czech Republic, Denmark, Estonia, Finland, Former Yugoslav Republic of Macedonia, France, Germany, Greece, Hungary, Iceland, Ireland, Italy, Latvia, Lithuania, Luxembourg, Malta, Netherlands, Norway, Poland, Portugal, Romania, Slovakia, Slovenia, Spain, Sweden, Switzerland, Turkey and the United Kingdom. This revision takes into account the latest changes regarding materials and compositions to: 

EN 1172:2011;



EN 1976:2012;



EN 12449:2012;



EN 12163:2011;



EN 12164:2011;



EN 12165:2011;



EN 12166:2011;



EN 12167:2011;



EN 12168:2011.



4


Introduction CEN/TC 133 "Copper and copper alloys" was established in 1988 to prepare and maintain standards in the field of unwrought, wrought and cast products made from copper and copper alloys. Its responsibilities included developing, defining, specifying and giving guidance on, as appropriate, material compositions, designations, terminology, dimensions and tolerances, mechanical and physical characteristics, conditions of delivery and methods of testing peculiar to copper and copper alloys. During the development of standards for copper and copper alloy products, the experts realised the necessity and seised the opportunity: a)

to co-ordinate and in some cases also to rationalise the composition limits which already existed for the various product forms;

b)

to establish unique, new and identifiably European designations for copper and copper alloys, including a numerical option to be particularly convenient for computerised handling;

c)

to confirm, clarify and re-define where necessary, the terminology which already existed in common usage, at the international level or in customs nomenclature.

CEN/TC 133 decided, in view of the new form of presentation and new parameters for the description and provision of information on copper and copper alloy products, to prepare and publish the present consolidation and summary of essential details.



5


1

Scope

This Technical Specification provides a summary of material designations, compositions and the product forms in which they are available, for coppers and copper alloys standardised in European Standards by CEN/TC 133 "Copper and copper alloys". It also includes copper alloys which are not standardised by CEN/TC 133 but by other CEN Technical Committees responsible for products in copper alloys, and other copper alloys not yet standardised. These alloys have been registered by CEN/TC 133 in accordance with the procedures laid down in CR 12776.

2


The following documents, in whole or in part, are normatively referenced in this document and are indispensable for its application. For dated references, only the edition cited applies. For undated references, the latest edition of the referenced document (including any amendments) applies. EN 1976, Copper and copper alloys — Cast unwrought copper products EN 1982:2008, Copper and copper alloys — Ingots and castings

3 3.1

Compositions of coppers and copper alloys standardised by CEN/TC 133 Composition of coppers

The symbol and number designations and compositions of copper grades are given in the following tables: Table 1.1 — Composition of copper cathodes according to EN 1978:1998, Cu-CATH-1 (CR001A) and Cu-CATH-2 (CR002A) Table 1.2 — Composition of unalloyed copper grades made from Cu-CATH-1 (CR001A) Table 1.3 — Composition of unalloyed copper grades, other than those made from Cu-CATH-1 (CR001A) Table 1.4 — Composition of phosphorus-containing copper grades Table 1.5 — Composition of silver-containing copper grades (silver-bearing coppers)

3.2

Composition of copper alloys

The symbol and number designations and compositions of copper alloys are given in the following tables: Table 2 — Composition of copper alloys, low alloyed (less than 5 % alloying elements) . d e v r e s e r s t h g i r l l A . g a l r e V h t u e B . 5 1 0 2 © t h g i o i r l y b p i o B C 5

Table 3 — Composition of copper-aluminium alloys Table 4 — Composition of copper-nickel alloys Table 5 — Composition of copper-nickel-zinc alloys Table 6 — Composition of copper-tin alloys Table 7 — Composition of copper-zinc alloys, binary Table 8 — Composition of copper-zinc-lead alloys Table 9 — Composition of copper-zinc alloys, complex


6


3.3

Composition of master alloys

The symbol and number designations and compositions of master alloys in accordance with EN 1981:2003 are given in Table 11.

3.4

Composition of ingots and castings

The symbol and number designations and compositions of ingots and castings in accordance with EN 1982:2008 are given in the following tables: Table 12.1 — Ingots and castings — Composition of copper and copper-chromium alloys and casting processes Table 12.2 — Ingots and castings — Composition of copper-zinc alloys and casting processes Table 12.3 — Ingots and castings — Composition of copper-tin alloys and casting processes Table 12.4 — Ingots and castings — Composition of copper-tin-lead alloys and casting processes Table 12.5 — Ingots and castings — Composition of copper-aluminium alloys and casting processes Table 12.6 — Ingots and castings — Composition of copper-manganese-aluminium alloys and casting processes Table 12.7 — Ingots and castings — Composition of copper-nickel alloys and casting processes

3.5

Composition of filler metals

The symbol and number designations and compositions of filler metals in accordance with EN 13347:2002 are given in the following tables: Table 13.1 — Filler metals — Composition of copper Table 13.2 — Filler metals — Composition of miscellaneous copper alloys Table 13.3 — Filler metals — Composition of copper-zinc alloys Table 13.4 — Filler metals — Composition of copper-tin alloys Table 13.5 — Filler metals — Composition of copper-aluminium alloys Table 13.6 — Filler metals — Composition of copper-nickel-zinc alloys


Composition of copper and copper alloy scrap

The symbol and number designations and compositions of copper and copper alloy scrap in accordance with EN 12861:1999 are given in Table 14.

4 4.1

Available product forms of copper and copper alloys standardised by CEN/TC 133 Wrought coppers and copper alloys

The product forms and applicable standards are given in Table 10.

4.2

Master alloys

The product forms are given in Table 11.


7


4.3

Ingots and castings

The product forms are given in Tables 12.1 to 12.7.

4.4

Filler metals

The product forms are given in Tables 13.1 to 13.6.

4.5

Scrap

The product forms are given in Table 14.

5

Copper and copper alloys standardised by other CEN Technical Committees

The symbol and number designations of copper alloys standardised by other CEN Technical Committees but allocated by CEN/TC 133 Secretariat, in accordance with the procedures laid down in CR 12776, are given in Tables 15.1 to 15.4 and Table 16.

6

Copper and copper alloys registered by CEN/TC 133

The symbol and number designations of copper grades and copper alloys registered by CEN/TC 133 in accordance with the procedures laid down in CR 12776 will be given in Table 17. NOTE At the time of publication of this Technical Specification, no requests for registration of copper grades or copper alloys had been received.



8


Table 1.1 — Composition of copper cathodes according to EN 1978:1998, Cu-CATH-1 (CR001A) and Cu-CATH-2 (CR002A) Composition in % (mass fraction) Material designation

Symbol

Number

Cu-CATH-1

CR001A

Cu-CATH-2

Element

Cu

Ag

As

Bi

Cd

Co

Cr

Fe

Mn

Ni

P

Pb

S

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

0,002 5 0,000 5a 0,000 20b —a

—c

—a

0,001 0c

—a

—c

—a

0,000 5

0,001 5d

Sb

Se

—

—

min.

—

max.

—

min.

99,90e

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

max.

—

—

—

0,000 5

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

0,005

—

—

CR002A

a

(As + Cd + Cr + Mn + P + Sb) maximum 0,001 5 %

b

(Bi + Se + Te) maximum 0,000 3 %, of which (Se + Te) maximum 0,000 30 %

c

(Co + Fe + Ni + Si + Sn + Zn) maximum 0,002 0 %

d

The sulfur content shall be determined on a cast sample.

e

Including silver up to a maximum of 0,015 %

Si

Sn

Te

Zn

—

—

—

—

—c

—c

0,000 20b

—c

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

0,000 4a 0,000 20b

Sum of elements listed in this table other than copper

— 0,006 5 — 0,03 excluding Ag



9


Table 1.2 — Composition of unalloyed copper grades made from Cu-CATH-1 (CR001A) according to EN 1978 Material designation Symbol Number unwrought wrought Element copper copper min. Cu-ETP1 CR003A CW003A max. min. Cu-OF1 CR007A CW007A max. min. Cu-OFE CR009A CW009A max. min. Cu-PHCE CR022A CW022A max.

Composition in % (mass fraction) Cu

Ag

As

Bi

— — — — 99,99 — 99,99 —

— 0,002 5 — 0,002 5 — 0,002 5 — 0,002 5

— 0,000 5a — 0,000 5a — 0,000 5 — 0,000 5

Cd

— — 0,000 20b —a — — 0,000 20b —a — — 0,000 20 0,000 1 — — 0,000 20 0,000 1



Co

Cr

— —c — —c — — — —

— —a — —a — — — —

Fe

Mn

— — 0,001 0c —a — — 0,001 0c —a — — 0,001 0 0,000 5 — — 0,001 0 0,000 5

Ni

O

P

Pb

— —c — —c — 0,001 0 — 0,001 0

— 0,040 — —d — —d — —d

— —a — —a — 0,000 3 0,001 0,006

— 0,000 5 — 0,000 5 — 0,000 5 — 0,000 5

Composition in % (mass fraction)

Number unwrought copper

wrought copper

Cu-ETP1

CR003A

CW003A

Cu-OF1

CR007A

CW007A

Cu-OFE

CR009A

CW009A

Cu-PHCE

CR022A

CW022A

Element

S

Sb

Se

Si

Sn

Te

total min. max. min. max. min. max. min. max.

— 0,001 5 — 0,001 5 — 0,001 5 — 0,001 5

— 0,000 4a — 0,000 4a — 0,000 4 — 0,000 4

— 0,000 20b — 0,000 20b — 0,000 20 — 0,000 20

— —c — —c — — — —

— —c — —c — 0,000 2 — 0,000 2

— 0,000 20b — 0,000 20b — 0,000 20 — 0,000 20

a

(As + Cd + Cr + Mn + P + Sb) max. 0,001 5 %

b

(Bi + Se + Te) max. 0,000 3 %, of which (Se + Te) max. 0,000 30 %

c

(Co + Fe + Ni + Si + Sn + Zn) max. 0,002 0 %

d

The oxygen content shall be controlled by the manufacturer so that the material conforms to the hydrogen embrittlement requirements of EN 1976.


10

Zn


— —c — —c — 0,000 1 — 0,000 1

— 0,006 5 — 0,006 5 — — — —

excluding O O — —


Table 1.3 — Composition of unalloyed copper grades, other than those made from Cu-CATH-1 (CR001A) according to EN 1978 Material designation Symbol


Number Element

Cua

Bi

O

Pb

unwrought copper

wrought copper

Cu-ETP

CR004A

CW004A

min. max.

99,90 —

— 0,000 5

— 0,040b

— 0,005

Cu-FRHC

CR005A

CW005A

min. max.

99,90 —

— —

— 0,040b

Cu-FRTP

CR006A

CW006A

min. max.

99,90 —

— —

Cu-OF

CR008A

CW008A

min. max.

99,95 —

— 0,000 5


excluding

— 0,03

Ag, O

— —

— 0,06 d

Ag, O

— 0,100

— —

— 0,05

Ag, Ni, O

— —c

— 0,005

— 0,03

Ag



b


c


d


Table 1.4 — Composition of phosphorus-containing copper grades Material designation Symbol



Number Element

Cua

Bi

P

unwrought copper

wrought copper

Cu-PHC

CR020A

CW020A

min. max.

99,95 —

— 0,000 5

0,001 0,006

Cu-HCP

CR021A

CW021A

min. max.

99,95 —

— 0,000 5

Cu-DLP

CR023A

CW023A

min. max.

99,90 —

Cu-DHP

CR024A

CW024A

min. max.

Cu-DXP

CR025A

—

min. max.

Pb


excluding

— 0,005

— 0,03b

Ag, P

0,002 0,007

— 0,005

— 0,03b

Ag, P

— 0,000 5

0,005 0,013

— 0,005

— 0,03

Ag, Ni, P

99,90 —

— —

0,015 0,040

— —

— —c

—

99,90 —

— 0,000 5

0,04 0,06

— 0,005

— 0,03

Ag, Ni, P



b


c

If required, the permitted total of elements, other than silver and phosphorus, should be agreed between the purchaser 7 8 6 and the supplier. 0 8 7 8 7 0 1 / 4 1 0 1 Copper 1 : Basic standards Testing standards, edited by e.V. DIN, Beuth Verlag, 2015. ProQuest Ebook Central, http://ebookcentral.proquest.com/lib/vimaru-vn/detail.action?docID=2051211. 4 5 Created from vimaru-vn on 2018-05-18 02:35:47. 7

11


Table 1.5 — Composition of silver-containing copper grades (silver-bearing coppers) Material designation Symbol

Composition in % (mass fraction) Other elements (see note)

Number Element

Cu

Ag

Bi

O

P

unwrought copper

wrought copper

CuAg0,04

CR011A

CW011A

min. max.

Rem. —

0,03 0,05

— 0,000 5

— 0,040

— —

— 0,03

Ag, O

CuAg0,07

CR012A

CW012A

min. max.

Rem. —

0,06 0,08

— 0,000 5

— 0,040

— —

— 0,03

Ag, O

CuAg0,10

CR013A

CW013A

min. max.

Rem. —

0,08 0,12

— 0,000 5

— 0,040

— —

— 0,03

Ag, O

CuAg0,04P

CR014A

CW014A

min. max.

Rem. —

0,03 0,05

— 0,000 5

— —a

0,001 0,007

— 0,03

Ag, P

CuAg0,07P

CR015A

CW015A

min. max.

Rem. —

0,06 0,08

— 0,000 5

— —a

0,001 0,007

— 0,03

Ag, P

CuAg0,10P

CR016A

CW016A

min. max.

Rem. —

0,08 0,12

— 0,000 5

— —a

0,001 0,007

— 0,03

Ag, P

CuAg0,04(OF)

CR017A

CW017A

min. max.

Rem. —

0,03 0,05

— 0,000 5

— —a

— —

— 0,006 5

Ag, O

CuAg0,07(OF)

CR018A

CW018A

min. max.

Rem. —

0,06 0,08

— 0,000 5

— —a

— —

— 0,006 5

Ag, O

CuAg0,10(OF)

CR019A

CW019A

min. max.

Rem. —

0,08 0,12

— 0,000 5

— —a

— —

— 0,006 5

Ag, O

total

excluding

NOTE

The total of other elements (than copper) is defined as the sum of Ag, As, Bi, Cd, Co, Cr, Fe, Mn, Ni, O, P, Pb, S, Sb, Se, Si, Sn, Te and Zn, subject to the exclusion of any individual elements indicated. a




12


Table 2 — Composition of copper alloys, low alloyed (less than 5 % alloying elements) (1 of 2) Material designation

Mn

Ni

P

Pb

S

Si

Sn

Te

Zn

Zr

Others total

— 0,2

— —

— 0,3

— —

— —

— —

— —

— —

— —

— —

— —

— 0,5

8,3

— —

— 0,2

— —

— 0,3

— —

— —

— —

— —

— —

— —

— —

— —

— 0,5

8,3

— 0,3

— —

— 0,2

— —

— 0,3

— —

0,2 0,6

— —

— —

— —

— —

— —

— —

— 0,5

8,3

0,4 0,7

0,8 1,3

— —

— 0,2

— —

0,8 1,3

— —

— —

— —

— —

— —

— —

— —

— —

— 0,5

8,8

— —

0,4 0,7

2,0 2,8

— —

— 0,2

— —

— 0,3

— —

— —

— —

— —

— —

— —

— —

— —

— 0,5

8,8

Rem. —

— —

— —

— —

0,5 1,2

— 0,08

— —

— —

— —

— —

— —

— 0,1

— —

— —

— —

— —

— 0,2

8,9

min. max.

Rem. —

— —

— —

— —

0,5 1,2

— 0,08

— —

— —

— —

— —

— —

— 0,1

— —

— —

— —

0,03 0,3

— 0,2

8,9

CW107C

min. max.

Rem. —

— —

— —

— —

— —

2,1 2,6

— —

— —

0,015 0,15

— 0,03

— —

— —

— —

— —

0,05 0,20

— —

— 0,2

8,8

CuNi1P

CW108C

min. max.

Rem. —

— —

— —

— —

— —

— —

— —

0,8 1,2

0,15 0,25

— —

— —

— —

— —

— —

— —

— —

— 0,1

8,9

CuNi1Si

CW109C

min. max.

Rem. —

— —

— —

— —

— —

— 0,2

— 0,1

1,0 1,6

— —

— 0,02

— —

0,4 0,7

— —

— —

— —

— —

— 0,3

8,8

CuNi2Be

CW110C

min. max.

Rem. —

— —

0,2 0,6

— 0,3

— —

— 0,2

— —

1,4 2,4

— —

— —

— —

— —

— —

— —

— —

— —

— 0,5

8,8

min. max.

Rem. —

— —

— —

— —

— —

— 0,2

— 0,1

1,6 2,5

— —

— 0,02

— —

0,4 0,8

— —

— —

— —

— —

— 0,3

8,8

Symbol


Densitya g/cm3


Number

Element

Cu

Al

Be

Co

Cr

Fe

CuBe1,7

CW100C

min. max.

Rem. —

— —

1,6 1,8

— 0,3

— —

CuBe2

CW101C

min. max.

Rem. —

— —

1,8 2,1

— 0,3

CuBe2Pb

CW102C

min. max.

Rem. —

— —

1,8 2,0

CuCo1Ni1Be

CW103C

min. max.

Rem. —

— —

CuCo2Be

CW104C

min. max.

Rem. —

CuCr1

CW105C

min. max.

CuCr1Zr

CW106C

CuFe2P


CuNi2Si

CW111C

approx.

13


Table 2 (2 of 2) Material designation

g/cm3

Number

Element

Cu

Al

Be

Co

Cr

Fe

Mn

Ni

P

Pb

S

Si

Sn

Te

Zn

Zr

Others total

CuNi3Si1

CW112C

min. max.

Rem. —

— —

— —

— —

— —

— 0,2

— 0,1

2,6 4,5

— —

— 0,02

— —

0,8 1,3

— —

— —

— —

— —

— 0,5

8,8

CuPb1P

CW113C

min. max.

Rem. —

— —

— —

— —

— —

— —

— —

— —

0,003 0,012

0,7 1,5

— —

— —

— —

— —

— —

— —

— 0,1

8,9

CuSP

CW114C

min. max.

Rem. —

— —

— —

— —

— —

— —

— —

— —

0,003 0,012

— —

0,2 0,7

— —

— —

— —

— —

— —

— 0,1

8,9

CuSi1

CW115C

min. max.

Rem. —

— 0,02

— —

— —

— —

— 0,8

— 0,7

— —

— 0,02

— 0,05

— —

0,8 2,0

— —

— —

— 1,5

— —

— 0,5

8,8

CuSi3Mn1

CW116C

min. max.

Rem. —

— 0,05

— —

— —

— —

— 0,2

0,7 1,3

— —

— 0,05

— 0,05

— —

2,7 3,2

— —

— —

— 0,4

— —

— 0,5

8,8

CuSn0,15

CW117C

min. max.

Rem. —

— —

— —

— —

— —

— 0,02

— —

— 0,02

— 0,015

— —

— —

— —

0,10 0,15

— —

— 0,10

— —

— 0,10

8,9

CuTeP

CW118C

min. max.

Rem. —

— —

— —

— —

— —

— —

— —

— —

0,003 0,012

— —

— —

— —

— —

0,4 0,7

— —

— —

— 0,1

8,9

CuZn0,5

CW119C

min. max.

Rem. —

— —

— —

— —

— —

— —

— —

— —

— 0,02

— —

— —

— —

— —

— —

0,1 1,0

— —

— 0,1

8,9

CuZr

CW120C

min. max.

Rem. —

— —

— —

— —

— —

— —

— —

— —

— —

— —

— —

— —

— —

— —

— —

0,1 0,2

— 0,1

8,9

CuSi3Zn2P

CW121C

min. max.

Rem. —

— —

— —

— —

— —

— —

— 0,20

— 0,20

— 0,10

— —

2,5 3,5

— —

— —

1,0 3,0

— —

— 0,2

8,6

Symbol


Densitya


a

0,01 0,20

For information only


14

approx.


Table 3 — Composition of copper-aluminium alloys Material designation Symbol

Densitya g/cm 3

Composition in % (mass fraction) Element

Cu

CuAl5As

CW300G

min. max.

Rem. –

4,0 0,1 — — — 6,5 0,4 0,2 0,2 0,2

— — — — — — 0,02 — 0,05 0,3

— 0,3

8,2

CuAl6Si2Fe

CW301G

min. max.

Rem. —

6,0 — 6,4 —

0,5 — — 0,7 0,1 0,1

— — 2,0 — — 0,05 2,4 0,1

— 0,4

— 0,2

7,7

CuAl7Si2

CW302G

min. max.

Rem. —

6,3 — 7,6 —

— — — 0,3 0,2 0,2

— — 1,5 — — 0,05 2,2 0,2

— 0,5

— 0,2

7,7

CuAl8Fe3

CW303G

min. max.

Rem. —

6,5 — 8,5 —

1,5 — — 3,5 1,0 1,0

— — — — — 0,05 0,2 0,1

— 0,5

— 0,2

7,7

CuAl9Ni3Fe2

CW304G

min. max.

Rem. —

8,0 — 9,5 —

1,0 — 2,0 3,0 2,5 4,0

— — — — — 0,05 0,1 0,1

— 0,2

— 0,3

7,4

CuAl10Fe1

CW305G

min. max.

Rem. 9,0 — — 10,0 —

0,5 — — 1,5 0,5 1,0

— — — — — 0,02 0,2 0,1

— 0,5

— 0,2

7,6

CuAl10Fe3Mn2

CW306G

min. max.

Rem. 9,0 — — 11,0 —

2,0 1,5 — 4,0 3,5 1,0

— — — — — 0,05 0,2 0,1

— 0,5

— 0,2

7,6

CuAl10Ni5Fe4

CW307G

min. max.

Rem. 8,5 — — 11,0 —

3,0 — 4,0 5,0 1,0 6,0

— — — — — 0,05 0,2 0,1

— 0,4

— 0,2

7,6

CuAl11Fe6Ni6

CW308G

min. max.

Rem. 10,5 — — 12,5 —

5,0 — 5,0 7,0 1,5 7,0

— — — — — 0,05 0,2 0,1

— 0,5

— 0,2

7,4

CuAl5Zn5Sn1

CW309G

min. max.

Rem. 4,0 — 6,0

— 0,3 4,0 — 1,5 6,0

— 0,5

8,2

a

Al

As

Fe

Mn

— 0,15 — — — —

Ni

P

Pb

— — — — 0,05 —

Si

Sn

Zn

Others total

Number

approx.


Table 4 — Composition of copper-nickel alloys Material designation Symbol


Densitya g/cm3


Number Element Cu

C

Co

Fe

Mn

Ni

P

Pb

S

Sn

Zn

Others total

approx.

CuNi25

CW350H

min. max.

Rem. — — — 0,05 0,1

— — 24,0 0,3 0,5 26,0

— — — — — — 0,02 0,05 0,03 0,5

— 0,1

8,9

CuNi9Sn2

CW351H

min. max.

Rem. —

— — 8,5 0,3 0,3 10,5

— — — — 0,03 —

— 0,1

— 0,1

8,9

CuNi10Fe1Mn

CW352H

min. max.

Rem. — — 1,0 0,5 9,0 — — — — — b — 0,05 0,1 2,0 1,0 11,0 0,02 0,02 0,05 0,03 0,5

— 0,2

8,9

CuNi30Fe2Mn2 CW353H

min. max.

Rem. — — 1,5 1,5 29,0 — — — — — b — 0,05 0,1 2,5 2,5 32,0 0,02 0,02 0,05 0,05 0,5

— 0,2

8,9

CuNi30Mn1Fe

min. max.

Rem. — — 0,4 0,5 30,0 — — — — — — 0,05 0,1b 1,0 1,5 32,0 0,02 0,02 0,05 0,05 0,5

— 0,2

8,9

a

CW354H

— —

— —

1,8 2,8


7 b Co max. 0,1 % is counted as Ni. 8 6 0 8 7 8 7 0 1 / 4 1 0 1 Copper 1 : Basic standards Testing standards, edited by e.V. DIN, Beuth Verlag, 2015. ProQuest Ebook Central, http://ebookcentral.proquest.com/lib/vimaru-vn/detail.action?docID=2051211. 4 5 Created from vimaru-vn on 2018-05-18 02:35:47. 7

15


Table 5 — Composition of copper-nickel-zinc alloys Material designation

Densitya g/cm3

Composition in % (mass fraction) Pb

Sn

Zn

Others total

6,0 8,0

2,3 3,3

— 0,2

Rem. —

— 0,2

8,5

— 0,5

9,0 11,0

— 0,05

— —

Rem. —

— 0,2

8,6

— 0,3

— 0,5

9,0 11,0

1,0 2,5

— 0,2

Rem. —

— 0,2

8,4

63,0 66,0

— 0,3

— 0,5

11,0 13,0

— 0,03

— Rem. 0,03 —

— 0,2

8,7

min. max.

60,0 63,0

— 0,3

— 0,5

11,0 13,0

0,5 1,5

— 0,2

Rem. —

— 0,2

8,7

CW405J

min. max.

57,0 60,0

— 0,3

— 0,5

11,0 13,5

— 0,03

— Rem. 0,03 —

— 0,2

8,6

CuNi12Zn30Pb1

CW406J

min. max.

56,0 58,0

— 0,3

— 0,5

11,0 13,0

0,5 1,5

— 0,2

Rem. —

— 0,2

8,6

CuNi12Zn38Mn5Pb2

CW407J

min. max.

42,0 45,0

— 0,3

4,5 6,0

11,0 13,0

1,0 2,5

— 0,2

Rem. —

— 0,2

8,4

CuNi18Zn19Pb1

CW408J

min. max.

59,5 62,5

— 0,3

— 0,7

17,0 19,0

0,5 1,5

— 0,2

Rem. —

— 0,2

8,7

CuNi18Zn20

CW409J

min. max.

60,0 63,0

— 0,3

— 0,5

17,0 19,0

— 0,03

— Rem. 0,03 —

— 0,2

8,7

CuNi18Zn27

CW410J

min. max.

53,0 56,0

— 0,3

— 0,5

17,0 19,0

— 0,03

— Rem. 0,03 —

— 0,2

8,7

Symbol

Number

Element

Cu

Fe

Mn

Ni

CuNi7Zn39Pb3Mn2

CW400J

min. max.

47,0 50,0

— 0,3

1,5 3,0

CuNi10Zn27

CW401J

min. max.

61,0 64,0

— 0,3

CuNi10Zn42Pb2

CW402J

min. max.

45,0 48,0

CuNi12Zn24

CW403J

min. max.

CuNi12Zn25Pb1

CW404J

CuNi12Zn29

a


approx.



16


Table 6 — Composition of copper-tin alloys Material designation

Densitya g/cm3


Number

Element

Cu

Fe

Ni

P

Pb

Sn

Te

Zn

Others total

CuSn4

CW450K

min. max.

Rem. —

— 0,1

— 0,2

0,01 0,4

— 0,02

3,5 4,5

— —

— 0,2

— 0,2

8,9

CuSn5

CW451K

min. max.

Rem. —

— 0,1

— 0,2

0,01 0,4

— 0,02

4,5 5,5

— —

— 0,2

— 0,2

8,9

CuSn6

CW452K

min. max.

Rem. —

— 0,1

— 0,2

0,01 0,4

— 0,02

5,5 7,0

— —

— 0,2

— 0,2

8,8

CuSn8

CW453K

min. max.

Rem. —

— 0,1

— 0,2

0,01 0,4

— 0,02

7,5 8,5

— —

— 0,2

— 0,2

8,8

CuSn3Zn9

CW454K

min. max.

Rem. —

— 0,1

— 0,2

— 0,2

— 0,1

1,5 3,5

— —

7,5 10,0

— 0,2

8,8

CuSn4Pb2P

CW455K

min. max.

Rem. —

— 0,1

— 0,2

0,2 0,4

1,5 2,5

3,5 4,5

— —

— 0,3

— 0,2

8,9

CuSn4Pb4Zn4

CW456K

min. max.

Rem. —

— 0,1

— 0,2

0,01 0,4

3,5 4,5

3,5 4,5

— 0,2

3,5 4,5

— 0,2

8,9

CuSn4Te1P

CW457K

min. max.

Rem. —

— 0,1

— 0,2

0,1 0,4

— —

4,0 5,0

0,5 1,0

— 0,3

— 0,2

8,9

CuSn5Pb1

CW458K

min. max.

Rem. —

— 0,1

— 0,2

0,01 0,4

0,5 1,5

3,5 5,5

— —

— 0,3

— 0,2

8,8

CuSn8P

CW459K

min. max.

Rem. —

— 0,1

— 0,3

0,2 0,4

— 0,05

7,5 8,5

— —

— 0,3

— 0,2

8,8

CuSn8PbP

CW460K

min. max.

Rem. —

— 0,1

— 0,3

0,2 0,4

0,1 0,5

7,5 9,0

— —

— 0,3

— 0,2

8,8

Symbol

a

approx.




17


Table 7 — Composition of copper-zinc alloys, binary Material designation

a


Densitya g/cm 3


Others total approx.

Symbol

Number

Element

Cu

As

Al

Fe

Ni

Pb

Sn

Zn

CuZn5

CW500L

min. max.

94,0 96,0

— —

— 0,02

— 0,05

— 0,3

— 0,05

— 0,1

Rem. —

— 0,1

8,9

CuZn10

CW501L

min. max.

89,0 91,0

— —

— 0,02

— 0,05

— 0,3

— 0,05

— 0,1

Rem. —

— 0,1

8,8

CuZn15

CW502L

min. max.

84,0 86,0

— —

— 0,02

— 0,05

— 0,3

— 0,05

— 0,1

Rem. —

— 0,1

8,8

CuZn20

CW503L

min. max.

79,0 81,0

— —

— 0,02

— 0,05

— 0,3

— 0,05

— 0,1

Rem. —

— 0,1

8,7

CuZn28

CW504L

min. max.

71,0 73,0

— —

— 0,02

— 0,05

— 0,3

— 0,05

— 0,1

Rem. —

— 0,1

8,6

CuZn30

CW505L

min. max.

69,0 71,0

— —

— 0,02

— 0,05

— 0,3

— 0,05

— 0,1

Rem. —

— 0,1

8,5

CuZn33

CW506L

min. max.

66,0 68,0

— —

— 0,02

— 0,05

— 0,3

— 0,05

— 0,1

Rem. —

— 0,1

8,5

CuZn36

CW507L

min. max.

63,5 65,5

— —

— 0,02

— 0,05

— 0,3

— 0,05

— 0,1

Rem. —

— 0,1

8,4

CuZn37

CW508L

min. max.

62,0 64,0

— —

— 0,05

— 0,1

— 0,3

— 0,1

— 0,1

Rem. —

— 0,1

8,4

CuZn40

CW509L

min. max.

59,0 61,5

— —

— 0,05

— 0,2

— 0,3

— 0,2

— 0,2

Rem. —

— 0,2

8,4

CuZn42

CW510L

min. max.

57,0 59,0

— —

— 0,05

— 0,3

— 0,3

— 0,2

— 0,3

Rem. —

— 0,2

8,4

CuZn38As

CW511L

min. max.

61,5 63,5

0,02 0,15

— 0,05

— 0,1

— 0,3

— 0,2

— 0,1

Rem. —

— 0,2

8,4



18


Table 8 — Composition of copper-zinc-lead alloys (1 of 2) Material designation


Densitya 3 g/cm


Symbol

Number

Element

CuZn35Pb1

CW600N

min. max.

CuZn35Pb2

CW601N

CuZn36Pb2As

Cu

Al

Zn

Others total

As

Fe

Mn

Ni

Pb

Sn

62,5 — 64,0 0,05

— —

— 0,1

— —

— 0,3

0,8 1,6

— Rem. 0,1 —

— 0,1

8,5

min. max.

62,0 — 63,5 0,05

— —

— 0,1

— —

— 0,3

1,6 2,5

— Rem. 0,1 —

— 0,1

8,5

CW602N

min. max.

61,0 — 0,02 63,0 0,05 0,15

— 0,1

— 0,1

— 0,3

1,7 2,8

— Rem. 0,1 —

— 0,2

8,4

CuZn36Pb3

CW603N

min. max.

60,0 — 62,0 0,05

— —

— 0,3

— —

— 0,3

2,5 3,5

— Rem. 0,2 —

— 0,2

8,5

CuZn37Pb0,5

CW604N

min. max.

62,0 — 64,0 0,05

— —

— 0,1

— —

— 0,3

0,1 0,8

— Rem. 0,2 —

— 0,2

8,4

CuZn37Pb1

CW605N

min. max.

61,0 — 62,0 0,05

— —

— 0,2

— —

— 0,3

0,8 1,6

— Rem. 0,2 —

— 0,2

8,4

CuZn37Pb2

CW606N

min. max.

61,0 — 62,0 0,05

— —

— 0,2

— —

— 0,3

1,6 2,5

— Rem. 0,2 —

— 0,2

8,4

CuZn38Pb1

CW607N

min. max.

60,0 — 61,0 0,05

— —

— 0,2

— —

— 0,3

0,8 1,6

— Rem. 0,2 —

— 0,2

8,4

CuZn38Pb2

CW608N

min. max.

60,0 — 61,0 0,05

— —

— 0,2

— —

— 0,3

1,6 2,5

— Rem. 0,2 —

— 0,2

8,4

CuZn38Pb4

CW609N

min. max.

57,0 — 59,0 0,05

— —

— 0,3

— —

— 0,3

3,5 4,2

— Rem. 0,3 —

— 0,2

8,4

CuZn39Pb0,5

CW610N

min. max.

59,0 — 60,5 0,05

— —

— 0,2

— —

— 0,3

0,2 0,8

— Rem. 0,2 —

— 0,2

8,4

CuZn39Pb1

CW611N

min. max.

59,0 — 60,0 0,05

— —

— 0,2

— —

— 0,3

0,8 1,6

— Rem. 0,2 —

— 0,2

8,4

CuZn39Pb2

CW612N

min. max.

59,0 — 60,0 0,05

— —

— 0,3

— —

— 0,3

1,6 2,5

— Rem. 0,3 —

— 0,2

8,4

CuZn39Pb2Sn

CW613N

min. max.

59,0 — 60,0 0,1

— —

— 0,4

— —

— 0,3

1,6 2,5

0,2 Rem. 0,5 —

— 0,2

8,4

CuZn39Pb3

CW614N

min. max.

57,0 — 59,0 0,05

— —

— 0,3

— —

— 0,3

2,5 3,5

— Rem. 0,3 —

— 0,2

8,4

CuZn39Pb3Sn

CW615N

min. max.

57,0 — 59,0 0,1

— —

— 0,4

— —

— 0,3

2,5 3,5

0,2 Rem. 0,5 —

— 0,2

8,4

CuZn40Pb1Al

CW616N

min. max.

57,0 0,05 59,0 0,30

— —

— 0,2

— —

— 0,2

1,0 2,0

— Rem. 0,2 —

— 0,2

8,3

CuZn40Pb2

CW617N

min. max.

57,0 — 59,0 0,05

— —

— 0,3

— —

— 0,3

1,6 2,5

— Rem. 0,3 —

— 0,2

8,4

CuZn40Pb2Al

CW618N

min. max.

57,0 0,05 59,0 0,5

— —

— 0,3

— —

— 0,3

1,6 3,0

— Rem. 0,3 —

— 0,2

8,3


approx.

19


Table 8 (2 of 2)


Densitya 3 g/cm


Symbol

Number

Element

CuZn40Pb2Sn

CW619N

CuZn41Pb1Al

As

Fe

Mn

Ni

Pb

Sn

min. max.

57,0 — 59,0 0,1

— —

— 0,4

— —

— 0,3

1,6 2,5

0,2 Rem. 0,5 —

— 0,2

8,4

CW620N

min. max.

57,0 0,05 59,0 0,5

— —

— 0,3

— —

— 0,3

0,8 1,6

— Rem. 0,3 —

— 0,2

8,3

CuZn42PbAl

CW621N

min. max.

57,0 0,05 59,0 0,5

— —

— 0,3

— —

— 0,3

0,2 0,8

— Rem. 0,3 —

— 0,2

8,3

CuZn43Pb1Al

CW622N

min. max.

55,0 0,05 57,0 0,5

— —

— 0,3

— —

— 0,3

0,8 1,6

— Rem. 0,3 —

— 0,2

8,3

CuZn43Pb2

CW623N

min. max.

55,0 — 57,0 0,05

— —

— 0,3

— —

— 0,3

1,6 3,0

— Rem. 0,3 —

— 0,2

8,4

CuZn43Pb2Al

CW624N

min. max.

55,0 0,05 57,0 0,5

— —

— 0,3

— —

— 0,3

1,6 3,0

— Rem. 0,3 —

— 0,2

8,4


Zn

Others total

Al

a

Cu

approx.



20


Table 9 — Composition of copper-zinc alloys, complex (1 of 2) Material designation Al

As

Co

Fe

Mn

Ni

P

Pb

Si

Sn

Zn

Others total

81,0 84,0

0,7 1,2

— —

— —

— 0,25

— 0,1

0,8 1,4

— —

— 0,05

0,8 1,3

— 0,1

Rem. —

— 0,5

8,5

min. max.

80,0 82,0

— —

— —

— —

— 0,05

— —

— 0,3

— —

— 0,05

— —

0,2 0,5

Rem. —

— 0,2

8,6

CW702R

min. max.

76,0 79,0

1,8 2,3

0,02 0,06

— —

— 0,07

— 0,1

— 0,1

— 0,01

— 0,05

— —

— —

Rem. —

— 0,3

8,4

CuZn23Al3Co

CW703R

min. max.

72,0 75,0

3,0 3,8

— —

0,25 0,55

— 0,05

— —

— 0,3

— —

— 0,05

— —

— 0,1

Rem. —

— 0,1

8,2

CuZn23Al6Mn4Fe3Pb

CW704R

min. max.

63,0 65,0

5,0 6,0

— —

— —

2,0 3,5

3,5 5,0

— 0,5

— —

0,2 0,8

— 0,2

— 0,2

Rem. —

— 0,2

8,2

CuZn25Al5Fe2Mn2Pb

CW705R

min. max.

65,0 68,0

4,0 5,0

— —

— —

0,5 3,0

0,5 3,0

— 1,0

— —

0,2 0,8

— —

— 0,2

Rem. —

— 0,3

8,2

CuZn28Sn1As

CW706R

min. max.

70,0 72,5

— —

0,02 0,06

— —

— 0,07

— 0,1

— 0,1

— 0,01

— 0,05

— —

0,9 1,3

Rem. —

— 0,3

8,5

CuZn30As

CW707R

min. max.

69,0 71,0

— 0,02

0,02 0,06

— —

— 0,05

— 0,1

— —

— 0,01

— 0,07

— —

— 0,05

Rem. —

— 0,3

8,5

CuZn31Si1

CW708R

min. max.

66,0 70,0

— —

— —

— —

— 0,4

— —

— 0,5

— —

— 0,8

0,7 1,3

— —

Rem. —

— 0,5

8,4

CuZn32Pb2AsFeSi

CW709R

min. max.

64,0 66,5

— 0,05

0,03 0,08

— —

0,1 0,2

— —

— 0,3

— —

1,5 2,2

0,45 0,8

— 0,3

Rem. —

— 0,2

8,4

CuZn35Ni3Mn2AlPb

CW710R

min. max.

58,0 60,0

0,3 1,3

— —

— —

— 0,5

1,5 2,5

2,0 3,0

— —

0,2 0,8

— 0,1

— 0,5

Rem. —

— 0,3

8.3

CuZn36Pb2Sn1

CW711R

min. max.

59,5 61,5

— —

— —

— —

— 0,1

— —

— 0,3

— —

1,3 2,2

— —

0,5 1,0

Rem. —

— 0,2

8,5

— 0,2

— —

0,2 0,6

— —

1,0 1,5

Rem. —

— 0,2

8,3

Symbol


Densitya 3 g/cm


Number

Element

Cu

CuZn13Al1Ni1Si1

CW700R

min. max.

CuZn19Sn

CW701R

CuZn20Al2As


CuZn36Sn1Pb

CW712R

min. max.

61,0 63,0

— —

— —

— —

— 0,1

— —

approx.

21


Table 9 (2 of 2) Material designation Symbol


Si

Sn

Zn

Others total

0,2 0,8

0,3 1,3

— 0,4

Rem. —

— 0,3

8,1

— —

0,4 1,0

— —

0,5 1,0

Rem. —

— 0,2

8,4

0,2 0,5

— —

0,3 0,7

— —

0,3 0,6

Rem. —

— 0,2

8,3

0,6 1,8

— 0,6

— —

— 1,0

— 0,5

— 0,3

Rem. —

— 0,3

8,3

— 0,1

— —

— 0,2

— —

— 0,2

— —

0,5 1,0

Rem. —

— 0,2

8,4

— —

— 0,5

0,8 1,8

— 0,5

— —

0,2 0,8

0,2 0,8

— 0,5

Rem. —

— 0,3

8,2

— —

— —

— 0,1

— —

— 0,2

— —

— 0,2

— —

0,5 1,0

Rem. —

— 0,2

8,4

— 0,2

— —

— —

— 0,3

0,5 1,5

— 0,6

— —

1,0 2,0

— 0,1

— 0,3

Rem. —

— 0,3

8,3

57,0 59,0

0,3 1,3

— —

— —

0,2 1,2

0,8 1,8

— 0,3

— —

0,8 1,6

— —

0,2 1,0

Rem. —

— 0,3

8,3

min. max.

56,5 58,5

— 0,1

— —

— —

0,2 1,2

0,8 1,8

— 0,3

— —

0,8 1,6

— —

0,2 1,0

Rem. —

— 0,3

8,3

CW723R

min. max.

56,5 58,5

— 0,1

— —

— —

0,5 1,5

1,0 2,0

— 0,6

— —

— 0,5

— 0,1

— 0,3

Rem. —

— 0,4

8,3

CW724R

min. max.

75,0 77,0

— 0,05

— —

— —

— 0,3

— 0,05

— 0,2

0,02 0,10

— 0,10

2,7 3,5

— 0,3

Rem. —

— 0,2

8,3

Number

Element

Cu

Al

As

Co

Fe

Mn

Ni

P

CuZn37Mn3Al2PbSi

CW713R

min. max.

57,0 59,0

1,3 2,3

— —

— —

— 1,0

1,5 3,0

— 1,0

— —

CuZn37Pb1Sn1

CW714R

min. max.

59,0 61,0

— —

— —

— —

— 0,1

— —

— 0,3

CuZn38AlFeNiPbSn

CW715R

min. max.

59,0 60,7

0,1 0,5

— 0,05

— —

0,1 0,4

— —

CuZn38Mn1Al

CW716R

min. max.

59,0 61,5

0,3 1,3

— —

— —

— 1,0

CuZn38Sn1As

CW717R

min. max.

59,0 62,0

— —

0,02 0,06

— —

CuZn39Mn1AlPbSi

CW718R

min. max.

57,0 59,0

0,3 1,3

— —

CuZn39Sn1

CW719R

min. max.

59,0 61,0

— —

CuZn40Mn1Pb1

CW720R

min. max.

57,0 59,0

CuZn40Mn1Pb1AlFeSn

CW721R

min. max.

CuZn40Mn1Pb1FeSn

CW722R

CuZn40Mn2Fe1 CuZn21Si3P

7 8 a For information only 6 0 8 7 8 7 0 1 / 4 1 0 1 Copper 1 : Basic standards Testing standards, edited by e.V. DIN, Beuth Verlag, 2015. ProQuest Ebook Central, http://ebookcentral.proquest.com/lib/vimaru-vn/detail.action?docID=2051211. 4 5 Created from vimaru-vn on 2018-05-18 02:35:47. 7

22

Densitya 3 g/cm

Composition in % (mass fraction) Pb

approx.


Table 10 — Wrought coppers and copper alloys specified in European product Standards prepared by CEN/TC 133 (1 of 12) Product forms and available materials Material designation

Symbola

Number b

rolled flat products

1 1 0 2 : 2 7 1 1

7 9 9 1 : 2 5 6 1

7 9 9 1 : 3 5 6 1

7 9 9 1 : 4 5 6 1

7 9 9 1 : 8 5 7 1

0 1 0 2 : 8 4 1 3 1

tubes

2 0 0 2 : 9 9 5 3 1

4 0 0 2 : 6 3 4 4 1

6 0 0 2 : 7 5 0 1

2 1 0 2 : 9 4 4 2 1

9 9 9 1 : 0 5 4 2 1

2 1 0 2 : 1 5 4 2 1

2 1 0 2 : 2 5 4 2 1

0 1 0 2 : 1 5 3 7 2 1

forging stock and forgings

rod/bar, profiles, wire

0 1 0 2 : 2 5 3 7 2 1

8 0 0 2 : 8 4 3 3 1

2 0 0 2 : 9 4 3 3 1

2 0 0 2 : 0 0 6 3 1

8 9 9 1 : 7 7 9 1

1 1 0 2 : 3 6 1 2 1

1 1 0 2 : 4 6 1 2 1

1 1 0 2 : 6 6 1 2 1

1 1 0 2 : 7 6 1 2 1

1 1 0 2 : 8 6 1 2 1

2 0 0 2 : 1 0 6 3 1

2 0 0 2 : 2 0 6 3 1

2 0 0 2 : 5 0 6 3 1

1 1 0 2 : 5 6 1 2 1

9 9 9 1 : 0 2 4 2 1

c

2 0 0 2 : 4 0 6 3 1

N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E

Coppers (see Tables 1.1 to 1.4)


Cu-ETP1

CW003A

Cu-ETP

CW004A

Cu-FRHC

CW005A

Cu-FRTP

CW006A

Cu-OF1

CW007A

Cu-OF

CW008A

Cu-OFE

CW009A

X

CuAg0,04

CW011A

X

X

X

CuAg0,07

CW012A

X

X

X

CuAg0,10

CW013A

X

X

X

CuAg0,04P

CW014A

X

X

X

CuAg0,07P

CW015A

X

X

X

X X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X X X

X

X

X

X

X


X

X

X

X X

X

X

X

23


Table 10 (2 of 12) Product forms and available materials Material designation

Symbola

Number b


1 1 0 2 : 2 7 1 1

7 9 9 1 : 2 5 6 1

7 9 9 1 : 3 5 6 1

7 9 9 1 : 4 5 6 1

7 9 9 1 : 8 5 7 1

0 1 0 2 : 8 4 1 3 1

tubes

2 0 0 2 : 9 9 5 3 1

4 0 0 2 : 6 3 4 4 1

6 0 0 2 : 7 5 0 1

2 1 0 2 : 9 4 4 2 1

9 9 9 1 : 0 5 4 2 1

2 1 0 2 : 1 5 4 2 1

2 1 0 2 : 2 5 4 2 1

0 1 0 2 : 1 5 3 7 2 1


rod/bar, profiles, wire 0 1 0 2 : 2 5 3 7 2 1

8 0 0 2 : 8 4 3 3 1

2 0 0 2 : 9 4 3 3 1

2 0 0 2 : 0 0 6 3 1

8 9 9 1 : 7 7 9 1

1 1 0 2 : 3 6 1 2 1

1 1 0 2 : 4 6 1 2 1

1 1 0 2 : 6 6 1 2 1

1 1 0 2 : 7 6 1 2 1

1 1 0 2 : 8 6 1 2 1

2 0 0 2 : 1 0 6 3 1

2 0 0 2 : 2 0 6 3 1

2 0 0 2 : 5 0 6 3 1

1 1 0 2 : 5 6 1 2 1

9 9 9 1 : 0 2 4 2 1

c

2 0 0 2 : 4 0 6 3 1



CuAg0,10P

CW016A

CuAg0,04(OF)

X

X

X

X

X

CW017A

X

X

X

CuAg0,07(OF)

CW018A

X

X

X

CuAg0,10(OF)

CW019A

X

X

X

X

Cu-PHC

CW020A

X

X

X

X

X

Cu-HCP

CW021A

X

X

X

X

X

Cu-PHCE

CW022A

Cu-DLP

CW023A

Cu-DHP

CW024A

X X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

Copper alloys, low alloyed (see Table 2) CuBe1,7

CW100C

CuBe2

CW101C

CuBe2Pb

CW102C

X

X

X

X

X

X

X


24

X

X X

X

X



Symbola

Number b


1 1 0 2 : 2 7 1 1

7 9 9 1 : 2 5 6 1

7 9 9 1 : 3 5 6 1

7 9 9 1 : 4 5 6 1

7 9 9 1 : 8 5 7 1

0 1 0 2 : 8 4 1 3 1

tubes

2 0 0 2 : 9 9 5 3 1

4 0 0 2 : 6 3 4 4 1

6 0 0 2 : 7 5 0 1

2 1 0 2 : 9 4 4 2 1

9 9 9 1 : 0 5 4 2 1

2 1 0 2 : 1 5 4 2 1

2 1 0 2 : 2 5 4 2 1

0 1 0 2 : 1 5 3 7 2 1



0 1 0 2 : 2 5 3 7 2 1

8 0 0 2 : 8 4 3 3 1

2 0 0 2 : 9 4 3 3 1

2 0 0 2 : 0 0 6 3 1

8 9 9 1 : 7 7 9 1

1 1 0 2 : 3 6 1 2 1

1 1 0 2 : 4 6 1 2 1

1 1 0 2 : 6 6 1 2 1

1 1 0 2 : 7 6 1 2 1

1 1 0 2 : 8 6 1 2 1

2 0 0 2 : 1 0 6 3 1

2 0 0 2 : 2 0 6 3 1

2 0 0 2 : 5 0 6 3 1

1 1 0 2 : 5 6 1 2 1

9 9 9 1 : 0 2 4 2 1

c

2 0 0 2 : 4 0 6 3 1



CuCo1Ni1Be

CW103C

X

CuCo2Be

CW104C

X

CuCr1

CW105C

CuCr1Zr

CW106C

CuFe2P

CW107C

CuNi1P

CW108C

CuNi1Si

CW109C

CuNi2Be

CW110C

X

X

X

X

CuNi2Si

CW111C

X

X

X

X

CuNi3Si1

CW112C

CuPb1P

CW113C

X

CuSP

CW114C

X

CuSi1

CW115C

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X X

X X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X


X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X X

X

X

25



Symbola

Number b


1 1 0 2 : 2 7 1 1

7 9 9 1 : 2 5 6 1

7 9 9 1 : 3 5 6 1

7 9 9 1 : 4 5 6 1

7 9 9 1 : 8 5 7 1

0 1 0 2 : 8 4 1 3 1

tubes

2 0 0 2 : 9 9 5 3 1

4 0 0 2 : 6 3 4 4 1

6 0 0 2 : 7 5 0 1

2 1 0 2 : 9 4 4 2 1

9 9 9 1 : 0 5 4 2 1

2 1 0 2 : 1 5 4 2 1

2 1 0 2 : 2 5 4 2 1

0 1 0 2 : 1 5 3 7 2 1



0 1 0 2 : 2 5 3 7 2 1

8 0 0 2 : 8 4 3 3 1

2 0 0 2 : 9 4 3 3 1

2 0 0 2 : 0 0 6 3 1

8 9 9 1 : 7 7 9 1

1 1 0 2 : 3 6 1 2 1

1 1 0 2 : 4 6 1 2 1

1 1 0 2 : 6 6 1 2 1

1 1 0 2 : 7 6 1 2 1

1 1 0 2 : 8 6 1 2 1

2 0 0 2 : 1 0 6 3 1

2 0 0 2 : 2 0 6 3 1

2 0 0 2 : 5 0 6 3 1

1 1 0 2 : 5 6 1 2 1

9 9 9 1 : 0 2 4 2 1

c

2 0 0 2 : 4 0 6 3 1



CuSi3Mn1

CW116C

CuSn0,15

CW117C

CuTeP

CW118C

CuZn0,5

CW119C

CuZr

CW120C

CuSi3Zn2P

CW121C

X

X

X

X X

X

X

X

X

X

X X

X

X

X

X

X Copper-aluminium alloys (see Table 3)

CuAl5As

CW300G

X

CuAl6Si2Fe

CW301G

X

CuAl7Si2

CW302G

X

CuAl8Fe3

CW303G

CuAl9Ni3Fe2

CW304G

CuAl10Fe1

CW305G

CuAl10Fe3Mn2

CW306G

X

X X


26

X

X X

X

X

X

X

X

X



Symbola

Number b


1 1 0 2 : 2 7 1 1

7 9 9 1 : 2 5 6 1

7 9 9 1 : 3 5 6 1

7 9 9 1 : 4 5 6 1

7 9 9 1 : 8 5 7 1

0 1 0 2 : 8 4 1 3 1

tubes

2 0 0 2 : 9 9 5 3 1

4 0 0 2 : 6 3 4 4 1

6 0 0 2 : 7 5 0 1

2 1 0 2 : 9 4 4 2 1

9 9 9 1 : 0 5 4 2 1

2 1 0 2 : 1 5 4 2 1

2 1 0 2 : 2 5 4 2 1

0 1 0 2 : 1 5 3 7 2 1



0 1 0 2 : 2 5 3 7 2 1

8 0 0 2 : 8 4 3 3 1

2 0 0 2 : 9 4 3 3 1

2 0 0 2 : 0 0 6 3 1

8 9 9 1 : 7 7 9 1

1 1 0 2 : 3 6 1 2 1

1 1 0 2 : 4 6 1 2 1

1 1 0 2 : 6 6 1 2 1

1 1 0 2 : 7 6 1 2 1

1 1 0 2 : 8 6 1 2 1

2 0 0 2 : 1 0 6 3 1

2 0 0 2 : 2 0 6 3 1

2 0 0 2 : 5 0 6 3 1

1 1 0 2 : 5 6 1 2 1

9 9 9 1 : 0 2 4 2 1

c

2 0 0 2 : 4 0 6 3 1


CuAl10Ni5Fe4

CW307G

CuAl11Fe6Ni6

CW308G

CuAl5Zn5Sn1

CW309G

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X Copper-nickel alloys (see Table 4)


CuNi25

CW350H

X

CuNi9Sn2

CW351H

X

CuNi10Fe1Mn

CW352H

X

CuNi30Fe2Mn2

CW353H

CuNi30Mn1Fe

CW354H

X X

X

X X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X X

X

X

X

Copper-nickel-zinc alloys (see Table 5) CuNi7Zn39Pb3Mn2

CW400J

CuNi10Zn27

CW401J

CuNi10Zn42Pb2

CW402J

CuNi12Zn24

CW403J

X

X

X

X X X

X

X


X

X

X

27



Symbola

Number b


1 1 0 2 : 2 7 1 1

7 9 9 1 : 2 5 6 1

7 9 9 1 : 3 5 6 1

7 9 9 1 : 4 5 6 1

7 9 9 1 : 8 5 7 1

0 1 0 2 : 8 4 1 3 1

tubes

2 0 0 2 : 9 9 5 3 1

4 0 0 2 : 6 3 4 4 1

6 0 0 2 : 7 5 0 1

2 1 0 2 : 9 4 4 2 1

9 9 9 1 : 0 5 4 2 1

2 1 0 2 : 1 5 4 2 1

2 1 0 2 : 2 5 4 2 1

0 1 0 2 : 1 5 3 7 2 1



0 1 0 2 : 2 5 3 7 2 1

8 0 0 2 : 8 4 3 3 1

2 0 0 2 : 9 4 3 3 1

2 0 0 2 : 0 0 6 3 1

8 9 9 1 : 7 7 9 1

1 1 0 2 : 3 6 1 2 1

1 1 0 2 : 4 6 1 2 1

1 1 0 2 : 6 6 1 2 1

1 1 0 2 : 7 6 1 2 1

1 1 0 2 : 8 6 1 2 1

2 0 0 2 : 1 0 6 3 1

2 0 0 2 : 2 0 6 3 1

2 0 0 2 : 5 0 6 3 1

1 1 0 2 : 5 6 1 2 1

9 9 9 1 : 0 2 4 2 1

c

2 0 0 2 : 4 0 6 3 1



CuNi12Zn25Pb1

CW404J

CuNi12Zn29

CW405J

CuNi12Zn30Pb1

CW406J

CuNi12Zn38Mn5Pb2

CW407J

CuNi18Zn19Pb1

CW408J

CuNi18Zn20

CW409J

X

X

CuNi18Zn27

CW410J

X

X

X X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

Copper-tin alloys (see Table 6) CuSn4

CW450K

CuSn5

X

X

X

X

X

X

CW451K

X

X

X

X

CuSn6

CW452K

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

CuSn8

CW453K

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

CuSn3Zn9

CW454K

X

X

X

X


28



Symbola

Number b


1 1 0 2 : 2 7 1 1

7 9 9 1 : 2 5 6 1

7 9 9 1 : 3 5 6 1

7 9 9 1 : 4 5 6 1

7 9 9 1 : 8 5 7 1

0 1 0 2 : 8 4 1 3 1

tubes

2 0 0 2 : 9 9 5 3 1

4 0 0 2 : 6 3 4 4 1

6 0 0 2 : 7 5 0 1

2 1 0 2 : 9 4 4 2 1

9 9 9 1 : 0 5 4 2 1

2 1 0 2 : 1 5 4 2 1

2 1 0 2 : 2 5 4 2 1

0 1 0 2 : 1 5 3 7 2 1



0 1 0 2 : 2 5 3 7 2 1

8 0 0 2 : 8 4 3 3 1

2 0 0 2 : 9 4 3 3 1

2 0 0 2 : 0 0 6 3 1

8 9 9 1 : 7 7 9 1

1 1 0 2 : 3 6 1 2 1

1 1 0 2 : 4 6 1 2 1

1 1 0 2 : 6 6 1 2 1

1 1 0 2 : 7 6 1 2 1

1 1 0 2 : 8 6 1 2 1

2 0 0 2 : 1 0 6 3 1

2 0 0 2 : 2 0 6 3 1

2 0 0 2 : 5 0 6 3 1

1 1 0 2 : 5 6 1 2 1

9 9 9 1 : 0 2 4 2 1

c

2 0 0 2 : 4 0 6 3 1



CuSn4Pb2P

CW455K

CuSn4Pb4Zn4

CW456K

CuSn4Te1P

CW457K

CuSn5Pb1

CW458K

CuSn8P

CW459K

X

CuSn8PbP

CW460K

X

X X

X X

Copper-zinc alloys, binary (see Table 7) CuZn5

CW500L

X

X

X

X

CuZn10

CW501L

X

X

X

X

X

X

CuZn15

CW502L

X

X

X

X

X

CuZn20

CW503L

X

X

X

X

X

CuZn28

CW504L

CuZn30

CW505L

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X


29



Symbola

Number b


1 1 0 2 : 2 7 1 1

7 9 9 1 : 2 5 6 1

7 9 9 1 : 3 5 6 1

7 9 9 1 : 4 5 6 1

7 9 9 1 : 8 5 7 1

0 1 0 2 : 8 4 1 3 1

tubes

2 0 0 2 : 9 9 5 3 1

4 0 0 2 : 6 3 4 4 1

6 0 0 2 : 7 5 0 1

2 1 0 2 : 9 4 4 2 1

9 9 9 1 : 0 5 4 2 1

2 1 0 2 : 1 5 4 2 1

2 1 0 2 : 2 5 4 2 1

0 1 0 2 : 1 5 3 7 2 1



0 1 0 2 : 2 5 3 7 2 1

8 0 0 2 : 8 4 3 3 1

2 0 0 2 : 9 4 3 3 1

2 0 0 2 : 0 0 6 3 1

8 9 9 1 : 7 7 9 1

1 1 0 2 : 3 6 1 2 1

1 1 0 2 : 4 6 1 2 1

1 1 0 2 : 6 6 1 2 1

1 1 0 2 : 7 6 1 2 1

1 1 0 2 : 8 6 1 2 1

2 0 0 2 : 1 0 6 3 1

2 0 0 2 : 2 0 6 3 1

2 0 0 2 : 5 0 6 3 1

1 1 0 2 : 5 6 1 2 1

9 9 9 1 : 0 2 4 2 1

c

2 0 0 2 : 4 0 6 3 1



CuZn33

CW506L

X

CuZn36

CW507L

X

CuZn37

CW508L

X

CuZn40

CW509L

X

CuZn42 CuZn38As

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

CW510L

X

X

X

CW511L

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

Copper-zinc-lead alloys (see Table 8) CuZn35Pb1

CW600N

CuZn35Pb2

X

X

X

X

X

CW601N

X

X

X

X

X

CuZn36Pb2As

CW602N

X

X

X

X

CuZn36Pb3

CW603N

X

X

X

X

X

CuZn37Pb0,5

CW604N

CuZn37Pb1

CW605N

CuZn37Pb2

CW606N

X

X

X

X

CuZn38Pb1

CW607N

X

X

X

X X

X


30

X

X

X

X

X



Symbola

Number b


1 1 0 2 : 2 7 1 1

7 9 9 1 : 2 5 6 1

7 9 9 1 : 3 5 6 1

7 9 9 1 : 4 5 6 1

7 9 9 1 : 8 5 7 1

0 1 0 2 : 8 4 1 3 1

tubes

2 0 0 2 : 9 9 5 3 1

4 0 0 2 : 6 3 4 4 1

6 0 0 2 : 7 5 0 1

2 1 0 2 : 9 4 4 2 1

9 9 9 1 : 0 5 4 2 1

2 1 0 2 : 1 5 4 2 1

2 1 0 2 : 2 5 4 2 1

0 1 0 2 : 1 5 3 7 2 1



0 1 0 2 : 2 5 3 7 2 1

8 0 0 2 : 8 4 3 3 1

2 0 0 2 : 9 4 3 3 1

2 0 0 2 : 0 0 6 3 1

8 9 9 1 : 7 7 9 1

1 1 0 2 : 3 6 1 2 1

1 1 0 2 : 4 6 1 2 1

1 1 0 2 : 6 6 1 2 1

1 1 0 2 : 7 6 1 2 1

1 1 0 2 : 8 6 1 2 1

2 0 0 2 : 1 0 6 3 1

2 0 0 2 : 2 0 6 3 1

2 0 0 2 : 5 0 6 3 1

1 1 0 2 : 5 6 1 2 1

9 9 9 1 : 0 2 4 2 1

c

2 0 0 2 : 4 0 6 3 1



CuZn38Pb2

CW608N

CuZn38Pb4

CW609N

CuZn39Pb0,5

CW610N

CuZn39Pb1

CW611N

CuZn39Pb2

CW612N

CuZn39Pb2Sn

CW613N

CuZn39Pb3

CW614N

CuZn39Pb3Sn

CW615N

CuZn40Pb1Al

CW616N

CuZn40Pb2

CW617N

CuZn40Pb2Al

CW618N

CuZn40Pb2Sn

CW619N

CuZn41Pb1Al

CW620N

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X X

X

X

X

X

X


X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X X

31



Symbola

Number b


1 1 0 2 : 2 7 1 1

7 9 9 1 : 2 5 6 1

7 9 9 1 : 3 5 6 1

7 9 9 1 : 4 5 6 1

7 9 9 1 : 8 5 7 1

0 1 0 2 : 8 4 1 3 1

tubes

2 0 0 2 : 9 9 5 3 1

4 0 0 2 : 6 3 4 4 1

6 0 0 2 : 7 5 0 1

2 1 0 2 : 9 4 4 2 1

9 9 9 1 : 0 5 4 2 1

2 1 0 2 : 1 5 4 2 1

2 1 0 2 : 2 5 4 2 1

0 1 0 2 : 1 5 3 7 2 1



0 1 0 2 : 2 5 3 7 2 1

8 0 0 2 : 8 4 3 3 1

2 0 0 2 : 9 4 3 3 1

2 0 0 2 : 0 0 6 3 1

8 9 9 1 : 7 7 9 1

1 1 0 2 : 3 6 1 2 1

1 1 0 2 : 4 6 1 2 1

1 1 0 2 : 6 6 1 2 1

1 1 0 2 : 7 6 1 2 1

1 1 0 2 : 8 6 1 2 1

2 0 0 2 : 1 0 6 3 1

2 0 0 2 : 2 0 6 3 1

2 0 0 2 : 5 0 6 3 1

1 1 0 2 : 5 6 1 2 1

9 9 9 1 : 0 2 4 2 1

c

2 0 0 2 : 4 0 6 3 1


CuZn42PbAl

CW621N

CuZn43Pb1Al

CW622N

CuZn43Pb2

CW623N

CuZn43Pb2Al

CW624N

X Copper-zinc alloys, complex (see Table 9)


CuZn13Al1Ni1Si1

CW700R

CuZn19Sn

CW701R

CuZn20Al2As

CW702R

CuZn23Al3Co

CW703R

CuZn23Al6Mn4Fe3Pb

CW704R

CuZn25Al5Fe2Mn2Pb

CW705R

CuZn28Sn1As

CW706R

X

CuZn30As

CW707R

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X X

X X

X


32

X



Symbola

Number b


1 1 0 2 : 2 7 1 1

7 9 9 1 : 2 5 6 1

7 9 9 1 : 3 5 6 1

7 9 9 1 : 4 5 6 1

7 9 9 1 : 8 5 7 1

0 1 0 2 : 8 4 1 3 1

tubes

2 0 0 2 : 9 9 5 3 1

4 0 0 2 : 6 3 4 4 1

6 0 0 2 : 7 5 0 1

2 1 0 2 : 9 4 4 2 1

9 9 9 1 : 0 5 4 2 1

2 1 0 2 : 1 5 4 2 1

2 1 0 2 : 2 5 4 2 1

0 1 0 2 : 1 5 3 7 2 1



0 1 0 2 : 2 5 3 7 2 1

8 0 0 2 : 8 4 3 3 1

2 0 0 2 : 9 4 3 3 1

2 0 0 2 : 0 0 6 3 1

8 9 9 1 : 7 7 9 1

1 1 0 2 : 3 6 1 2 1

1 1 0 2 : 4 6 1 2 1

1 1 0 2 : 6 6 1 2 1

1 1 0 2 : 7 6 1 2 1

1 1 0 2 : 8 6 1 2 1

2 0 0 2 : 1 0 6 3 1

2 0 0 2 : 2 0 6 3 1

2 0 0 2 : 5 0 6 3 1

1 1 0 2 : 5 6 1 2 1

9 9 9 1 : 0 2 4 2 1

c

2 0 0 2 : 4 0 6 3 1



CuZn31Si1

CW708R

CuZn32Pb2AsFeSi

CW709R

CuZn35Ni3Mn2AlPb

CW710R

CuZn36Pb2Sn1

CW711R

CuZn36Sn1Pb

CW712R

CuZn37Mn3Al2PbSi

CW713R

CuZn37Pb1Sn1

CW714R

CuZn38AlFeNiPbSn

CW715R

CuZn38Mn1Al

CW716R

CuZn38Sn1As

CW717R

CuZn39Mn1AlPbSi

CW718R

CuZn39Sn1

CW719R

CuZn40Mn1Pb1

CW720R

X

X X

X

X

X

X X

X X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X X X X X X


X X

X X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

33



Symbola

Number b


1 1 0 2 : 2 7 1 1

7 9 9 1 : 2 5 6 1

7 9 9 1 : 3 5 6 1

7 9 9 1 : 4 5 6 1

7 9 9 1 : 8 5 7 1

0 1 0 2 : 8 4 1 3 1

tubes

2 0 0 2 : 9 9 5 3 1

4 0 0 2 : 6 3 4 4 1

6 0 0 2 : 7 5 0 1

2 1 0 2 : 9 4 4 2 1

9 9 9 1 : 0 5 4 2 1

2 1 0 2 : 1 5 4 2 1

2 1 0 2 : 2 5 4 2 1

0 1 0 2 : 1 5 3 7 2 1



0 1 0 2 : 2 5 3 7 2 1

8 0 0 2 : 8 4 3 3 1

2 0 0 2 : 9 4 3 3 1

2 0 0 2 : 0 0 6 3 1

8 9 9 1 : 7 7 9 1

1 1 0 2 : 3 6 1 2 1

1 1 0 2 : 4 6 1 2 1

1 1 0 2 : 6 6 1 2 1

1 1 0 2 : 7 6 1 2 1

1 1 0 2 : 8 6 1 2 1

2 0 0 2 : 1 0 6 3 1

2 0 0 2 : 2 0 6 3 1

2 0 0 2 : 5 0 6 3 1

1 1 0 2 : 5 6 1 2 1

9 9 9 1 : 0 2 4 2 1

c

2 0 0 2 : 4 0 6 3 1



CuZn40Mn1Pb1AlFeSn

CW721R

X

X

X

X

X

CuZn40Mn1Pb1FeSn

CW722R

X

X

X

X

X

CuZn40Mn2Fe1

CW723R

X

CuZn21Si3P

CW724R

X

X X

X

X

X

X

X

a

Although material symbol designations used in European Standards might be the same as those in other standards using the designation system given in ISO 1190-1, the detailed composition requirements are not necessarily the same.

b


c

Plate, sheet, strip, seamless tube, rod, bar, wire and profiles for electronic tubes, semiconductor devices and vacuum applications.


34


Table 11 — Master alloys — Composition (1 of 3) Composition in % (mass fraction) Maximum impurities

Material designation Major elements Symbol


Number

Al

As

Bi

C

Fe

Mn

a

—

—

—

0,25

0,1

a

—

—

—

0,5

0,05

a

0,05

—

0,2

Ni

Further Other elements elements each total

P

Pb

Sb

Se

Si

Sn

Te

Zn

0,1

0,05

0,05

—

—

0,15

0,05

—

0,1

Ti 0,01

0,2

0,1

0,05

0,1

—

—

0,25

0,1

—

0,2

0,2

0,2

0,05

0,10

0,20

0,03

0,10

0,1

0,03

CuAl50(A)

CM344G

Cu Rem. Al 48,5 to 51,5

CuAl50(B)

CM345G

Cu Rem. Al 48 to 52

CuAs30

CM200E

Cu Rem. As 28,5 to 31,5

CuB2

CM121C

Cu Rem. B 1,6 to 2,0

0,10

—

—

—

0,10

—

—

—

0,02

—

—

0,15

0,02

CuBe4

CM122C

Cu Rem. Be 3,5 to 4,5

0,17

—

—

—

0,17

—

0,1

—

0,02

—

—

0,17

CuCo10

CM237E

Cu Rem. Co 9,0 to 11,0

—

—

—

—

0,10

—

0,20

0,05

0,05

—

—

CuCo15

CM201E

Cu Rem. Co 14,0 to 16,0

—

0,01

0,005

—

0,10

—

0,20

0,10

0,05

0,01

CuCr10

CM202E

Cu Rem. Cr 9,0 to 11,0 b

0,02

0,01

0,005

—

0,08

0,03

0,02

0,005

0,02

CuFe10(A)

CM203E

Cu Rem. Fe 9,0 to 11,0

0,02

0,01

0,005

0,05

a

0,1

0,15

0,05

0,03

CuFe10(B)

CM204E

Cu Rem. Fe 9,0 to 11,0

—

—

—

—

a

0,2

0,2

—

CuFe15

CM213E

Cu Rem. Fe 14,0 to 16,0

—

—

—

—

a

0,15

0,15

CuFe20(A)

CM205E

Cu Rem. Fe 19,0 to 21,0

0,02

0,01

0,005

0,05

a

0,1

CuFe20(B)

CM206E

Cu Rem. Fe 19,0 to 21,0

—

—

—

—

a

0,2

0,05

0,3

—

0,1

0,5

0,3

Cr 0,10

0,1

0,5

—

—

—

0,05

0,3

0,03

—

—

Co 0,1 Cr 0,05

0,05

0,3

—

0,05

—

—

—

0,05

0,3

0,005

0,05

0,05

0,005 0,20

—

0,05

0,3

0,01

0,005

0,02

0,02

0,005 0,10

—

0,05

0,3

0,01

0,005

0,05

0,10

0,005 0,1

—

0,05

0,3

0,1

—

—

0,1

0,1

—

0,1

—

0,1

0,5

—

0,05

—

—

0,10

0,10

—

0,1

—

0,05

0,3

0,15

0,05

0,05

0,01

0,005

0,05

0,10

0,005 0,1

—

0,05

0,3

0,2

—

—

—

0,1

0,1

—

0,1

0,5

0,1


—

0,1

35


Table 11 (2 of 3) Composition in % (mass fraction) Maximum impurities



Number

Al

As

Bi

C

Fe

Mn

Ni

P

Pb

Sb

Se

Si

Sn

Te

Zn


CuLi2

CM123C

Cu Rem. Li 1,6 to 2,2

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

0,10

—

—

—

—

0 ,03

0,2

CuMg10

CM238E

Cu Rem. Mg 9,0 to 11,0

0,05

0,01

0,005

0,05

0,10

—

0,20

0,02

0,03

0,01

0,005

0,05

0,05

0,005

0,10

—

0,05

0,3

CuMg20

CM207E

Cu Rem. Mg 18,0 to 22,0

0,05

0,01

0,005

0,05

0,10

—

0,20

0,02

0,05

0,01

0,005

0,10

0,05

0,005

0,10

—

0,05

0,3

CuMn30(A) CM209E

Cu Rem. Mn 29,0 to 31,0

0,05

0,02

0,005

0,05

0,20

a

0,20

0,02

0,05

0,02

0,005

0,05

0,05

0,005

0,20

Mg 0,05

0,05

0,3

CuMn30(B) CM210E

Cu Rem. Mn 29 to 31

—

—

—

—

0,5

a

0,2

0,05

0,2

—

—

0,2

0,2

—

0,2

—

0,1

0,5

CuMn50

CM211E

Cu Rem. Mn 48,0 to 52,0

—

—

—

—

0,5

a

0,2

0,05

0,2

—

—

0,2

0,2

—

0,2

—

0,1

0,5

CuNi30

CM390H

Cu Rem. Ni 29,0 to 31,0

0,05

—

—

0,03

0,8

0,2

a

0,02

0,05

—

—

0,05

0,05

—

0,1

—

0,05

0,3

CuNi50

CM239E

Cu Rem. Ni 48,5 to 51,5

0,05

—

—

0,05

0,3

0,2

a

0,03

0,05

—

—

0,05

0,05

—

0,1

—

0,05

0,3

CuP10(A)

CM215E

Cu Rem. P 9,5 to 11,0

0,02

0,01

0,005

—

0,10

0,10

0,10

a

0,03

0,01

0,005

0,05

0,05

0,005

0,05

—

0,05

0,3

CuP10(B)

CM216E

Cu Rem. P 9,5 to 11,0

—

—

—

—

0,20

—

0,20

a

0,20

—

—

—

0,2

—

0,1

0,5

CuP15(A)

CM217E

Cu Rem. P 13,5 to 15,0

0,02

0,01

0,005

—

0,10

0,10

0,10

a

0,03

0,01

0,005

0,05

0,05

—

0,05

0,3

CuP15(B)

CM 218E

Cu Rem. P 13,5 to 15,0

—

—

—

—

0,10

—

0,10

a

0,10

—

—

—

0,1

—

0,1

—

0,10

0,4

CuP15(C)

CM 219E

—

—

—

—

0,20

—

0,20

a

0,20

—

—

—

0,2

—

0,2

—

0,1

0,5

Cu Rem.

P 13,5 to 15,0 7 8 6 0 8 7 8 7 0 1 / 4 1 0 1 Copper 1 : Basic standards Testing standards, edited by e.V. DIN, Beuth Verlag, 2015. ProQuest Ebook Central, http://ebookcentral.proquest.com/lib/vimaru-vn/detail.action?docID=2051211. 4 5 Created from vimaru-vn on 2018-05-18 02:35:47. 7

36

0,2 0,05

— 0,005


Table 11 (3 of 3) Composition in % (mass fraction) Maximum impurities



Number Rem.c


Al

As

Bi

C

Fe

Mn

Ni

P

Pb

Sb

Se

Si

Sn

Te

Zn

—

—

—

—

0,02

—

—

—

0,02

—

—

—

0,20

—

0,02

—

0,05

0,3

0,10

—

0,05

0,3

CuS20

CM230 E

Cu S 18 to 22

CuSi10(A)

CM231E

Cu Rem. Si 9,0 to 11,0

0,03

0,01

0,005

—

0,20

0,10

0,1

0,05

0,05

0,01

0,005

a

0,05

0,005

CuSi10(B)

CM232E

Cu Rem. Si 9 to 11

0,05

—

—

—

0,5

0,2

0,2

—

0,20

—

—

a

0,2

—

0,1

—

0,1

0,5

CuSi20(A)

CM233E

Cu Rem. Si 19,0 to 21,0

0,05

0,02

0,01

—

0,4

0,2

0,2

0,05

0,1

0,02

0,01

a

0,1

0,01

0,1

—

0,05

0,3

CuSi20(B)

CM234E

Cu Rem. Si 19 to 21

0,05

—

—

—

0,6

0,2

0,2

—

0,2

—

—

a

0,2

—

0,1

—

0,1

0,5

CuSi30(A)

CM240E

Cu Rem. Si 28,5 to 31,5

0,05

0,03

0,015

—

0,60

0,2

0,2

0,05

0,1

0,02

0,01

a

0,1

0,01

0,1

—

0,05

0,3

CuSi30(B)

CM241E

Cu Rem. Si 28,0 to 32,0

0,10

—

—

—

0,7

0,2

0,2

—

0,2

—

—

a

0,2

—

0,2

—

0,1

0,5

CuTi30

CM244E

Cu Rem. Ti 28,5 to 31,5

0,10

—

0,005

—

0,1

—

—

—

0,05

—

—

0,05

0,05

0,005

0,05

—

0,05

0,3

CuZr50(A)

CM236E

Cu Rem. Zr 49,0 to 53,0

0,05

—

0,005

—

0,1

—

—

—

0,05

—

—

0,05

0,20

0,005

—

Hf 2,5

0,1

0,5

CuZr50(B)

CM242E

Cu Rem. Zr 49,0 to 53,0

0,05

—

0,005

—

0,1

—

—

—

0,05

—

—

0,05

0,20

0,005

—

Nb 2,0

0,1

0,5

CuZr50(C)

CM243E

Cu Rem. Zr 49,0 to 53,0

0,05

—

0,005

—

0,20

—

—

—

0,05

—

—

0,05

0,8

0,005

—

0,1

0,5

NOTE a b

—

A dash (—) indicates "not specified" but is included in other elements. Only specified elements should be determined unless otherwise agreed between the supplier and the customer.

See major elements column. Cr O max. 0,5 %.

2 3 7 8 6 c Free copper max. 5,0 %. 0 8 7 8 7 0 1 / 4 1 0 1 Copper 1 : Basic standards Testing standards, edited by e.V. DIN, Beuth Verlag, 2015. ProQuest Ebook Central, http://ebookcentral.proquest.com/lib/vimaru-vn/detail.action?docID=2051211. 4 5 Created from vimaru-vn on 2018-05-18 02:35:47. 7

37


Table 12.1 — Ingots and castings — Copper and copper-chromium alloys — Compositions and casting processes Material designation

Symbol

Number


Cu

permanent mould GM

sand GS

Cu-Ca, b

CC040Aa, b

min. max.

— —

— —

X

X

CuCr1-Ca, c

CC140Ca, c

min. max.

0,4 1,2

Rem. —

X

X

a

Ingots in this material are not specified.

b

The composition of this copper grade i s not specified.

c

The sum of Cu + Cr shall be ≥ 99,5 %.


Cr

Casting process and designation


38


Table 12.2 — Ingots and castings — Copper-zinc alloys — Composition and casting processes (1 of 3) Material designation


Element Symbol


Al

As

Cu

Fe

Mn

Ni

P

Pb


Sb

Si

Sn

Number —

continuous

permanent mould

pressure die cast

sand

centrifugal

GC

GM

GP

GS

GZ

X

X

X

X

Zn

CuZn33Pb2-B

CB750S

min. max.

0,1a

— —

63,0 66,0b

— 0,7

— 0,2

— 1,0

— 0,02

1,0 2,8

— —

— 0,04

— 1,5

Rem. —

CuZn33Pb2-C

CC750S

min. max.

— 0,1

— —

63,0 67,0b

— 0,8

— 0,2

— 1,0

— 0,05

1,0 3,0

— —

— 0,05

— 1,5

Rem. —

CuZn33Pb2Si-B

CB751S

min. max.

— 0,10

— —

63,5 65,5b

0,25 0,50

— 0,1

— 0,80

— —

0,8 2,0

— 0,05

0,70 1,0

— 0,80

Rem. —

CuZn33Pb2Si-Cc

CC751Sc

min. max.

— 0,10

— —

63,5 66,0b

0,25 0,5

— 0,15

— 0,8

— —

0,8 2,2

— 0,05

0,65 1,1

— 0,8

Rem. —

CuZn35Pb2Al-B d, e

CB752Sd, e

min. max.

0,3 0,7

0,04 0,12

61,5 65,0

— 0,3

— 0,1

— 0,2

— —

1,5 2,1

0,04 0,12

— 0,02

— 0,3

Rem. —

CuZn35Pb2Al-C c, e

CC752Sc, e

min. max.

0,3 0,70

0,04 0,14f

61,5 64,5

— 0,3

— 0,1

— 0,2

— —

1,5 2,2

— — 0,14f, g 0,02

— 0,3

Rem. —

CuZn37Pb2Ni1AlFe-B h

CB753Sh

min. max.

0,4 0,8

— —

58,0 60,0b

0,5 0,8

— 0,20

0,5 1,2

— 0,02

1,8 2,50

— 0,05

— 0,05

— 0,8

Rem. —

CuZn37Pb2Ni1AlFe-C

CC753S

min. max.

0,4 0,8

— —

58,0 61,0b

0,5 0,8

— 0,20

0,5 1,2

— 0,02

1,8 2,50

— 0,05

— 0,05

— 0,8

Rem. —

CuZn39Pb1Al-B d

CB754Sd

min. max.

0,10 0,8i

— —

58,0 62,0b

— 0,7

— 0,5

— 1,0

— 0,02

0,5 2,4

— —

— 0,05

— 1,0

Rem. —

CuZn39Pb1Al-C

CC754S

min. max.

— 0,8

— —

58,0 63,0b

— 0,7

— 0,5

— 1,0

— 0,02

0,5 2,5

— —

— 0,05k

— 1,0

Rem. —

CuZn39Pb1AlB-B l, e

CB755Sl, e

min. max.

0,4 0,65

— —

59,0 60,5

0,05 0,2

— 0,05

— 0,2

— —

1,2 1,7

— —

— 0,03

— 0,3

Rem. —

CuZn39Pb1AlB-C e

CC755Se

min. max.

0,4 0,7

— —

59,5 61,0

0,05 0,2

— 0,05

— 0,2

— —

1,2 1,7

— —

— 0,05

— 0,3

Rem. —

X

X

X

X


X

X

X

X

39


Table 12.2 (2 of 3) Material designation

Symbol


Element

Al

As

Cu

— 0,01

0,06 0,15

83,0 87,5

Fe


Mn

Ni

P

Pb

Sb

Si

Sn

Zn

— 0,15

— 0,1

— 0,1

— —

— 0,5

— —

— 0,02

— 0,3

Rem. —

— 0,02

— 0,3

Rem. —

Number

CuZn15As-B

CB760S

min. max.

CuZn15As-C

CC760S

min. max.

— 0,01

0,05 0,15

83,0 88,0

— 0,15

— 0,1

— 0,1

— —

— 0,5

— —

CuZn16Si4-B

CB761S

min. max.

— 0,10

— —

78,5 82,0

— 0,5

— 0,2

— 1,0

— 0,02

— 0,6

— 0,05

3,0 5,0

— 0,25

Rem. —

CuZn16Si4-C

CC761S

min. max.

— 0,1

— —

78,0 83,0

— 0,6

— 0,2

— 1,0

— 0,03

— 0,8

— 0,05

3,0 5,0

— 0,3

Rem. —

CuZn25Al5Mn4Fe3-B

CB762S

min. max.

4,0 7,0

— —

60,0 66,0b

1,5 3,5

3,0 5,0

— 2,7

— 0,02

— 0,20

— 0,03

— 0,08

— 0,20

Rem. —

CuZn25Al5Mn4Fe3-C

CC762S

min. max.

3,0 7,0

— —

60,0 67,0b

1,5 4,0

2,5 5,0

— 3,0

— 0,03

— 0,2

— 0,03

— 0,1

— 0,2

Rem. —

CuZn32Al2Mn2Fe1-B

CB763S

min. max.

1,0 2,5

— —

59,0 67,0b

0,5 2,0

1,0 3,5

— 2,5

— —

— 1,5

— 0,08

— 1,0

— 1,0

Rem. —

CuZn32Al2Mn2Fe1-C

CC763S

min. max.

1,0 2,5

— —

59,0 67,0b

0,5 2,0

1,0 3,5

— 2,5

— —

— 1,5

— 0,08

— 1,0

— 1,0

Rem. —

CuZn34Mn3Al2Fe1-B

CB764S

min. max.

1,5 3,0

— —

55,0 65,0b

0,8 2,0

1,0m 3,5

— 2,7

— 0,02

— 0,2

— 0,05

— 0,08

— 0,3

Rem. —

CuZn34Mn3Al2Fe1-C

CC764S

min. max.

1,0 3,0

— —

55,0 66,0b

0,5 2,5

1,0m 4,0

— 3,0

— 0,03

— 0,3

— 0,05

— 0,1

— 0,3

Rem. —

CuZn35Mn2Al1Fe1-B

CB765S

min. max.

0,7 2,2

— —

56,0 64,0b

0,5 1,8

0,5m 2,5

— 6,0

— 0,02

— 0,5

— 0,08

— 0,10

— 0,8

Rem. —

CuZn35Mn2Al1Fe1-C n

CC765Sn

min. max.

0,5 2,5

— —

57,0 65,0b

0,5 2,0

0,5m 3,0

— 6,0

— 0,03

— 0,5

— 0,08

— 0,1

— 1,0

Rem. —

continuous

permanent mould

pressure die cast

sand

centrifugal

GC

GM

GP

GS

GZ

X

X


X

X

X

X


40

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X



Symbol



Element

Al

As

Cu

Fe

Mn

Ni

P

Pb

Sb

Si

Sn

Zn

0,6 1,8

— —

60,0 63,0b

— 0,4

— 0,4

— 1,8

— 0,02

— 0,4

— 0,05

— 0,5

— 0,4

Rem. —

continuous

permanent mould

pressure die cast

sand

centrifugal

GC

GM

GP

GS

GZ

Number

CuZn37Al1-B

CB766S

min. max.

CuZn37Al1-C

CC766S

min. max.

0,3 1,8

— —

60,0 64,0b

— 0,5

— 0,5

— 2,0

— —

— 0,50

— 0,1

— 0,6

— 0,50

Rem. —

CuZn38Al-B

CB767S

min. max.

0,1 0,8

— —

59,0 64,0b

— 0,4

— 0,4

— 0,8

— 0,05

— 0,1

— —

— 0,05

— 0,1

Rem. —

CuZn38Al-C

CC767S

min. max.

0,1 0,8

— —

59,0 64,0b

— 0,5

— 0,5

— 1,0

— —

— 0,1

— —

— 0,2

— 0,1

Rem. —

X


X

a

For ingots intended for the manufacture of pressure-tight sand castings and centrifugal castings, aluminium shall be restricted to 0,02 % maximum.

b

Including nickel

c

Castings in this alloy shall conform to the dezincification resistance requirements given in 6.5 of EN 1982:2008.

d

For special applications requiring fine-grained castings, the ingots may be ordered and supplied grain refined to a maximum average grain diameter of 0,150 mm [see 5 i) and 6.4 of EN 1982:2008].

e

For drinking water applications, no other single element should be more than 0,02 %. The sum of these single elements should be not exceed 0,25 %.

f

In castings for non-drinking water applications, Sb can be used as alternative inhibitor of dezincification. If Sb is added as the inhibitor, then the As content shall be 0,04 % maximum. (Sb + As) shall be 0,14 % maximum.

g

For drinking water applications, Sb shall be ≤ 0,02 %.

h

Unless it is agreed between the purchaser and the supplier that other grain refining agents may be used, ingots in this alloy shall be grain refined, using zirconium, to have a maximum average grain diameter of 0,300 mm.

i

For ingots for the manufacture of sand castings or centrifugal castings the aluminium content shall be restricted to 0,02 % maximum.

k

For pressure die castings the silicon shall be increased to 0,30 % maximum.

l

Unless it is agreed between the purchaser and the supplier that other grain refining agents may be used, ingots in this alloy shall be grain refined, using boron, to have a maximum average grain diameter of 0,100 mm.

m For permanent mould castings, the minimum manganese content shall be 0,3 % for ingots and castings.

7 n For certain applications a minimum proportion of alpha-phase in the microstructure of castings is required, see 6.4 of EN 1982:2008. 8 6 0 8 7 8 7 0 1 / 4 1 0 1 Copper 1 : Basic standards Testing standards, edited by e.V. DIN, Beuth Verlag, 2015. ProQuest Ebook Central, http://ebookcentral.proquest.com/lib/vimaru-vn/detail.action?docID=2051211. 4 5 Created from vimaru-vn on 2018-05-18 02:35:47. 7

41


Table 12.3 — Ingots and castings — Copper-tin alloys — Composition and casting processes Material designation

Symbol


Element

Al

Cu

Fe

Mn

Ni

— 0,01

88,5 90,5a

— 0,15

— 0,10


P

Pb

S

Sb

Si

Sn

Zn

— 1,8

— 0,05

— 0,8

— 0,04

— 0,15

— 0,01

9,3 11,0

— 0,5

Number

CuSn10-B

CB480K

min. max.

CuSn10-C

CC480K

min. max.

— 0,01

88,0 90,0a

— 0,2

— 0,10

— 2,0

— 0,2

— 1,0

— 0,05

— 0,2

— 0,02

9,0 11,0

— 0,5

CuSn11P-B

CB481K

min. max.

— 0,01

87,0 89,3

— 0,10

— 0,05

— 0,10

0,6 1,0

— 0,25

— 0,05

— 0,05

— 0,01

10,2 11,5

— 0,05

CuSn11P-C

CC481K

min. max.

— 0,01

87,0 89,5

— 0,10

— 0,05

— 0,10

0,5 1,0b

— 0,25

— 0,05

— 0,05

— 0,01

10,0 11,5

— 0,05

CuSn11Pb2-B

CB482K

min. max.

— 0,01

83,5 86,5

— 0,15

— 0,2

— 2,0

— 0,05

0,7 2,5

— 0,08

— 0,20

— 0,01

10,7 12,5

— 2,0

CuSn11Pb2-C

CC482K

min. max.

— 0,01

83,5 87,0

— 0,20

— 0,2

— 2,0

— 0,40

0,7 2,5

— 0,08

— 0,2

— 0,01

10,5 12,5

— 2,0

CuSn12-B

CB483K

min. max.

— 0,01

85,5 88,5c

— 0,15

— 0,2

— 2,0

— 0,20

— 0,6

— 0,05

— 0,15

— 0,01

11,2c 13,0

— 0,4

CuSn12-C

CC483K

min. max.

— 0,01

85,0 88,5c

— 0,2

— 0,2

— 2,0

— 0,60

— 0,7

— 0,05

— 0,15

— 0,01

11,0c 13,0

— 0,5

CuSn12Ni2-B

CB484K

min. max.

— 0,01

84,0 87,0

— 0,15

— 0,10

1,5 2,4

— 0,05

— 0,2

— 0,04

— 0,05

— 0,01

11,3 13,0

— 0,3

CuSn12Ni2-C

CC484K

min. max.

— 0,01

84,5 87,5

— 0,20

— 0,2

1,5 2,5

0,05 0,40

— 0,3

— 0,05

— 0,1

— 0,01

11,0 13,0

— 0,4

continuous permanent mould

centrifugal

GC

GM

GS

GZ

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X


sand

X

X

X

a

Including nickel

b

For sand castings for non-bearing applications the phosphorus may be restricted to 0,15 % max. [see 5 h) of EN 1982:2008].

c

For continuous castings and centrifugal castings, the minimum tin content for ingots shall be 10,7 % and for castings 10,5 % and the maximum copper content for ingots and castings shall be 89,0 %.


42


Table 12.4 — Ingots and castings — Copper-tin-lead alloys — Composition and casting processes (1 of 2) Material designation


Element Symbol


Al

Cua

Fe

Mn

Ni

P

Pb


S

Sb

Si

Sn

Zn

Number

continuous permanent mould GC

CuSn3Zn8Pb5-B

CB490K

min. max.

— 0,01

81,0 85,5

— 0,50

— —

— 2,0

— 0,03

3,5 5,8

— 0,08

— 0,25

— 0,01

2,2 3,5

7,5 10,0

CuSn3Zn8Pb5-C

CC490K

min. max.

— 0,01

81,0 86,0

— 0,5

— —

— 2,0

— 0,05

3,0 6,0

— 0,10

— 0,30

— 0,01

2,0 3,5

7,0 9,5

CuSn5Zn5Pb2-Bb, c

CB499Kb, c

min. max.

— 0,01

84,0 87,5

— 0,30

— —

— 0,60

— 0,03

— 3,0

— 0,04

— 0,10

— 0,01

4,2 6,0

4,5 6,5

CuSn5Zn5Pb2-Cb, c

CC499Kb, c

min. max.

— 0,01

84,0 88,0

— 0,30

— —

— 0,60

— 0,04

— 3,0

— 0,04

— 0,10

— 0,01

4,0 6,0

4,0 6,0

CuSn5Zn5Pb5-B

CB491K

min. max.

— 0,01

83,0 86,5

— 0,25

— —

— 2,0

— 0,03

4,2 5,8

— 0,08

— 0,25

— 0,01

4,2 6,0

4,5 6,5

CuSn5Zn5Pb5-C

CC491K

min. max.

— 0,01

83,0 87,0

— 0,3

— —

— 2,0

— 0,10

4,0 6,0

— 0,10

— 0,25

— 0,01

4,0 6,0

4,0 6,0

CuSn7Zn2Pb3-B

CB492K

min. max.

— 0,01

85,0 88,5

— 0,20

— —

— 2,0d

— 0,03

2,7 3,5

— 0,08

— 0,25

— 0,01

6,2 8,0d

1,7 3,2

CuSn7Zn2Pb3-C

CC492K

min. max.

— 0,01

85,0 89,0

— 0,2

— —

— 2,0d

— 0,10

2,5 3,5

— 0,10

— 0,25

— 0,01

6,0 8,0d

1,5 3,0

CuSn7Zn4Pb7-B

CB493K

min. max.

— 0,01

81,0 84,5e

— 0,20

— —

— 2,0

— 0,03

5,2 8,0

— 0,08

— 0,30

— 0,01

6,2e 8,0

2,3 5,0

CuSn7Zn4Pb7-C

CC493K

min. max.

— 0,01

81,0 85,0e

— 0,2

— —

— 2,0

— 0,10

5,0 8,0

— 0,10

— 0,3

— 0,01

6,0e 8,0

2,0 5,0

CuSn6Zn4Pb2-B

CB498K

min. max.

— 0,01

86,0 89,5

— 0,25

— —

— 1,0

— 0,03

1,2 2,0

— 0,08

— 0,25

— 0,01

5,7 6,5

3,2 5,0

CuSn6Zn4Pb2-C

CC498K

min. max.

— 0,01

86,0 90,0

— 0,25

— —

— 1,0

— 0,05

1,0 2,0

— 0,10

— 0,25

— 0,01

5,5 6,5

3,0 5,0

CuSn5Pb9-B

CB494K

min.

—

80,0

—

—

—

—

8,2

—

—

— 0,01

4,2 6,0

— 2,0

— 0,01

4,0 6,0

— 2,0

GM

X

max. 0,01 86,5 0,20 0,2 2,0 0,10 10,0 0,08 0,5 7 8 6 0 min. — 80,0 — — — — 8,0 — — 8 CuSn5Pb9-C CC494K 7 8 max. 0,01 87,0 0,25 0,2 2,0 0,10 10,0 0,10 0,5 7 0 1 / 4 1 0 1 Copper 1 : Basic standards Testing standards, edited by e.V. DIN, Beuth Verlag, 2015. ProQuest Ebook Central, http://ebookcentral.proquest.com/lib/vimaru-vn/detail.action?docID=2051211. 4 5 Created from vimaru-vn on 2018-05-18 02:35:47. 7

sand

centrifugal

GS

GZ

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

43




Element Symbol


Al

Cua

Fe

Mn

Ni

P

Pb


S

Sb

Si

Sn

Zn

Number

CuSn10Pb10-B

CB495K

min. max.

— 0,01

78,0 81,5

— 0,20

— 0,2

— 2,0

— 0,10

8,2 10,5

— 0,08

— 0,5

— 0,01

9,2 11,0

— 2,0

CuSn10Pb10-C

CC495K

min. max.

— 0,01

78,0 82,0

— 0,25

— 0,2

— 2,0

— 0,10

8,0 11,0

— 0,10

— 0,5

— 0,01

9,0 11,0

— 2,0

CuSn7Pb15-B

CB496K

min. max.

— 0,01

74,0 79,5

— 0,20

— 0,20

0,5 2,0

— 0,10

13,2 17,0

— 0,08

— 0,5

— 0,01

6,2 8,0

— 2,0

CuSn7Pb15-C

CC496K

min. max.

— 0,01

74,0 80,0

— 0,25

— 0,20

0,5 2,0

— 0,10

13,0 17,0

— 0,10

— 0,5

— 0,01

6,0 8,0

— 2,0

CuSn5Pb20-B

CB497K

min. max.

— 0,01

70,0 77,5

— 0,20

— 0,20

0,5 2,5

— 0,10

19,0 23,0

— 0,08

— 0,75

— 0,01

4,2 6,0

— 2,0

CuSn5Pb20-C

CC497K

min. max.

— 0,01

70,0 78,0

— 0,25

— 0,20

0,5 2,5

— 0,10

18,0 23,0

— 0,10

— 0,75

— 0,01

4,0 6,0

— 2,0

continuous permanent mould

sand

centrifugal

GC

GM

GS

GZ

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

a

Including nickel

b

For drinking water applications no other single element should be more than 0,02 %. The sum of these single elements should not exceed 0,25 %.

c

Other elements in % max.: As 0,03, Bi 0,02, Cd 0,02, Cr 0,02.

d

(Tin + 1 ⁄ 2 nickel) content shall be in the range 7,0 % to 8,0 %.

e

For continuous castings and centrifugal castings, the minimum tin content for ingots shall be 5,4 % and for castings 5,2 % and the maximum copper content for ingots shall be 85,0 % and for castings 86,0 %.


44


Table 12.5 — Ingots and castings — Copper-aluminium alloys — Composition and casting processes Material designation

Symbol



Element

Al

Bi

Cr

Cu

Fe

Mg

Mn

Ni

Pb

Si

Sn

Zn

8,2 10,5

— —

— —

88,0 91,5a

— 1,0

— —

— 0,50

— 1,0

— 0,25

— 0,15

— 0,25

— 0,40

Number

continuous permanent mould GC

CuAl9-B

CB330G

min. max.

CuAl9-C

CC330G

min. max.

8,0 10,5

— —

— —

88,0 92,0a

— 1,2

— —

— 0,50

— 1,0

— 0,30

— 0,20

— 0,30

— 0,50

CuAl10Fe2-B

CB331G

min. max.

8,7 10,5

— —

— —

83,0 89,0

1,5 3,3

— 0,05

— 1,0

— 1,5

— 0,03

— 0,15

— 0,20

— 0,50

CuAl10Fe2-C

CC331G

min. max.

8,5 10,5

— —

— —

83,0 89,5

1,5 3,5

— 0,05

— 1,0

— 1,5

— 0,10b

— 0,2

— 0,20

— 0,50

CuAl10Ni3Fe2-B

CB332G

min. max.

8,7 10,5c

— —

— —

80,0 85,5f

1,0 2,8

— 0,05

— 2,0

1,5 4,0c

— 0,03

— 0,15

— 0,20

— 0,50

CuAl10Ni3Fe2-C

CC332G

min. max.

8,5 10,5c

— —

— —

80,0 86,0f

1,0 3,0

— 0,05

— 2,0

1,5 4,0c

— 0,10b

— 0,2

— 0,20

— 0,50

CuAl10Fe5Ni5-B

CB333G

min. max.

8,8 10,0

— 0,01

— 0,05

76,0 82,5

4,0 5,3d

— 0,05

— 2,5

4,0 5,5d

— 0,03

— 0,10

— 0,1

— 0,40

CuAl10Fe5Ni5-C

CC333G

min. max.

8,5 10,5

— 0,01

— 0,05

76,0 83,0

4,0 5,5d

— 0,05

— 3,0

4,0 6,0d

— 0,03

— 0,1

— 0,1

— 0,50

CuAl11Fe6Ni6-B

CB334G

min. max.

10,3 12,0e

— —

— —

72,0 81,5e

4,2 7,0e

— 0,05

— 2,5

4,3 7,5

— 0,04

— 0,10

— 0,20

— 0,40

CuAl11Fe6Ni6-C

CC334G

min. max.

10,0 12,0e

— —

— —

72,0 82,5e

4,0 7,0e

— 0,05

— 2,5

4,0 7,5

— 0,05

— 0,1

— 0,2

— 0,50

GM

sand

centrifugal

GS

GZ

X


X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

a

Including nickel

b

For castings intended to be welded, the maximum lead content shall be 0,03 %.

c

For castings for seawater applications, the aluminium content shall be such that Al % < (8,2 + 0,5 Ni %).

d

For permanent mould castings, the minimum iron content of ingots and castings shall be 3,0 % and the minimum nickel content shall be 3,7 %.

e

For permanent mould castings, the minimum iron content of ingots and castings shall be 3,0 % and the minimum aluminium content shall be 9,0 %. In this case, the maximum copper content shall be 84,5 %.

7 f For permanent mould castings, the maximum copper content of ingots and castings shall be 88,5 %. 8 6 0 8 7 8 7 0 1 / 4 1 0 1 Copper 1 : Basic standards Testing standards, edited by e.V. DIN, Beuth Verlag, 2015. ProQuest Ebook Central, http://ebookcentral.proquest.com/lib/vimaru-vn/detail.action?docID=2051211. 4 5 Created from vimaru-vn on 2018-05-18 02:35:47. 7

45


Table 12.6 — Ingots and castings — Copper-manganese-aluminium alloys — Composition and casting processes Material designation Symbol

Number

CuMn11Al8Fe3Ni3-Ca CC212Ea a



Element

Al

Cu

Fe

Mg

Mn

Ni

Pb

Si

Sn

Zn

min. max.

7,0 9,0

68,0 77,0

2,0 4,0

— 0,05

8,0 15,0

1,5 4,5

— 0,05

— 0,1

— 0,5

— 1,0

sand GS X

Ingot properties for producing castings conforming to CuMn11Al8Fe3Ni3-C (CC212E) are not specified in EN 1982. The composition limits for ingots are at the discretion of the purchaser and shall be stated on the enquiry and order [see 5 l) of EN 1982:2008].



46


Table 12.7 — Ingots and castings — Copper-nickel alloys — Composition and casting processes Material designation Symbol

Number



Al

B

Bi

C

Cd

Cr

Cu

Fe

Mg

Mn

Nb

Ni

P

Pb

S

Se

Si

Te

Ti

Zn

Zr

CuNi10Fe1Mn1-B

CB380H

min. max.

— 0,01

— —

— —

— 0,10

— —

— —

84,5 —

1,2 1,8

— —

1,2 1,5

— 1,0

9,2 11,0

— —

— 0,03

— —

— —

— 0,10

— —

— —

— 0,50

— —

CuNi10Fe1Mn1-C

CC380H

min. max.

— 0,01

— —

— —

— 0,10

— —

— —

84,5 —

1,0 1,8

— —

1,0 1,5

— 1,0

9,0 11,0

— —

— 0,03

— —

— —

— 0,10

— —

— —

— 0,5

— —

CuNi30Fe1Mn1-B

CB381H

min. max.

— 0,01

— —

— —

— 0,02

— —

— —

64,5 —

0,5 1,5

— —

0,7 1,2

— —

29,2 — — 31,0 0,01 0,03

— 0,01

— —

— 0,10

— —

— —

— 0,50

— —

CuNi30Fe1Mn1-C

CC381H

min. max.

— 0,01

— —

— —

— 0,03

— —

— —

64,5 —

0,5 1,5

— —

0,6 1,2

— —

29,0 — — — 31,0 0,01 0,03 0,01

— —

— 0,1

— —

— —

— 0,5

— —

CuNi30Cr2FeMnSi-Ca

CC382Ha

min. max.

— — — — 0,01 0,01 0,002 0,03

— —

1,5 Rem. 0,5 2,0 — 1,0

— 0,01

0,5 1,0

— —

29,0 — — — — 0,15 — — — 32,0 0,01 0,005 0,01 0,005 0,50 0,005 0,25 0,2

CuNi30Fe1Mn1NbSi-C a CC383Ha

min. max.

— — — 0,01 0,01 0,01

— —

— 0,01

0,6 1,2

0,5 1,0

29,0 — — 31,0 0,01 0,01

a

— — 0,03 0,02

Rem. 0,5 — 1,5

— — 0,01 0,01

0,3 0,7

— 0,01

— —

— 0,50

continuous GC

sand GS

centrifugal GZ

X

X

X

X

X

— 0,15

X

— —

X

Ingot properties for producing these castings are not specified in EN 1982. The composition limits for ingots are at the discretion of the purchaser and shall be stat ed on the enquiry and order [see 5 l) of EN 1982:2008].



47


Table 13.1 — Filler metals — Composition of copper Material designation


Element

Cua

Bi

O

P

Symbol

Number

Cu-ETP

CF004A

min. max.

99,90 —

— 0,000 5

— 0,040b

— —

Cu-OF

CF008A

min. max.

99,95 —

— 0,000 5

— —c

Cu-DHP

CF024A

min. max.

99,90 —

— —

— —

Pb


excluding

— 0,005

— 0,03

Ag, O

— —

— 0,005

— 0,03

Ag

0,015 0,040

— —

— —

—



b


c

The oxygen content shall be such that the material conforms to the hydrogen embrittlement requirements of EN 1976.



48


Table 13.2 — Filler metals — Composition of miscellaneous copper alloys Composition in % (mass fraction)


Number

Element

Cu

Al

Bi

Cd

Fe

Mn

Ni

P

Pb

Si

Sn

Zn

Others total

CuSi3Mn1

CF116C

min. max.

Rem. —

— 0,05

— —

— —

— 0,2

0,7 1,3

— —

— 0,05

— 0,05

2,7 3,2

— —

— 0,4

— 0,5

CuMnSi

CF132C

min. max.

Rem. —

— 0,03

— —

— —

— 0,03

0,1 0,4

— 0,1

— 0,015

— 0,01

0,1 0,4

— 0,1

— —

— 0,2

CuSn1MnSi

CF133C

min. max.

Rem. —

— 0,03

— —

— —

— 0,03

0,1 0,4

— 0,1

— 0,015

— 0,01

0,1 0,4

0,5 1,0

— —

— 0,2

CuP8

CF222E

min. max.

Rem. —

— 0,01

— 0,030

— 0,025a

— —

— —

— —

7,5 8,1

— 0,025

— —

— —

— 0,05a

— 0,25 (all)

CuMn13Al6Fe2Ni2

CF239E

min. max.

72,0 78,0

5,5 6,5

— —

— —

1,5 2,5

9,0 14,0

1,5 2,5

— 0,02

— 0,2

— —

— 0,2

— 0,5 (all)

a

— —

Cd + Zn: max. 0,05 %.



49


Table 13.3 — Filler metals — Composition of copper-zinc alloys Composition in % (mass fraction)



a

Number

Element

Cu

Al

Fe

Mn

Ni

Pb

Si

Sn

Zn

CF724Ra

min. max.

58,5 61,5

— 0,01

— 0,25

— —

— —

— 0,02

0,2 0,4

— 0,2

Rem. —

— 0,2

CuZn40SiSna

CF725Ra

min. max.

58,5 61,5

— 0,01

— 0,25

— —

— —

— 0,02

0,2 0,4

0,2 0,5

Rem. —

— 0,2

CuZn40MnSia

CF726Ra

min. max.

58,5 61,5

— 0,01

— 0,25

0,05 0,25

— —

— 0,02

0,15 0,4

— 0,2

Rem. —

— 0,2

CuZn40MnSiSna

CF727Ra

min. max.

58,5 61,5

— 0,01

— 0,25

0,05 0,25

— —

— 0,02

0,15 0,4

0,2 0,5

Rem. —

— 0,2

CuZn39Mn1SiSn

CF728R

min. max.

59,0 61,0

— 0,05

— 0,05

0,5 1,0

— —

— 0,02

0,15 0,40

0,20 0,50

Rem. —

— 0,2

CuZn37Si

CF729R

min. max.

62,5 63,5

— 0,02

— 0,05

— 0,02

— 0,3

— 0,05

0,1 0,2

— 0,05

Rem. —

— 0,2

CuZn40Sn1

CF730R

min. max.

57,0 61,0

— 0,02

— 0,2

— 0,01

— —

— 0,05

— 0,2

0,25 1,0

Rem. —

— 0,2

CuZn40Sn1MnNiSia

CF731Ra

min. max.

56,0 62,0

— 0,01

— 0,25

0,2 1,0

0,5b 1,5

— 0,02

0,1 0,5

0,5 1,5

Rem. —

— 0,2

CuZn40Fe1Sn1MnSi

CF732R

min. max.

56,0 60,0

— 0,01

0,25 1,2

0,01 0,5

— —

— 0,05

0,04 0,15

0,8 1,1

Rem. —

— 0,2

CuZn39Fe1Sn1MnNiSi

CF733R

min. max.

56,0 60,0

— 0,01

0,25 1,2

0,01 0,5

0,2 0,8

— 0,05

0,04 0,15

0,8 1,1

Rem. —

— 0,2

CuZn40FeSiSn

CF734R

min. max.

58,5 61,5

— 0,02

0,1 0,5

0,05 0,25

— —

— 0,03

0,15 0,3

0,2 0,5

Rem. —

— 0,2

When ordered as filler metal to meet the requirements of EN ISO 17672; Ni min. 0,2. 7 8 6 0 8 7 8 7 0 1 / 4 1 0 1 Copper 1 : Basic standards Testing standards, edited by e.V. DIN, Beuth Verlag, 2015. ProQuest Ebook Central, http://ebookcentral.proquest.com/lib/vimaru-vn/detail.action?docID=2051211. 4 5 Created from vimaru-vn on 2018-05-18 02:35:47. 7

50

total

CuZn40Sia

When ordered as filler metal to meet the requirements of EN ISO 17672; As max. 0,01, Bi max. 0,01, Cd max. 0,025, Sb max. 0,01, total impurities excluding Fe max. 0,2.

b

Others


Table 13.4 — Filler metals — Composition of copper-tin alloys Composition in % (mass fraction)


a

Element

Cu

Al

Cd

Fe

Ni

P

Pb

S

Sn

Zn

Others

Symbol

Number

CuSn5

CF451K

min. max.

Rem. —

— —

— —

— 0,1

— 0,2

0,01 0,4

— 0,02

— —

4,5 5,5

— 0,2

— 0,2

CuSn6

CF452K

min. max.

Rem. —

— —

— —

— 0,1

— 0,2

0,01 0,4

— 0,02

— —

5,5 7,0

— 0,2

— 0,2

CuSn8

CF453K

min. max.

Rem. —

— —

— —

— 0,1

— 0,2

0,01 0,4

— 0,02

— —

7,5 8,5

— 0,2

— 0,2

CuSn12a

CF461K a

min. max.

Rem. —

— 0,005

— 0,025

— —

— —

0,01 0,40

— 0,02

— —

11,0 13,0

— 0,05

— 0,4

total

When ordered as filler metal to meet the requirements of EN ISO 17672; others individually: max. 0,1.

Table 13.5 — Filler metals — Composition of copper-aluminium alloys Composition in % (mass fraction)

Material designation . d e v r e s e r s t h g i r l l A . g a l r e V h t u e B . 5 1 0 2 © t h g i o i r y l b p i o B C 5

Element

Cu

Al

Fe

Mn

Ni

Pb

Si

Sn

Zn

Others

Symbol

Number

CuAl6Si2Fe

CF301G

min. max.

Rem. —

6,0 6,4

0,5 0,7

— 0,1

— 0,1

— 0,05

2,0 2,4

— 0,1

— 0,4

— 0,2

CuAl10Fe1

CF305G

min. max.

Rem. —

9,0 10,0

0,5 1,5

— 0,5

— 1,0

— 0,02

— 0,2

— —

— 0,5

— 0,2

CuAl8

CF309G

min. max.

Rem. —

7,0 9,0

— 0,5

— 0,5

— 0,5

— 0,02

— 0,2

— 0,1

— 0,2

— 0,2

CuAl9Ni4Fe3Mn2

CF310G

min. max.

Rem. —

8,5 9,5

2,5 4,0

1,0 2,0

3,5 5,5

— 0,02

— 0,1

— —

— 0,2

— 0,2


total

51


Table 13.6 — Filler metals — Composition of copper-nickel-zinc alloys Composition in % (mass fraction)


a

Symbol

Number

CuNi10Zn42a

CF411Ja

Element

Cu

Al

Fe

Mn

Ni

Pb

Si

Sn

Zn

min. max.

46,0 50,0

— 0,01

— 0,25

— 0,2

8,0 11,0

— 0,02

0,15 0,4

— 0,2

Rem. —

Others total — 0,2

When ordered as filler metal to meet the requirements of EN ISO 17672; As max. 0,01, Bi max. 0,01, Cd max. 0,025, Sb max. 0,01, total impurities excluding Fe max. 0,2.

Table 14 — Scrap — Composition (1 of 4) Composition in % (mass fraction)



Number

Element

Cu

Al

As

Bi

Fe

Ni

99,90a —

— —

— —

— 0,000 5

— —

— —

Characteristics

Sn

Zn

Others total

— — 0,001 0,005

— —

— —

— —

Production electrolytic copper scrap consisting of scrap from processing (wire), extrusion discards and discarded material from electrical lines (connection bars, wire, cable etc.)

P

Pb

S-Cu-1

CS026A

min. max.

S-Cu-2

CS027A

min. max.

99,90a —

— —

— —

— 0,000 5

— —

— —

— — 0,001 0,005

— —

— —

— —

Old electrolytic copper scrap consisting of wire (not burned) and connection bars.

S-Cu-3

CS028A

min. max.

99,90a —

— —

— —

— 0,000 5

— —

— —

— — 0,001 0,005

— —

— —

— —

Production copper scrap consisting of enamelled wire.

S-Cu-4

CS029A

min. max.

99,90a —

— —

— —

— —

— —

— —

— 0,06

— 0,005

— —

— —

— —

Production copper scrap consisting of tubes, strips, plates, discs and extrusion discards.

S-Cu-5

CS030A

min. max.

99,90a —

— —

— —

— —

— —

— —

— 0,06

— 0,005

— —

— —

— —

Old copper scrap consisting of tubes, strips, plates, discs and extrusion discards.

S-Cu-6

CS051B

min. max.

99,7b —

— 0,02

— —

— 0,04

— 0,04

— —

Old copper scrap consisting of burned but not brittle wire and cuttings.

— — 0,000 5 0,04

— 0,01

— — 0,001 0,04


52


Table 14 (2 of 4) Composition in % (mass fraction)



Number

Element

Cu

Al

As

Bi

Fe

Ni

P

Pb

Sn

Zn

Others total

Characteristics

S-Cu-7

CS052B

min. max.

99,5b —

— 0,05

— 0,005

— —

— 0,05

— 0,02

— 0,06

— 0,1

— 0,06

— 0,05

— —

Old copper scrap consisting of tubes, punchings, cuttings, shearings of strip, plates, discs, copper ware and burned but not brittle wire.

S-Cu-8

CS053B

min. max.

98c —

— 0,05

— —

— —

— 0,30

— 0,10

— —

— 0,50

— 0,25

— 0,50

— 0,05

Old copper scrap consisting of burned but not brittle wire, cuttings, shearings of strip, plate, discs or tube and copper ware.

— 0,1

Old copper scrap consisting of wire, either brittle or not, plate, copper ware and other forms, unclassifiable in any of the other types defined [S-Cu-1 (CS026A) to S-Cu-8 (CS053B)] because of excessive metallic impurities.

S-Cu-9

CS054B

min. max.

96c —

— 0,20

— —

S-Cu-10A

CS031A

min. max.

99,90b —

— 0,002

— —

— — — — — — — 0,000 5 0,002 0,002 0,001 0,005 0,002 0,002

— —

S-Cu-10B

CS055B

min. max.

99,8b —

— 0,02

— —

— — 0,000 5 0,02

— 0,02

— — 0,002 0,02

— 0,02

— 0,02

— —

S-Cu-10C

CS056B

min. max.

98,5b —

— 0,05

— —

— 0,002

— 0,1

— 0,1

— 0,002

— 0,8

— 0,25

— 0,15

— —

S-Cu-10D

CS057B

min. max.

97,5 —

— 0,1

— —

— 0,002

— 0,2

— 0,2

— 0,002

— 1,0

— 0,5

— 0,3

— —

— —

— 0,50

— 0,20

— —

— 1,50

— 0,50

— 1,50


Copper wire, either coated or uncoated, that has been granulated.

53


Table 14 (3 of 4) Composition in % (mass fraction)



Element

Cu

Al

As

Bi

Fe

Ni

P

Pb

Sn

Zn

Others total

Characteristics

Symbol

Number

S-CuZn-1A

CS510L

min. max.

63,5 —

— 0,02

— —

— —

— 0,05

— 0,3

— —

— 0,05

— 0,1

Rem. —

— 0,1

S-CuZn-1B

CS511L

min. max.

62 —

— 0,05

— —

— —

— 0,1

— 0,3

— —

— 0,1

— 0,1

Rem. —

— 0,1

S-CuZn-1C

CS512L

min. max.

59,5 —

— 0,05

— —

— —

— 0,2

— 0,3

— —

— 0,3

— 0,2

Rem. —

— 0,2

S-CuZn-2

CS513L

min. max.

69 —

— 0,02

— —

— —

— 0,05

— 0,3

— —

— 0,05

— 0,1

Rem. —

— 0,1

Brass scrap in the form of shell cases.

S-CuZn-3

CS514L

min. max.

69 —

— 0,02

— —

— —

— 0,05

— 0,3

— —

— 0,05

— 0,1

Rem. —

— 0,1

Brass scrap in the form of cartridge cases.

S-CuZn-4A

CS625N

min. max.

57 —

— 0,05

— —

— —

— 0,3

— 0,3

— —

— 3,5d

— 0,3

Rem. —

— 0,2

S-CuZn-4B

CS626N

min. max.

57 —

— 0,1

— —

— —

— 0,4

— 0,3

— —

— 3,5d

— 0,5

Rem. —

— 0,2

S-CuZn-5A

CS627N

min. max.

57 —

— 0,05

— —

— —

— 0,3

— 0,3

— —

— 3,5d

— 0,3

Rem. —

— 0,2

S-CuZn-5B

CS628N

min. max.

57 —

— 0,1

— —

— —

— 0,4

— 0,3

— —

— 3,5d

— 0,5

Rem. —

— 0,2

S-CuZn-6

CS629N

min. max.

57 —

— 0,4e

— —

— —

— 0,6e

— 0,5e

— —

— 3,5d

— 0,6e

Rem. —

— 0,4e

Mixed brass valves and taps.

S-CuZn-7

CS630N

min. max.

57 —

— 0,3e

— —

— —

— 0,6e

— 0,5e

— —

— 3,5d

— 0,7e

Rem. —

— 0,2e

Brass scrap from various sources including brass castings, rolled brass, brass rod including plated material.


54

Production brass scrap. Scrap may be from individual wrought materials or combinations.

Leaded brass scrap consisting of rods, extrusion discards and cuttings or from cold- or hot-forming processes (not casting).

Leaded brass turnings, no filings and grindings.


Table 14 (4 of 4) Composition in % (mass fraction) Material designation Symbol

Cu

Al

As

Bi

Fe

Ni

P

Pb

Sn

Zn

Others total

Characteristics

Number

S-CuNi10Fe1Mn

CS352H

CuNi10Fe1Mn

(CW352H)

S-CuNi30Fe2Mn2

CS353H

CuNi30Fe2Mn2

(CW353H)

S-CuNi30Mn1Fe

CS354H

CuNi30Mn1Fe

(CW354H)

S-CuZn20Al2As

CS702R

CuZn20Al2As

(CW702R)

S-CuZn28Sn1As

CS706R

CuZn28Sn1As

(CW706R)

S-CuZn30As

CS707R

CuZn30As

(CW707R)

NOTE


Element

Permitted materials, composition see Tables 4 and 9

Open ended condenser tube scrap of a single composition.

For detailed characteristics, condition and moisture content see EN 12861:1999.

a

Including Ag up to 0,015%. Other elements shall not exceed 0,002 % each.

b

Including Ag up to 0,015% and O up to 0,06 %. Other elements shall not exceed 0,002 % each.

c

Including Ag up to 0,015 % and O up to 0,06 %.

d

In the case of CuZn38Pb4 (CW609N) Pb max. 4,2 %.

e

Sum of Al + Fe + Ni + Sn + others total = max. 1,7 %.


55


Table 15.1 — Class AG: silver brazing filler metals standardised by CEN/TC 121 Composition in % (mass fraction)


CEN/TC 121 Symbol AG 106

AG 107

AG 108

AG 204

AG 205

AG 206

AG 207

AG 208

AG 307

AG 308

AG 309

AG 503

EN ISO 3677:1995 B-Cu36AgZnSn-630/730

B-Cu36ZnAgSn-665/755

B-Cu40ZnAgSn-680/760

B-Cu38ZnAg-680/765

B-Cu40ZnAg-700/790

B-Cu44ZnAg(Si)-690/810



B-Cu30ZnAgCd-605/720

B-Cu36ZnAgCd(Si)-610/750

B-Cu40ZnAgCd-605/765

B-Cu38AgZnMnNi-680/630

CEN/TC 133

Ag

Cu

Zn

Cda

Others

Symbol

Number

min. max.

min. max.

min. max.

min. max.

min. max.

—

CF229E

33,0

35,0

25,5

—

Sn 2,0

35,0

37,0

29,5

29,0

35,0

30,0

31,0

37,0

34,0

24,0

39,0

31,0

26,0

41,0

35,0

29,0

37,0

30,0

31,0

39,0

34,0

24,0

39,0

33,0

26,0

41,0

37,0

19,0

43,0

34,0

21,0

45,0

38,0

11,0

47,0

38,0

13,0

49,0

42,0

4,0

54,0

38,0

6,0

56,0

42,0

24,0

29,0

25,5

15,5

26,0

31,0

29,5

19,5

20,0

34,5

24,5

14,5

Si 0,3

22,0

36,5

28,5

18,5

0,7

19,0

39,0

23,0

13,0

21,0

41,0

27,0

17,0

26,0

37,0

18,0

28,0

39,0

22,0

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

CF739R

CF740R

CF738R

CF741R

CF742R

CF744R

CF743R

CF737R

CF736R

CF735R

CF228E

3,0 —

Sn 1,5 2,5

—

Sn 1,5 2,5

—

—

—

—

—

Si 0,05 0,25

—

Si 0,05 0,25

—

Si 0,05 0,25

—

—

—

Mn 8,5 10,5 Ni

5,0 6,0


NOTE Maximum impurity limits applicable to all types are (% by mass) Al 0,001, Bi 0,030, Cdb 0,030, P 0,008, Pb 0,025, Sib 0,05; total of all impurities 0,15, total of all impurities for AG 503: 0,30. a Any national requirements for exposure to cadmium fume have to be observed. b Unless otherwise specified.


56


Table 15.2 — Class CP: copper-phosphorus brazing filler metals standardised by CEN/TC 121 Composition in % (mass fraction)

Material designation CEN/TC 121 Symbol

EN ISO 3677:1995 Code

CEN/TC 133 Symbol

Number

CP 101

B-Cu75AgP-645

—

CF238E

CP 102

B-Cu80AgP-645/800

—

CF237E

CP 103

B-Cu87PAg(Ni)-645/725

—

CF225E

CP 104

B-Cu89PAg-645/815

—

CF224E

CP 105

B-Cu92PAg-645/825

—

CF223E

CP 201

B-Cu92P-710/770

CuP8

CF222E

CP 202

B-Cu93P-710/820

—

CF221E

CP 203

B-Cu94P-710/890

—

CF220E

CP 301

B-Cu92PSb-690/825

—

CF226E

CP 302

B-Cu86SnP-650/700

—

CF227E

Cu

r e d n i a m e R

P

Ag

Other

min. max.

min. max.

min. max.

6,6

17,0

7,5

19,0

4,7

14,5

5,3

15,5

7,0

5,5

Ni 0,05

7,6

6,5

0,15

5,7

4,5

6,3

5,5

5,9

1,5

6,7

2,5

7,5 8,1 6,6 7,4 5,9 6,5 5,6 6,4 6,4 7,2

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

Sb 1,8 2,2 Sn 6,5 7,5

NOTE 1

Maximum impurity limits applicable to all types are (% by mass) Al 0,01, Bi 0,030, Cd0,025, Pb 0,023, Zn 0,05, Zn + Cd 0,05; total of all impurities 0,25.

NOTE 2

These filler metals should never be used on ferrous metals, nickel alloys or copper alloys containing nickel.



57


Table 15.3 — Class CU: copper brazing filler metals — Series CU 100 and CU 200 standardised by CEN/TC 121 Composition in % (mass fraction)


CEN/TC 121 Symbol


CEN/TC 133

Cu (including Ag)

Sn

Ag

Ni

P

B

Number (Symbol)

min. max.

min. max.

min. max.

min. max.

min. max.

min. max.

99,90

—

—

—

—

—

0,04 (excluding O and Ag)

99,95

—

—

—

—

—

0,03 (excluding Ag)

99,00

—

—

—

—

—

0,030 (excluding O)

99,90

—

—

—

0,015 0,040

—

0,060 (excluding Ag, As and Ni)

Remainder

—

—

2,5 3,5

—

0,02 0,05

0,15 (excluding Ag)

Remainder

—

0,8 1,2

—

—

—

0,3 (including Bi 0,1 max.)

Remainder

5,5 7,0

—

—

0,01 0,40

—

Remainder

11,0 13,0

—

—

0,01 0,40

—

Al 0,005, Cd 0,025, Pb 0,02, Zn 0,05, others 0,1; total 0,4

CU 101 B-Cu100-1085

CF032A

CU 102 B-Cu100-1085

CF033A

CU 103 B-Cu99-1085

CF010A

CU 104 B-Cu100(P)-1085

CF034A

CU 105 B-Cu97Ni(B)-1085/1100

CF125C

CU 106 B-Cu99(Ag)-1070/1080

CF126C

CU 201 B-Cu94Sn(P)-910/1040

CF462K

CU 202 B-Cu88Sn(P)-825/990

CF461K (CuSn12)

Total impurity limits max.

Table 15.4 — Class CU: copper brazing filler metals — Series Cu 300 standardised by CEN/TC 121 Composition in % (mass fraction)


CEN/TC 121 Symbol



CEN/TC 133 Symbol

Number

CU 301

B-Cu60Zn(Si)-875/895

CuZn40Si

CF724R

CU 302

B-Cu60Zn(Sn)(Si)-875/895

CuZn40SiSn

CF725R

CU 303

B-Cu60Zn(Si)(Mn)-870/900

CuZn40MnSi

CF726R

CU 304

B-Cu60Zn(Sn)(Si)(Mn)-870/900

CuZn40MnSiSn

CF727R

CU 305

B-Cu48ZnNi(Si)-890/920

CuNi10Zn42

CF411J

CU 306

B-Cu59ZnSn(Ni)(Mn)(Si)-870/890

CuZn40Sn1MnNiSi

CF731R

Cu

Sn

Si

Mn

Ni

min. max.

min. max.

min. max.

min. max.

min. max.

58,5

—

0,2

—

—

61,5

0,2

0,4

58,5

0,2

0,2

—

—

0,5

0,4

—

0,15

0,05

—

0,2

0,4

0,25

0,2

0,15

0,05

61,5

0,5

0,4

0,25

46,0

—

0,15

—

8,0

50,0

0,2

0,4

0,2

11,0

56,0

0,5

0,1

0,2

0,2

62,0

1,5

0,5

1,0

1,5

61,5 58,5 61,5 58,5

Zn

r e d n i a m e R

7 NOTE Maximum impurity limits applicable to all types are (% by mass) Al 0,001, As 0,01, Bi 0,01, Cd0,025, Fe 8 6 0 Pb 0,02, Sb 0,01; total impurities excluding Fe: 0,2. 8 7 8 7 0 1 / 4 1 0 1 Copper 1 : Basic standards Testing standards, edited by e.V. DIN, Beuth Verlag, 2015. ProQuest Ebook Central, http://ebookcentral.proquest.com/lib/vimaru-vn/detail.action?docID=2051211. 4 5 Created from vimaru-vn on 2018-05-18 02:36:16. 7

58

—

0,25,


Table 16 — Composition of copper alloys, standardised by CLC/TC 9X Composition in % (mass fraction)


Symbol

CuMg0,2

CuMg0,5

CuSn0,2

CuCd0,7

CuCd1,0

Number

CW127C

CW128C

CW129C

CW130C

CW131C

Element

Cu

Cd

Mg

P

Sn

min.

Rem.

—

0,1

—

—

max.

—

—

0,3

0,01

—

min.

Rem.

—

0,4

—

—

max.

—

—

0,7

0,01

—

min.

Rem.

—

—

—

0,15

max.

—

—

—

—

0,55

min.

Rem.

0,5

—

—

—

max.

—

0,8

—

—

—

min.

Rem.

0,8

—

—

—

max.

—

1,2

—

—

—

Others total 0,1

0,1

0,1

0,1

0,1



59


Bibliography


[1]

EN 1057:2006+A1:2010, Copper and copper alloys — Seamless, round copper tubes for water and gas in sanitary and heating applications

[2]

EN 1172:2011, Copper and copper alloys — Sheet and strip for building purposes

[3]

EN 1412:1995, Copper and copper alloys — European numbering system

[4]

EN 1652:1997, Copper and copper alloys — Plate, sheet, strip and circles for general purposes

[5]

EN 1653:1997, Copper and copper alloys — Plate, sheet and circles for boilers, pressure vessels and hot water storage units

[6]

EN 1654:1997, Copper and copper alloys — Strip for springs and connectors

[7]

EN 1758:1997, Copper and copper alloys — Strip for lead frames

[8]

EN 1977:1998, Copper and copper alloys — Copper drawing stock (wire rod)

[9]

EN 1978:1998, Copper and copper alloys — Copper cathodes

[10]

EN 1981:2003, Copper and copper alloys — Master alloys

[11]

EN 12163:2011, Copper and copper alloys — Rod for general purposes

[12]

EN 12164:2011, Copper and copper alloys — Rod for free machining purposes

[13]

EN 12165:2011, Copper and copper alloys — Wrought and unwrought forging stock

[14]

EN 12166:2011, Copper and copper alloys — Wire for general purposes

[15]

EN 12167:2011, Copper and copper alloys — Profiles and rectangular bar for general purposes

[16]

EN 12168:2011, Copper and copper alloys — Hollow rod for free machining purposes

[17]

EN 12420:1999, Copper and copper alloys — Forgings

[18]

EN 12449:2012, Copper and copper alloys — Seamless, round tubes for general purposes

[19]

EN 12450:2012, Copper and copper alloys — Seamless, round copper capillary tubes

[20]

EN 12451:2012, Copper and copper alloys — Seamless, round tubes for heat exchangers

[21]

EN 12452:2012, Copper and copper alloys — Rolled, finned, seamless tubes for heat exchangers

[22]

EN 12735-1:2010, Copper and copper alloys — Seamless, round copper tubes for air conditioning and refrigeration — Part 1: Tubes for piping systems

[23]

EN 12735-2:2010, Copper and copper alloys — Seamless, round copper tubes for air conditioning and refrigeration — Part 2: Tubes for equipment

[24]

EN 12861:1999, Copper and copper alloys — Scrap

[25]

EN 13148:2010, Copper and copper alloys — Hot-dip tinned strip

[26]

EN 13347:2002, Copper and copper alloys — Rod and wire for welding and braze welding


60


[27]

EN 13348:2008, Copper and copper alloys — Seamless, round copper tubes for medical gases or vacuum

[28]

EN 13349:2002, Copper and copper alloys — Pre-insulated copper tubes with solid covering

[29]

EN 13599:2002, Copper and copper alloys — Copper plate, sheet and strip for electrical purposes

[30]

EN 13600:2002, Copper and copper alloys — Seamless copper tubes for electrical purposes

[31]

EN 13601:2002, Copper and copper alloys — Copper rod, bar and wire for general electrical purposes

[32]

EN 13602:2002, Copper and copper alloys — Drawn, round copper wire for the manufacture of electrical conductors

[33]

EN 13604:2002, Copper and copper alloys — Products of high conductivity copper for electronic tubes, semiconductor devices and vacuum applications

[34]

EN 13605:2002, Copper and copper alloys — Copper profiles and profiled wire for electrical purposes

[35]

EN 14436:2004, Copper and copper alloys — Electrolytically tinned strip

[36]

EN 50149:2001, Railway applications — Fixed installations — Electric traction — Copper and copper alloy grooved contact wires

[37]

EN ISO 17672:2010, Brazing — Filler metals (ISO 17672:2010)

[38]

EN ISO 3677:1995, Filler (ISO 3677:1992);

[39]

ISO 1190-1:1982, Copper and copper alloys — Code of designation — Part 1: Designation of materials

[40]

CR 12776:1997, Copper and copper alloys — Provisions and procedures for the allocation of material numbers and registration of materials

metal

for

soft

soldering,

brazing

and

braze

welding —

Designation



61

DIN Handbook 456-1

Recommend Documents